W

Table of Contents
How To Use This Catalog
General Information
Think Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Customer Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quick Reference Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Application Hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lab Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Bends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Lead Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

RTDs and Thermistors

Resistance Temperature Sensing . . . . . . 99 RTDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Speciality RTDs and Thermistors. . . . . . 107 ENVIROSEAL HD Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 110

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Thermocouple Wire and Thermocouple . . . Extension Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Multipair Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 RTD Lead Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Bare Thermocouple Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Smart Sensing
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Thermocouples
General Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Mineral Insulated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 High Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Industrial Base/Noble Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 High Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Surface Temperature Measurement . . . . 89 Multipoints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Infrared Sensors
Raytek Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Hand Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Fixed Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES DX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 SERIES 5750 Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . 131 SERIES 5900 Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . 133 System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Mineral Insulated MetalSheathed Cable

Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 XACTPAK Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Terms and Conditions. . . . . . 228 Code Number Index. . . . . . . . 230

Accessories
Accessory Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Thermowells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Protection Tubes and Assemblies . . . . . 149 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Connector Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Notes

General Information
Think Safety
When specifying any sensor or designing any sensor/instrumentation circuit, caution must be exercised. It is important to comply with safety requirements, local and/or national electrical codes, agency standards, considerations for use in toxic or explosive environments and sound engineering practices. This section deals with safety as it relates to the dangers presented by catastrophic failures, fault conditions and hazardous environments. Operational Safety Do Not Make It Dangerous The actual performance of a temperature sensor must take into account a failure that could cause serious product, plant or user safety problems. If a sensor is used in a medical application, with life or death consequences, careful attention must be paid to fitness for application with appropriate redundancies and/or alarms built into the product. If the sensor is used in an industrial environment where hazards exist, attention must be paid to protection methods (isolating sensors and wiring from explosive or flammable substances) to prevent failures or short circuits from becoming dangerous to personnel and property. It is a good engineering practice to always consider the consequences of a catastrophic failure and the affect it would have on people and property. Please institute the appropriate safeguards to limit any danger. Designing Intrinsic Safety Circuits When installing temperature sensors in hazardous areas, circuits should be made intrinsically safe with barriers that prevent sparks and excessive heat on the safe side from reaching explosive gases or flammable materials. Many devices exist on the market to meet this need. Some cost more than others, but they have in common the use of a buffer, or barrier device located in the sensor circuit, between the sensor and instrument or temperature controller. If a fault condition should develop, it prevents current, in sufficient amounts, from reaching the hazardous area and causing sparks. All barrier devices have parameters that will effect how it works and its effect on the sensor circuit. These include: Polarity, whether rated for AC or DC signals Rated voltage, or working voltage of the signal the device is designed to carry before it senses a fault Internal resistance, as the amount of resistance the barrier device inherently has will affect the strength of the current signal its allowing to pass Limit Sensors Most heated thermal systems have: A heat source, either fuel fired or electrical resistance A temperature controller A temperature sensor The sensor produces a signal value based on the temperature it is exposed to. The temperature controller interprets that signal into a value that is either above, below or on its predetermined set point. The controller will, in turn, create an output signal to command some device to turn the heat source on or off. As with any such heated thermal system, a failure in the sensor, temperature controller or heat-source controlling device will create an over- or under-temperature condition. These conditions can ruin product in process or pose a danger to personnel and property.

General Information

Think Safety

Limit circuits are used to avoid overand under-temperature conditions. When they sense either condition, they may be programmed to sound an alarm, and/or shut the heated thermal system down. Whatever its application, the limit control system must be totally independent from the primary control system. Its only connection to the primary control system is the ability to override it and: Turn off the heat source in an over-temperature condition Sound an alarm in an undertemperature condition Generally, the sensor used in a limit control system need not be as accurate as the primary sensor. Its only function is to create a temperature signal that will allow a controller to determine if a preprogrammed overor under-temperature condition exists. Sensor longevity and aging must be taken into account if they will have an unacceptable impact on the limit control systems ability to accurately determine an under- or over-temperature condition. Again, like with enclosures, there are agency standards for the design and construction of limit control systems, and their suitability for use.

General Information
Customer Assistance
Watlow Manufacturing Facilities
United States Manufacturing Facilities Batavia, Illinois Watlow Batavia Manufactures: Cast-In Heaters 1310 Kingsland Drive Batavia, IL 60510 Phone: 630-879-2696 FAX #1: 630-879-1101 FAX #2: 630-482-2042
Chesterfield, Missouri Watlow Engineering Manufactures: Machines 636 Goddard Avenue Chesterfield, MO 63005 Phone: 636-530-0288 FAX: 636-530-0395 Columbia, Missouri Watlow Columbia/Ceramic Fiber Manufactures: Ceramic Fiber Heaters 2407 Big Bear Court Columbia, MO 65202 Phone: 573-443-8817 FAX: 573-443-8818 Watlow Columbia/Flexible Manufactures: Flexible Heaters/Polymer Silicone Rubber Heaters 2101 Pennsylvania Drive Columbia, MO 65202 Phone: 573-474-9402 FAX: 573-474-5859 Fenton, Missouri Single Iteration An Engineering Services Division of Watlow 909 Horan Drive Fenton, MO 63026 Phone: 866-449-6846 FAX: 636-349-5352 4 Hannibal, Missouri Watlow Hannibal Manufactures: Circulation Heaters Duct Heaters Immersion Heaters Multicell Heaters Process Heating Systems Tubular Heaters Thick Film Heaters #6 Industrial Loop Road P.O. Box 975 Hannibal, MO 63401 Phone: 573-221-2816 FAX: Tubular/Process/Multicell 573-221-3723 FAX: Thick Film 573-221-7578 Richmond, Illinois Watlow Richmond Manufactures: RTDs, Thermocouples, Thermistors Thermocouple Wire and Cable Temperature Measurement Devices 5710 Kenosha Street, P.O. Box 500 Richmond, IL 60071 Phone: 815-678-2211 FAX: 815-678-3961 St. Louis, Missouri World Headquarters and Watlow St. Louis Manufactures: Band Heaters Cable Heaters FIREROD Heaters Radiant Heaters Special Heaters Strip Heaters 12001 Lackland Road St. Louis, MO 63146 Phone: 314-878-4600 FAX: 314-878-6814

Winona, Minnesota Watlow Winona Manufactures: Custom Electronic Controllers Power Controllers Safety and Limit Controllers Single-Loop Controllers 1241 Bundy Boulevard, P.O. Box 5580 Winona, MN 55987-5580 Phone: 507-454-5300 FAX: 507-452-4507

Asian Manufacturing Facilities Singapore Watlow Asia Engineering Manufactures: FIREROD Heaters Thermocouples Pump Line Heaters Controllers Power Controllers 16 Ayer Rajah Crescent, #03-23 Singapore 139949 Phone: +65-6773-9488 FAX: +65-6778-0323 European Manufacturing Facilities Germany Watlow GmbH Manufactures: Cable Heaters Cartridge Heaters (FIREROD, EB Cartridge and Metric FIREROD) Silicone Rubber Heaters K-RING Heaters Pump Line Heaters Electronic Assemblies Lauchwasenstr. 1 Postfach 1165 D 76709 Kronau, Germany Phone: +49-7253-94-00-0 FAX: +49-7253-94-00-44

Watsonville, California Watlow Anafaze Manufactures: Multi-Loop Controllers High Level Software Phone: 507-454-5300 FAX: 507-452-4507

General Information
Customer Assistance
Watlow Manufacturing Facilities
United Kingdom Watlow Limited Manufactures: Band Heaters Cartridge Heaters FIREROD Heaters Silicone Rubber Heaters Thermocouples Robey Close Linby Industrial Estate Linby, Nottingham, England NG15 8AA Phone: +44-0-115-964-0777 FAX: +44-0-115-964-0071

Latin American Manufacturing Facilities Mexico Watlow de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Manufactures: FIREROD Heaters (Cartridge and Metric) Ceramic Knuckle Heaters THINBAND Heaters HV Band Heaters Silicone Rubber Heaters Tubular Heaters Cable Heaters Av. Fundicion No. 5 Col. Parques Industriales Quertaro C.P. 76130 Quertaro, Mexico Phone: +52-442-217-62-35 FAX: +52-442-217-64-03

General Information

Customer Assistance

Sales Support
United States Sales Offices
Atlanta Phone: 678-935-1281 Fax: 678-935-3928 Austin Phone: 512-249-1900 Fax: 512-249-0082 Birmingham Phone: 205-678-2358 Fax: 205-678-2567 Charlotte Phone: 704-573-8446 Fax: 866-422-5998 Chicago Phone: 847-309-3495 Fax: 847-458-1515 Cincinnati Phone: 513-398-5500 Fax: 513-398-7575 Cleveland Phone: 330-467-1423 Fax: 330-467-1659 Dallas Phone: 972-620-6030 Fax: 972-620-8620

Denver Phone: 303-798-7778 Fax: 303-798-7775 Detroit Phone: 248-651-0500 Fax: 248-651-6164 Houston Phone: 281-440-3074 Fax: 281-440-6873 Indianapolis Phone: 317-575-8932 Fax: 317-575-9478 Kansas City Phone: 913-897-3973 Fax: 913-897-4085 Los Angeles Phone: 714-935-2999 Fax: 714-935-2990 Maryland/Virginia Phone: 215-345-8130 Fax: 215-345-0123 Milwaukee/Appleton Phone: 920-993-2161 Fax: 920-993-2162 Minneapolis Phone: 952-892-9222 Fax: 952-892-9223

Nashville Phone: 615-264-2333 Fax: 615-264-9212 New England Phone: 603-882-1330 Fax: 603-882-1524 New York/Upstate Phone: 716-438-0454 Fax: 716-438-0082 Orlando Phone: 407-351-0737 Fax: 407-351-6563 Philadelphia Phone: 215-345-8130 Fax: 215-345-0123 Phoenix Phone: 602-795-7712 Fax: 602-298-6960 Pittsburgh Phone: 412-322-5004 Fax: 412-322-1322 Portland Phone: 360-254-1009 Fax: 360-254-2912 For your nearest local sales office call 1-800-WATLOW2. 5

General Information
Customer Assistance
Sales Support Cont.
Sacramento Phone: 707-425-1155 Fax: 707-425-4455 Saint Louis Phone: 636-441-5077 Fax: 636-447-8770 San Francisco Phone: 408-434-1894 Fax: 408-435-5409 Seattle Phone: 360-668-3438 Fax: 360-668-0959 Tampa/St. Petersburg Phone: 407-647-9052 Fax: 407-647-5466 Tulsa Phone: 918-496-2826 Fax: 918-477-2826 Korea Watlow Korea Co., Ltd. Seoul, Korea Phone: +82-2-575-9804 FAX: +82-2-575-9831 Sales Territory: Korea Malaysia Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd Penang, Malaysia Phone: +60-3-641-5977 FAX: +60-4-641-5979 Sales Territory: Malaysia Singapore Watlow Singapore Pte. Ltd. Singapore Phone: +65-677-39488 FAX: +65-677-80323 Sales Territory: Singapore, South East Asia, Hong Kong, India, China Sales Support Taiwan Watlow Taiwan Kaohsiung, Taiwan Phone: +886-7-288-5168 FAX: +886-7-288-5568 Sales Territory: Taiwan

European Sales Offices

France Watlow France, s.a.r.l. Cergy Pointoise, France Phone: +33-1-3073-2425 FAX: +33-1-3073-2875 Sales Territory: France Germany Watlow GmbH Kronau, Germany Phone: +49-7253-9400-0 FAX: +49-7253-9400-900 Sales Territory: All Other European Countries Italy Watlow Italy, S.r.l. Corsico - MI, Italy Phone: +39-0-2-4588841 Fax: +39-0-2-45869954 Sales Territory: Italy United Kingdom Watlow Limited Linby Nottingham England Phone: +44-115-964-0777 FAX: +44-115-964-0071 Sales Territory: Great Britain, Ireland

Asian Sales Offices Australia Watlow Australia Pty. Ltd. Tullamarine, Australia Phone: +61-3-9335-6449 FAX: +61-3-9330-3566 Sales Territory: Australia, New Zealand
China Watlow China Shanghai, China Phone: +86-21-5211-0231 FAX: +86-21-5211-0177 Sales Territory: China Japan Watlow Japan Ltd. Minato-Ku, Tokyo, Japan Phone: +81-3-5403-4688 FAX: +81-3-5575-3373 Sales Territory: Japan

Canadian Sales Offices

Ontario Watlow Ontario Mississauga, Ontario Canada Phone: 905-979-3507 FAX: 905-979-4296 Quebec and Atlantic Canada Watlow Quebec & Atlantic Canada Dorval, QC Canada Phone: 514-884-6834 FAX: 716-438-0082 Western Canada Watlow Western Canada Burnaby, British Columbia Canada Phone: 604-444-4881 Fax: 604-444-4883

Latin American Sales Office

Mexico Watlow de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Quertaro, Mexico Phone: +52-442-217-6235 FAX: +52-442-217-6403 Sales Territory: Mexico and Latin America Corporate Headquarters Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company St. Louis, MO Phone: 314-878-4600 FAX: 314-434-1020 Sales Territory: All countries and Canadian provinces not specified.

General Information
Quick Reference Guide
Thermocouples
Style Temperature Range 0 to 480C (32 to 900F) Page 45 Ring Terminal Style 46 Nozzle Style Style Temperature Range 0 to 480C (32 to 900F) Page 55

General Information

Quick Reference Guide

Adjustable Spring Style

Adjustable Armour Style

0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

56

0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

47, 52

0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

57

Rigid Sheath Style 0 to 480C (32 to 900F) 48

Pipe Clamp Style 0 to 480C (32 to 900F) Grommet Style 0 to 260C (32 to 500F) 49 Brass Shim Style 0 to 480C (32 to 900F) 50 Stainless Steel Shim Style 0 to 480C (32 to 900F) 60 0 to 260C (32 to 500F) 59 58

Rigid Sheath with Threaded Fitting

PFA Encapsulated Style

Flange Style

0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

51

Kapton Bracket Style

0 to 200C (32 to 400F)

61

Rigid Sheath Fixed Bayonet Style

Low Profile Kapton Peel and Stick Style

0 to 200C (32 to 400F) 0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

61

0 to 480C (32 to 900F) Flexible Extensions 0 to 480C (32 to 900F)

53

Newberry Nozzle Style

61

54 Melt Bolt Thermocouple

Insulated Wire

0 to 260C (32 to 500F)

62

Kapton is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company.

General Information
Quick Reference Guide
Thermocouples
Style Temperature Range 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) Page 64 Base Metal Elements with Insulators
X

Style

Temperature Range 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F)

Page 76

Cut and Stripped

0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) Plug or Jack Termination 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F)

65, 66 Immersion Tips

0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F)

77

68 Base Metal with Protection Tubes

0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F)

78

Metal Transitions with Spring Strain Relief

0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) Miniature Transitions 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F)

67

Noble Metal Elements with Insulators

0 to 1700C (32 to 3100F)

80

70

Connection Head

Noble Metal Elements with Protection Tube

0 to 1700C (32 to 3100F)

81

Wafer Head

0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F)

71

High Temperature Plug or Jack Termination

0 to 2315C (32 to 4200F)

87

0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) For use with Thermowells 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) With Thermowell

72 High Temperature Metal Transitions 73 MICROCOIL

0 to 2315C (32 to 4200F)

88

0 to 700C (32 to 1292F)

91

0 to 500C (32 to 932F) 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) High Vibration TR Thermocouple 74 TRUE SURFACE Thermocouple (TST) 0 to 1200C (32 to 2200F) Multipoints 0 to 200C (32 to 400F)

92

94

96

General Information
Quick Reference Guide
RTD
Style Temperature Range -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) Page 100 Adjustable Spring Style 101 Adjustable Armor Style 102 Cartridge with Flange 103 Open Air with and without Flange 104 Surface Mount -200 to 650C (-328 to 1200F) For use with Thermowells -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) With Thermowell 106
2 Pin Deutsch Receptacle

General Information

Quick Reference Guide

Style

Temperature Range -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

Page 107

Standard Industrial Insulated Leads

Plug or Jack Termination

-50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

-50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

107

Metal Transitions

-200 to 650C (-328 to 1200F)

-50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

107

Emergency Use Cut-to-Length

-50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

-50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

107

Connection Head/Optional Transmitter

-200 to 650C (-328 to 1200F)

-50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

107

105 ENVIROSEAL-HD Sensor

-40 to 200C (-40 to 392F)

110

Thermistors
Style Temperature Range -60 to 260C (-75 to 500F) Page 109 Style
2 Pin Deutsch Receptacle

Temperature Range
Mating Connector

Page 107

Standard Industrial Thermistor with Insulated Leads

Cartridge with Flange

2

-60 to 260C (-75 to 500F)

Adjustable Spring Style

-60 to 260C (-75 to 500F)

107 Open Air with and without Flange 107 Surface Mount

-60 to 260C (-75 to 500F)

107

Adjustable Armor Style

-60 to 260C (-75 to 500F)

-60 to 260C (-75 to 500F)

107

General Information
Quick Reference Guide
Infrared/Transmitters/ Signal Conditioners
Product Page Product Page

12 34

113 IR Sensors

129

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners

6 5

Accessories
Product Page Product Page

137 Thermowells Fittings

160

149 Protecting Tubes Bayonet Adapters

161

156 Connection Heads Insulators

163

158 Compression Fittings Connectors

166

10

General Information
Quick Reference Guide
Wire and Cable
Style PVC: SERIES 502 PVC: SERIES 505 PVC: SERIES 510/510UL PVC: SERIES 701 PVC: SERIES 900/900UL PVC: SERIES 1000/1000UL FEP: SERIES 506 FEP: SERIES 507 FEP: SERIES 509/509UL FEP: SERIES 704 PFA: SERIES 516 TFE Tape: SERIES 508 Polyimide Tape: SERIES 511 Polyimide Tape: SERIES 512 Polyimide Tape: SERIES 513 SERVTEX: SERIES 155 SERVTEX: SERIES 157 Fiberglass - Standard: SERIES 304 Fiberglass - Standard: SERIES 305 Fiberglass - Standard: SERIES 705 Fiberglass - High Temp.: SERIES 314 Fiberglass - High Temp.: SERIES 321 Vitreous Silica: SERIES 301/365 Ceramic: SERIES 350/355 Metal Sheathed: XACTPAK

General Information

Quick Reference Guide

Construction Parallel pair Ripcord Twisted and shielded pair RTD wire Multipair overall shield

Temperature Range -20 to 105C (-20 to 220F) -20 to 105C (-20 to 220F) -20 to 105C (-20 to 220F) -20 to 105C (-20 to 220F) -20 to 105C (-20 to 220F) -20 to 105C (-20 to 220F) -240 to 204C (-400 to 400F) -240 to 204C (-400 to 400F) -240 to 204C (-400 to 400F) -240 to 204C (-400 to 400F) -240 to 260C (-400 to 500F) -240 to 260C (-400 to 500F) -240 to 315C (-400 to 600F) -240 to 315C (-400 to 600F) -240 to 315C (-400 to 600F) -73 to 260C (-100 to 500F) -73 to 260C (-100 to 500F) -73 to 480C (-100 to 900F) -73 to 480C (-100 to 900F) -73 to 480C (-100 to 900F) -73 to 705C (-100 to 1300F) -73 to 705C (-100 to 1300F) -73 to 980C (-100 to 1800F) 0 to 1205C (32 to 2200F) 0 to 1177C (32 to 2150F)

Page 192 194 201 210 208 209 195 196 199 210 206 198 203 203 203 184 185 187 188 210 189 190 186 191 224

Multipair individual shield Parallel pair small gauges Parallel pair Twisted and shielded pair RTD wire Parallel pair Parallel pair Twisted pair Parallel pair Parallel pair double taped Parallel pair Parallel pair with TFE tape Parallel pair Double wrapped parallel pair RTD wire Twisted pair Parallel pair Parallel pair Parallel pair Mineral insulated

Tefzel is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Company.

11

General Information
Application Hints
Answering your most frequently asked questions about industrial temperature sensors.
This section gathers in one spot the most commonly requested information on industrial temperature sensors. People of all experience levels will gain a better understanding in the application of temperature sensors from this information. Although we cannot possibly address every question in a few short pages, Watlow provides complete product support through our customer service, sales engineers and distribution network.

Which temperature sensor is the best choice for my application? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 What do thermocouple letter designations mean? . . . . . . . . . . . .14 What are thermocouple color codes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 What letter of calibration should I use? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 What is the initial accuracy of temperature sensors? . . . . . . . . .17 How does Watlow check for thermocouple accuracy? . . . . . . . .19 Is there a maximum length for thermocouples and thermocouple wiring? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 What sheath material is the best for my application? . . . . . . . . .20 What are the maximum temperatures of thermocouples? . . . . . .21 What type of junction should I use? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 What is the response time of mineral insulated thermocouples? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 What should the thermocouple resistance measure? . . . . . . . . .24 Where should my sensor be placed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 How does electrical noise get in? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 The sensor appears to be reading incorrectly, what might be wrong? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 How do I install a sensor with spring loaded bayonet cap? . . . .29 12

General Information
Application Hints
Which temperature sensor is the best choice for my application?
Thermocouples are best suited to high temperatures, environmental extremes or applications requiring microscopic size sensors. They are also recommended for high vibration environments. Thermocouples Sensors generating varying voltage signals are thermocouples. Thermocouples combine dissimilar metallic elements or alloys to produce a
Thermocouples

voltage. Using specific combinations of metals and alloys in the thermocouples legs produces a predictable change in voltage based on a change in temperature.
Disadvantages Non-linear Low voltage Least stable, repeatable Least sensitive to small temperature changes

General Information

Application Hints

Advantages No resistance lead wire problems Fastest response to temperature changes Simple, rugged Inexpensive High temperature operation Point temperature sensing

V Voltage

Temperature

RTDs are best for most industrial measurements over a wide temperature range, especially when sensor stability is essential for proper control. Thermistors are best for low temperature applications over limited temperature ranges.

A variation of the thermistor not covered in this section is the integratSensors generating varying ed circuit (IC). It is a thermistor that resistance values are resistance temperature detectors (RTDs). RTDs has a computer chip to condition and amplify its signal. The computer chip are further divided into two types: limits the ICs use to a narrow RTD - resistive metallic wire or film temperature range. Thermistor (thermally sensitive metal oxide resistor) RTDs and Thermistors
RTDs Advantages Most stable, accurate Contamination resistant More linear than thermocouple Area temperature sensing Most repeatable temperature measurement Disadvantages Expensive Current source required Self-heating Slow response time Low sensitivity to small temperature changes

R Resistance

Temperature

Thermistors

Advantages High output, fast Two-wire ohms measurement Economical Point temperature sensing High resistance High sensitivity to small temperature changes

Disadvantages Non-linear Limited temperature range Fragile Current source required Self-heating

R Resistance

Temperature

13

General Information
Application Hints
What do thermocouple letter designations mean?
Thermocouples are classified by calibration type because they have differing EMF (electromotive force) versus temperature curves. Some generate considerably more voltage at lower temperatures, while others do not begin to develop a significant voltage until subjected to high temperatures. Also, calibration types are designed to deliver as close to a straight line voltage curve inside their temperature application range as possible. This makes it easier for an instrument or temperature controller to correctly correlate the received voltage to a particular temperature. Additionally, thermocouple calibration types have different levels of compatibility with different atmospheres. Chemical reaction between certain thermocouple alloys and the application atmosphere could cause metallurgy degradation, making another calibration type more suitable for sensor life and accuracy requirements. Thermocouple Types Calibration types have been established by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) according to their temperature versus EMF characteristics in accordance with ITS-90, in standard or special tolerances. Additionally, there are non-ASTM calibration types. These thermocouples are made from tungsten and tungsten-rhenium alloys. Generally used for measuring higher temperatures, theyre a more economical alternative to the platinum and platinum alloy based noble metal thermocouples, but limited to use in inert and non-oxidizing atmospheres.

Thermocouple Type B C* E** J K** N R S T**

Useful/General Application Range 1370-1700C (2500-3100F) 1650-2315C (3000-4200F) 95-900C (200-1650F) 95-760C (200-1400F) 95-1260C (200-2300F) 95-1260C (200-2300F) 870-1450C (1600-2640F) 980-1450C (1800-2640F) 0-350C (32-660F)

**Not an ASTM E 230 symbol **Also suitable for cryogenic applications from -200 to 0C (-328 to 32F)

Thermocouple Millivolts*/Temperature Curves

80 70 60

Millivolts

50 40 30 20 10 0 1000

K N C**

R*

S* B*

2000

3000

4000

5000

Temperature (F) **Millivolt values shown for C, R, S and B calibrations pertain to thermocouple calibrations only. RX, SX and BX constructions described in this catalog section are intended for use as extension wire only and will not exhibit the millivolt outputs shown. **Not an ASTM E 230 SymbolTungsten 5 percent Rhenium/Tungsten 26 percent Rhenium.

14

General Information
Application Hints
What are thermocouple color codes?
United States and International Color Coding Standard ASTM E 230 color coding (United States) is used on all insulated thermocouple wire and extension wire when type of insulation permits. In color coding, the right is reserved to include a tracer to identify the ASTM E 230 type. Thermocouple grade wire normally has a brown overall jacket. For Types B, R and S the color codes relate to the compensating cable normally used. Various national and international standard agencies have adopted color codes for the identification of thermocouple products. These generally differ from those specified in ASTM E 230. Additionally, the overall extension color code is used to identify connectors to specific thermocouple types. Thermocouple and Extension Wire Color Codes
Overall/Positive (+)/Negative (-)
ASTM E 230 T/C Brown +Purple RedBrown +White -Red Brown +Yellow -Red Brown +Orange -Red Brown +Blue -Red ASTM E 230 Extension Grey +Grey -Red Purple +Purple -Red Black +White -Red Yellow +Yellow -Red Orange +Orange -Red Green +Black -Red Green +Black -Red Blue +Blue -Red UK BS 1843 Brown +Brown -Blue Black +Yellow -Blue Red +Brown -Blue Green +White -Blue Green +White -Blue Blue +White -Blue Germany DIN 43710 Grey +Red -Grey Black +Red -Black Blue +Red -Blue Green +Red -Green White +Red -White Brown +Red -Brown Japan JIS C1610-1981 Grey +Red -White Purple +Red -White Yellow +Red -White Blue +Red -White Black +Red -White Black +Red -White Brown +Red -White

General Information

Application Hints

T/C Type B (overall) BP BN E (overall) EP EN J (overall) JP JN K (overall) KP KN N (overall) NP NN R (overall) RP RN S (overall) SP SN T (overall) TP TN

IEC 584-3 Violet +Violet -White Black +Black -White Green +Green -White Orange +Orange -White Orange +Orange -White Brown +Brown -White

See color version on the inside back cover.

15

General Information
Application Hints
What letter of calibration should I use?
Type K thermocouples usually work in most applications since they are nickel based and have good corrosion resistance. It is the most common sensor calibration type providing the widest operating temperature range. Type J is the second most common calibration and a good choice for general purpose applications where moisture is not present. Type E The Type E thermocouple is suitable for use at temperatures up to 900C (1650F) in a vacuum, inert, mildly oxidizing or reducing atmosphere. Type J The Type J may be used, exposed or unexposed, where there is a deficiency of free oxygen. For cleanliness and longer life, a protecting tube is recommended. Since JP (iron) wire will Type K Due to its reliability and accuracy, Type K is used extensively at temperatures up to 1260C (2300F). Its good practice to protect this type of thermocouple with a suitable metal or ceramic protecting tube, especially in reducing atmospheres. In oxidizing atmospheres, such as electric Type N This nickel-based thermocouple alloy is used primarily at high temperatures up to 1260C (2300F). While not a direct replacement for Type K, Type T This thermocouple can be used in either oxidizing or reducing atmospheres, though for longer life, a protecting tube is recommended. Because of its stability at lower temperatures, this is a superior Types S, R and B Maximum recommended operating temperature for Type S or R is 1450C (2640F); Type B is recommended for use at as high as 1700C (3100F). These thermocouples are easily contaminated. Reducing atmospheres are Type C (W-5 Percent Re/W-26 Percent Re) This refractory metal thermocouple may be used at temperatures up to At cryogenic temperatures, the thermocouple is not subject to corrosion. This thermocouple has the highest EMF output per degree of all the commonly used thermocouples. oxidize rapidly at temperatures over 540C (1000F), it is recommended that larger gauge wires be used to compensate. Maximum recommended operating temperature is 760C (1400F). furnaces, tube protection is not always necessary when other conditions are suitable; however, it is recommended for cleanliness and general mechanical protection. Type K will generally outlast Type J because the JP (iron) wire rapidly oxidizes, especially at higher temperatures.

Type N provides better resistance to oxidation at high temperatures and longer life in applications where sulfur is present. It also outperforms Type K in Ks aging range. thermocouple for a wide variety of applications in low and cryogenic temperatures. Its recommended operating range is -200 to 350C (-330 to 660F), but it can be used to -269C (-452F) (boiling helium).

particularly damaging to the calibration. Noble metal thermocouples should always be protected with a gas-tight ceramic tube, a secondary tube of porcelain, and a silicon carbide or metal outer tube as conditions require. 2315C (4200F). Because it has no resistance to oxidation, its use is restricted to vacuum, hydrogen or inert atmospheres.

16

General Information
Application Hints
What is the initial accuracy of temperature sensors?
Industry specification have established the accuracy limits of industrial temperature sensors. These limits define initial sensor performance at time of manufacture. Time, temperature and environment operating conditions may cause sensors to change during use. Also, keep in mind that overall system accuracy will depend on the instrument and other installation parameters. Thermocouples Tolerances on Initial Values of EMF vs. Temperature
Reference Junction 0C (32F) Calibration Type Temperature Range C (F)
a c

General Information

Application Hints

Tolerances (whichever is greater) Standard Special C (F) C (F) 0.5% 1.7 or 0.5% 2.2 or 0.75% 2.2 or 0.75% 1.5 or 0.25% 1.0 or 0.75% 1.7 or 1% 2.2 or 2% 1.0 or 1.5% 1.7 2.2 2.2 1.0 (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (3.0) (4.0) (4.0) (1.8) 0.25% 1.0 or 0.4% 1.1 or 0.4% 1.1 or 0.4% 0.6 or 0.1% 0.5 or 0.4%
5 5 5

Thermocouples B 870 to 1700 (1600 to 3100) E 0 to 870 (32 to 1600) J 0 to 760 (32 to 1400) K or N 0 to 1260 (32 to 2300) R or S 0 to 1480 (32 to 2700) T 0 to 370 (32 to 700) E -200 to 0 (-328 to 32) K -200 to 0 (-328 to 32) T -200 to 0 (-328 to 32) Extension Wires EX 0 to 400 (32 to 400) JX 0 to 400 (32 to 400) KX or NX 0 to 400 (32 to 400) TX 0 to 200 (32 to 200) Compensating Extension Wires BX 0 to 200 (32 to 400) CX 0 to 260 (32 to 500) RX, SX 0 to 200 (32 to 400)
d d d f g h i j

(b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b)

b b b

1.8 2.0 2.0 0.9

(1.0) (1.1) (1.1) (0.5)

4.2 (7.6) 6.8 (12.2) 5.0 (9.0)

* * *

* * *

a Tolerances in this table apply to new essentially homogeneous thermocouple wire, normally in the size range 0.25 to 3 mm in diameter (No. 30 to No. 8 AWG) and used at temperatures not exceeding the recommended limits above. If used at higher temperatures these tolerances may not apply. b At a given temperature that is expressed in C, the tolerance expressed in F is 1.8 times larger than the tolerance expressed in C. Note: Wherever applicable, percentage-based tolerances must be computed from temperatures that are expressed in C. c Caution: Users should be aware that certain characteristics of thermocouple materials, including the EMF vs. temperature relationship may change with time in use; consequently, test results and performance obtained at time of manufacture may not necessarily apply throughout an extended period of use. Tolerances given above apply only to new wire as delivered to the user and do not allow for changes in characteristics with use. The magnitude of such changes will depend on such factors as wire size, temperature, time of exposure and environment. It should be further noted that due to possible changes in homogeneity, attempting to recalibrate used thermocouples is likely to yield irrelevant results, and is not recommended. However, it may be appropriate to compare used thermocouples in-situ with new or known good ones to ascertain their suitability for further service under the conditions of the comparison. d Thermocouples and thermocouple materials are normally supplied to meet the tolerances specified in the table for temperatures above 0C. The same materials, however, may not fall within the tolerances given for temperatures below C in the second section of the table. If materials are required to meet the tolerances stated for temperatures below 0C the purchase order must so state. Selection of materials usually will be required. e Special tolerances for temperatures below 0C are difficult to justify due to limited available information. However, the following values for Types E and T thermocouples are suggested as a guide for discussion between purchaser and supplier: Type E: -200 to 0C 1.0C or 0.5 percent (whichever is greater); Type T: -200 to 0C 0.5 or0.8 percent (whichever is greater). Initial values of tolerance for Type J thermocouples at temperatures below 0C and special tolerances for Type K thermocouples below 0C are not given due to the characteristics of the materials.

f Tolerances in the table represent the maximum error contribution allowable from new and essentially homogeneous thermocouple extension wire when exposed to the full temperature range given above. Extension grade materials are not intended for use outside the temperature range shown. g Thermocouple extension wire makes a contribution to the total thermoelectric signal that is dependent upon the temperature difference between the extreme ends of the extension wire length. The actual magnitude of any error introduced into a measuring circuit by homogeneous and correctly connected extension wires is equal to the algebraic difference of the deviations at its two end temperatures, as determined for that extension wire pair. h Tolerances in the table apply to new and essentially homogeneous thermocouple compensating extension wire when used at temperatures within the range given above. i Thermocouple compensating extension wire makes a contribution to the total thermoelectric signal that is dependent upon the temperature difference between the extreme ends of the compensating extension wire length. j Special compensating extension wires are not necessary with Type B over the limited temperature range 0 to 50C (32 to 125F), where the use of non-compensated (copper/copper) conductors introduces no significant error. For a somewhat larger temperature gradient of 0 to 100C (32 to 210F) across the extension portion of the circuit, the use of non-compensated (copper/copper) extension wires may result in small errors, the magnitude of which will not exceed the tolerance values given in the table above for measurements above 1000C (1800F). Proprietary alloy compensating extension wire is available for use over 0 to 200C (32 to 400F) temperature range. ** Special tolerance grade compensating extension wires are not available.

17

General Information
Application Hints
What is the initial accuracy of temperature sensors?
(Continued) Generally speaking, if accuracy is your most important concern and the application temperature is between 140C and 650C (284F and 1202F), RTDs are probably the best choice. Three-wire is the most common but four-wire provides higher system accuracy. Resistance Temperature DetectorsRTDs Table of Tolerance Values
Temperature C -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 Resistance Value 18.52 60.26 100.00 138.51 175.86 212.05 247.09 280.98 313.71 329.64 Tolerance DIN-IEC-751 Class B Class A C () C () 0.55 0.35 0.15 0.35 0.55 0.75 0.95 1.15 1.35 1.45 (0.24) (0.14) (0.06) (0.13) (0.20) (0.27) (0.33) (0.38) (0.43) (0.46) 1.3 0.8 0.3 0.8 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.3 3.6 (0.56) (0.32) (0.12) (0.30) (0.48) (0.64) (0.79) (0.93) (1.06) (1.13)

Where t is the actual temperature, in C, of the platinum elements. RTD Tolerance Class Definitions DIN class A: [0.15 + 0.002 |t| ]C DIN class B: [0.30 + 0.005 |t| ]C Thermistors are a cost effective choice when working with a narrow range of temperatures. Thermistors Resistance at 25C (77F) and ranges:
Epoxy Bead Tolerance 1% (+0.3C) #11 #12 1000 3000 -60 to 150C (-76 to 302F) -60 to 150C (-76 to 302F) #16 Glass Bead Tolerance 15% (+3C) 100,000 -60 to 260C (-76 to 500F)

*Other thermistors available on request.

18

General Information
Application Hints
How does Watlow check for thermocouple accuracy?
Watlow uses a verification process at selected temperature points to assure wire and XACTPAK products conform to ASTM error limits. Samples are taken to our calibration laboratory and verified for accuracy against NIST traceable standards. Conformance to error limits is required at all test temperatures. When test temperature exceeds the rating of wire insulation or sheath, Watlow will perform calibration to the highest test point below materials rating. Calibration at intermediate temperatures can be performed on a per order basis. The following charts provide the standard test temperatures by thermocouple type.

XACTPAK and MI Insulated Thermocouple

SERV-RITE Insulated Wire and General Application Thermocouples

General Information

Calibration E J K N T

Standard Calibration Points F* 200, 600, 1000, 1600 200, 600, 1000, 1400 600, 1000, 1600, 2000 600, 1000, 1600, 2000 200, 400

Calibration E J K N T BX CX EX JX KX NX RX SX TX

Standard Calibration Points F* 300, 500, 1000, 1600 200, 500, 1000, 1400 300, 500, 1000, 1600, 2000 300, 500, 1000, 1600, 2000 200, 500 212, 400 200, 300, 400, 500 200, 400 200, 400 200, 300, 400 200, 300, 400 400 400 200, 400

Application Hints

* Calibration not made when temperature exceeds sheath rating.

* Calibration not made when temperature exceeds wire insulation rating.

Is there a maximum length for thermocouples and thermocouple wiring?

The length of a thermocouple has no effect on its measurement accuracy or its ability to transfer the signal to the instrument. In other words, thermocouples do not experience "voltage drops" or power loss along its length as a high current power line might possess. The reason for this is due to the very low current and voltages associated with temperature measurements and that the thermocouple wire becomes the voltage source. In reality the sensor can be inches or thousands of feet long and the accuracy will not be affected.

In practical applications where the thermocouple is a substantial distance from the instrument, electrical noise can be induced and the sensor selected should be shielded and grounded at one end. In severe environments, or when the distance is in excess of 150 feet, a 4-20mA signal conditioner is suggested. Additional information is available in the ASTM Manual on the Use of Thermocouples in Temperature Measurement.

19

General Information
Application Hints
What sheath material is the best for my application?
In mild corrosive environments and general purpose applications, 304 SS and 316 SS are usually the best choice when considering cost versus performance. Choose Alloy 600 over 304 SS or 316 SS when temperatures exceed 899C (1650F). When using acids at temperatures below 250C (482F) PFA coatings should be used. Use the chart provided as a quick reference for determining the best sheath material for your application or consult a corrosion guide for the best choice based on your environmental conditions. Sheath Materials
Sheath Material Description

304 SS

316 SS

Alloy 600

310 SS

PFA over 304 SS Coating*

Maximum temperature: 899C (1650F). Most widely used low temperature sheath material. Extensively used in food, beverage, chemical and other industries where corrosion resistance is required. Subject to damaging carbide precipitation in 482-871C (900-1600F) range. Lowest cost corrosion resistant sheath material available. Maximum temperature: 899C (1650F). Best corrosion resistance of the austenitic stainless steel grades. Good corrosion resistance in H S. Widely used in the food and chemical industry. Subject to damaging carbide precipitation in 482-871C (900-1600F) range. Maximum temperature: 1176C (2150F). Most widely used thermocouple sheath material. Good high temperature strength, corrosion resistance, resistance to chloride ion stress corrosion cracking and oxidation resistance to high temperatures. Do not use in sulfur bearing environments. Good in nitriding environments. Maximum temperature: 1150C (2100F). Mechanical and corrosion resistance, similar to but better than 304 SS. Very good heat resistance. This alloy contains 25 percent Cr, 20 percent Ni. Not as ductile as 304 SS. Maximum temperature: 250C (482F) continuous. Thermocouple sheath O.D. is encapsulated in a black PFA, allowing the thermocouple to be used in applications where corrosive fluids and gases, strong mineral, oxidizing and organic acids and alkalies are present. Examples: food and beverage, pharmaceutical, labs, electroplating, semiconductor processing. Nominal wall thickness of the PFA is 0.010 inch.
2

304 SS suits most applications and is readily available.

316 SS has more nickel than 304 SS and is used for food applications.

Alloy 600 has the most nickel and the highest temperature rating.

310 SS has a higher temperature than 304 SS or 316 SS but is not very common. PFA over 304 SS works well in most acid environments. Strong bases can corrode PFA.

20

General Information
Application Hints
What are the maximum temperatures of thermocouples?
The diameter of the sensor wires determines the upper most operating temperature. The larger the diameter, the higher the temperature rating. Recommended Upper Temperature Limit for Protected Thermocouple Wire
Thermocouple Type B E J K and N R and S T No. 8 Gauge C (F) No. 14 Gauge C (F) No. 20 Gauge C (F) 540 480 980 260 (1000) (900) (1800) (500) No. 24 Gauge C (F) 3100 430 370 870 2700 200 (1700) (800) (700) (1600) (1480) (400) No. 28 Gauge C (F) 430 370 870 200 (800) (700) (1600) (400)

General Information

Application Hints

870 (1600) 650 (1200) 760 (1400) 590 (1100) 1260 (2300) 1090 (2000) 370 (700)

a This table gives the recommended upper temperature limits for the various thermocouples and wire sizes. These limits apply to protected thermocouples, that is, thermocouples in conventional closed-end protecting tubes. They do not apply to sheathed thermocouples having compacted mineral oxide insulation. b The temperature limits given here are intended only as a guide to the user and should not be taken as absolute values nor as guarantees of satisfactory life or performance. These types and sizes are sometimes used at temperatures above the given limits, but usually at the expense of stability or life or both. In other instances, it may be necessary to reduce the above limits in order to achieve adequate service. ASTM MNL-12 (Manual on the Use of Thermocouples in Temperature Measurement, ASTM MNL-12, 1993) and other literature sources should be consulted for additional application information.

Choose alloy 600 over 304 SS or 316 SS when higher temperatures are expected. The environment is another critical factor when determining the best material. Consult the manual on The Use of Thermocouples in Temperature Measurement, published by ASTM for further details.

Mineral Insulated Sensors by Diameter and Sheath

Sheath Diameter in. 0.032 0.032 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 Sheath Material 304 SS/Alloy 600 304 SS 304 SS/316 SS/Alloy 600 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS Alloy 600 Alloy 600 304 SS/316 SS 304 SS 304 SS/316 SS Hastelloy X Alloy 600 304 SS/316 SS/Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 304 SS/316 SS 304 SS Alloy 600 304 SS/310 SS/316 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS/316 SS 310 SS 316 SS 316 SS 446 SS Maximum Recommended Operating Temperature C (F) 871 816 871 816 350 871 1093 1093 816 871 871 1204 1177 350 871 1177 816 871 1177 816 871 350 871 1093 871 350 1149 (1600) (1500) (1600) (1500) ( 662) (1600) (2000) (2000) (1500) (1600) (1600) (2200) (2150) (662) (1600) (2150) (1500) (1600) (2150) (1500) (1600) (662) (1600) (2000) (1600) (662) (2100)

Calibration K J K J T E K or N S J E K K K or N T E S J K K or N J K T E K K T K

Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International.

21

General Information
Application Hints
What type of junction should I use?
Junction Styles Listed below are the junction styles offered by Watlow.

Generally speaking, the grounded junction offers the best compromise Exposed Junction of performance and reliability. It is the best choice for general purpose measurements. Select ungrounded if the lead wire will be shielded and attached to the sheath. Also select the ungrounded junction to avoid ground loops between instruments, power Grounded Junction supplies and the sensor.

Thermocouple wires are butt welded, and insulation is sealed against liquid or gas penetration. This junction style provides the fastest possible response time but leaves the thermocouple wires unprotected against corrosive or mechanical damage. The sheath and conductors are welded together, forming a completely sealed integral junction. Recommended in the presence of liquids, moisture, gas or high pressure. The wire is protected from corrosive or erosive conditions. Response time with this style approaches that of the exposed junction. On this type the thermocouple junction is fully insulated from the welded sheath end. The ungrounded junction is excellent for applications where stray EMFs would affect the reading and for frequent or rapid temperature cycling. Response time is longer than for the grounded junction. Two separate thermocouples are encased in a single sheath. The isolation would prevent ground loop errors if wired to separate instruments. Only available as ungrounded junctions.

Ungrounded Junction

Ungrounded Dual Isolated Junction

22

General Information
Application Hints
What is the response time of mineral insulated thermocouples?
The smaller the diameter, the faster the thermocouple will respond. Grounding the junction will also improve the response time by approximately 50 percent. This is based on the sensor achieving 63.2 percent of the final reading, or to the first time constant. It will take about five time constants to obtain steady state readings. Since you are actually interested in the temperature of the surrounding medium, accuracy depends on the ability of the sensor to conduct heat from its outer sheath to the element wire. Several factors come into play. The most commonly noted is time constant (thermal response time). Time constant, or thermal response time, is an expression of how quickly a sensor responds to temperature changes. As expressed here, time response is defined as how long it takes a sensor to reach 63.2 percent of a step temperature change (see graph to the right). Response is a function of the mass of the sensor and its efficiency in transferring heat from its outer surfaces to Thermocouple Time Response
Sheath Diameter 0.010 in. 0.020 in. 0.032 in. 0.040 in. 0.063 in. 0.090 in. 0.125 in. 0.188 in. 0.250 in. 0.313 in. 0.375 in. 0.500 in. 0.5 mm 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.5 mm 6.0 mm 8.0 mm Average Response Time Still Water (seconds)* Grounded Junction Ungrounded Junction <0.02 <0.02 0.02 0.04 0.22 0.33 0.50 1.00 2.20 5.00 8.00 15.00 <0.02 0.04 <0.15 0.25 0.40 0.95 2.00 5.00 <0.02 0.03 0.07 0.13 0.40 0.68 1.10 2.30 4.10 7.00 11.00 20.00 0.03 0.13 0.35 0.55 0.90 2.00 3.50 7.00

the wire sensing element. A rapid time response is essential for accuracy in a system with sharp temperature changes. Time response varies with the probes physical size and design. The response times indicated are representative of standard industrial probes.
Time Constant (Thermal Response Time)
Step Temp. Change

General Information

Application Hints

63%

Time Time Constant

*Readings are to 63 percent of measured temperatures.

23

General Information
Application Hints
What should the thermocouple resistance measure?
Although resistance cannot confirm the alloy has the correct thermoelectric specifications, it will check to see if other undesirable characteristics like opens, poor welds, or corrosion of the wires are present. Always measure the resistance of the thermocouple out of the application so the EMF output is not in conflict with the resistance meter. Ohms per Double Feet Long lead wire runs, or the use of analog based instrumentation, make conductor resistance an important consideration in selecting the wire gauge best suited for your application. The table below lists the nominal ohms per double feet for thermocouple and thermocouple extension wire. Ohms per double feet is the total resistance, in ohms, for both conductors, per foot.

Nominal Resistance for Thermocouple Alloys in Ohms per Double Feet at 20C
Calibration Type AWG Gauge 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 14 Stranded 16 Stranded 18 Stranded 20 Stranded 22 Stranded 24 Stranded Diameter in. (mm) 0.258 0.204 0.162 0.129 0.102 0.081 0.064 0.051 0.040 0.032 0.025 0.020 0.016 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.076 0.060 0.048 0.038 0.030 0.024 (6.543) (5.189) (4.115) (3.264) (2.588) (2.053) (1.630) (1.290) (1.020) (0.813) (0.645) (0.508) (0.406) (0.320) (0.254) (0.203) (0.152) (0.127) (1.930) (1.520) (1.220) (0.965) (0.762) (0.610) BX *CX* E 0.011 0.017 0.028 0.044 0.070 0.111 0.177 0.281 0.453 0.709 J 0.006 0.009 0.014 0.023 0.036 0.057 0.091 0.145 0.234 0.367 K 0.009 0.014 0.023 0.036 0.058 0.092 0.147 0.233 0.376 0.589 N 0.012 0.019 0.030 0.048 0.077 0.123 0.195 0.310 0.500 0.783 RX,SX T

0.015 0.024 0.039 0.063 0.098

0.058 0.093 0.147 0.238 0.372

0.006 0.010 0.016 0.025 0.040

0.048 0.076 0.120 0.194 0.304

0.156 0.592 1.129 0.584 0.937 1.245 0.248 0.941 1.795 0.928 1.490 1.980 0.395 1.495 2.853 1.476 2.369 3.148 0.628 2.378 4.537 2.347 3.767 5.006 0.999 3.781 7.214 3.731 5.990 7.960 1.588 6.012 11.470 5.933 9.524 12.656 2.525 9.560 18.239 9.434 15.145 20.126 4.015 15.200 29.000 15.000 24.080 32.000 0.022 0.085 0.161 0.083 0.134 0.178 0.035 0.134 0.256 0.133 0.213 0.283 0.056 0.090 0.143 0.227 0.214 0.340 0.540 0.859 0.408 0.648 1.031 1.639 0.211 0.335 0.533 0.848 0.338 0.538 0.856 1.361 0.450 0.715 1.137 1.808

0.063 0.483 0.100 0.768 0.159 1.221 0.253 1.942 0.402 3.088 0.639 4.910 1.016 7.808 1.615 12.415 0.009 0.069 0.014 0.110 0.023 0.036 0.057 0.091 0.174 0.277 0.441 0.701

*Not an ASTM E 230 symbol Note: BX, CX, RX and SX indicates compensating thermocouple materials.

Conductor Sizes
Wire Size AWG Gauge 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 Solid Diameter in. (mm) 0.064 0.051 0.040 0.032 0.025 0.020 0.016 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 (1.630) (1.290) (1.020) (0.813) (0.635) (0.508) (0.406) (0.330) (0.254) (0.203) (0.152) (0.127) Diameter in. (mm) 0.076 0.060 0.048 0.038 0.030 0.024 (1.930) (1.520) (1.220) (0.965) (0.762) (0.610) Stranded Number of Strands 7 7 7 7 7 7 Strand Gauge 22 24 26 28 30 32

24

General Information
Application Hints
Where should my sensor be placed?
Placement of the sensor in relationship to the work load and heat source can compensate for various types of energy demands from the work load. Sensor placement can limit the effects of thermal lags in the heat transfer process. The controller can only respond to the temperature changes it sees through feedback from the sensor location. Thus, sensor placement will influence the ability of the controller to regulate the temperature about a desired set point. Be aware sensor placement cannot compensate for inefficiencies in the system caused by long delays in thermal transfer. Realize also that inside most thermal systems, temperature will vary from point-to-point. Sensor in a Static System the system is static, placing the sensor closer to the heat source will keep the heat fairly constant Load throughout the process. In this type of system the distance between the heat source and the sensor is small (minimal thermal lag); therefore, the heat source will cycle frequently, Sensor Heater reducing the potential for overshoot and undershoot at the work load. We call a system static when there With the sensor placed at or near the is slow thermal response from the heat heat source, it can quickly sense source, slow thermal transfer and min- temperature changes, thus maintainimal changes in the work load. When ing tight control. Sensor in a Dynamic System
Load

General Information

Application Hints

Sensor Heater

We call a system dynamic when there is rapid thermal response from the heat source, rapid thermal transfer and frequent changes in the work load. When the system is dynamic, placing the sensor closer to the work load will enable the sensor to see the load temperature change faster, and allow Sensor in a Combination Static/ Dynamic System
Load

the controller to take the appropriate output action more quickly. However, in this type of system the distance between the heat source and the sensor is notable, causing thermal lag or delay. Therefore, the heat source cycles will be longer, causing a wider swing between the maximum (overshoot) and minimum (undershoot) temperatures at the work load. We recommend that the electronic controller selected for this situation include the PID features (anticipation and offset ability) to compensate for these conditions. With the sensor at or near the work load, it can quickly sense temperature rises and falls. When the heat demand fluctuates and creates a system between static and dynamic, place the sensor halfway between the heat source and work load to divide the heat transfer lag times equally. Because the system can produce some overshoot and/ or undershoot, we recommend the electronic controller selected for this situation include the PID features (anticipation and offset ability) to compensate for these conditions. This sensor location is most practical in the majority of thermal systems.

Sensor Heater

25

General Information
Application Hints
How does electrical noise get in?
The sensor input and power output lines as well as the power source line, all have the potential to couple or link the control circuit to a noise source. Depending on its intensity, noise can be coupled to the sensor circuit by any one or combination of the following ways: Common Impedance Coupling Common impedance coupling occurs when two circuits share a common conductor or impedance (even common power sources). Magnetic Inductive Coupling Magnetic inductive coupling generally appears where there are wires running parallel or in close vicinity to each other. This happens when the wires from several different circuits are bundled together in order to make the system wiring appear neat. Electrostatic Capacitive Coupling Electrostatic capacitive coupling appears where wires run parallel to each other, similar to magnetic coupling. That is where the similarities end. Electrostatic, or capacitive, coupling is a function of the distance the wires run parallel to each other, the distance between the wires and wire diameters. Electromagnetic Radiation Coupling Electromagnetic radiation coupling occurs when the sensor is very close to a high energy source like TV or radio broadcasting towers. Whenever possible, sensor signal leads should be run unbroken from sensor to the control. Shielded cables should be used for all signal lines to protect from magnetic and electrostatic coupling of noise. Some simple pointers are as follows: 1. Connect the shield to the control circuit common end only. Never leave the shield unconnected at both ends. Never connect both ends of the shield to a common. 2. If the shield is broken at a terminal and the line continues, the shield must be reconnected to maintain shield continuity. 3. If the shield is used as a signal return (conductor), no electrostatic shielding can be assumed. If this must be done, use a triaxed cable (electrostatically shielded coaxial cable). 4. Twisted wire should be used any time sensor circuit signals must travel over two feet, or when they are bundled in parallel with other wires.

Helpful Wiring Guidelines A quick review shows electrical noise can enter the sensor circuit through different paths: 1. Controller output signal lines 2. Power input lines 3. Radiation (least likely to be a problem) The sensitivity or susceptibility to noise coupling will be different among the three paths and may even vary on the same path, depending on the type of electrical noise and its intensity. Following simple wiring techniques will greatly decrease the sensor circuits sensitivity to noise. Physical separation and wire routing must be given careful consideration in planning the layout. AC power supply lines should be bundled together and kept physically separate from sensor signal lines. If lines must cross, do so at right angles. Another important practice is to look at the system layout and identify electrical noise sources such as solenoids, relay contacts, or motors, and where they are physically located. Then use as much caution as possible to route the sensor lead wires away from these noise sources. 26

General Information
Application Hints
The sensor appears to be reading incorrectly. What might be wrong?
1. Sensor and Control AgreementVerify the instrument settings are correct for the type of sensor being utilized. Many instruments require the user to indicate or instruct which type of sensor will be used. Agreement between sensor and instrument allows correct temperature interpretation of the resistance or voltage. 2. Check InstrumentA quick test can indicate that an instrument is functional. Thermocouples Disconnect and place a jumper wire across the input connections. Instrument should indicate room temperature. RTDs Disconnect and place a known resistance value across input terminals. Instrument should indicate the temperature corresponding to resistor used. As an example a 100 resistor would indicate 0C for a 100 RTD. 3. Check Instrument Connection Verify the sensor has been attached to the correct instrument terminals. For thermocouples check that the polarity is correct. The negative conductor of thermocouples colored coded to ASTM standards is red. Other international standards use different color codes to identify thermocouple calibration and conductor polarity. The inside back cover shows many of these international color code standards. Most industrial controllers will accept a two- or three-wire RTD inputs. A two-wire RTD may or may not have the wires color coded differently and can be connected to either input terminal. A three-wire RTD generally will have two leads of one color and the third lead of a different color. The resistive element is wired in series with the leads of different colors. The instrument wiring diagram will indicate location of resistive element. 4. Sensor WiringThe distance between sensor and instrument can be many feet. Often multiple pieces of wire are joined to complete the circuit. Examine terminal blocks, connectors, connection heads and any other connection points for loose wires, corrosion or electrical isolation. Examine circuit wire insulation for any damage. Replace any insulation that shows cracks, wear spots or heat deterioration with new wiring. Verify that circuit polarity and wire orientation have been maintained throughout the system. 5. Compatible Sensor and Connection WireThermocouples require the connection wire conductors be of the same calibration type as the sensor. If the calibration does not match or copper conductors are used, serious errors can occur. The calibration type of thermocouple wire products can usually be identified by the color of insulation. The chart on the inside back cover of this catalog shows common color codes used for thermocouple wire products. For RTDs the sensor to instrument connections are made using wire with copper conductors. Wire should be of same gauge size, copper material and length for each sensor lead. 6. Verifying Sensor Electrical Continuity (Resistance)Sensors require a continuous electrical circuit be formed through the resistance element or thermocouple junction. Sensor resistance can be checked with a standard multimeter. Resistance value of a RTD will be nominal resistance at temperature of sensor plus the resistance of lead when checking between the leads of differing colors. Between leads of the same color resistance value is equal to lead resistance. Thermocouples should have resistance measurements taken out of application. Measurement 27

General Information

Application Hints

General Information
Application Hints
The sensor appears to be reading incorrectly. What might be wrong?
(Continued) requires thermocouple to be at uniform temperature and best results are obtained at room temperature. This prevents the voltage generated by thermocouples at temperature from conflicting with multimeter resistance measurement function. The resistance value will vary by calibration and can be approximated by values given in the chart on page 24. For thermistors, resistance measurement at room temperature should equal nominal resistance value. 7. Immersion DepthHeat can be conducted away from sensors that are not sufficiently immersed into the process being measured. The result will be a reading lower than actual temperature of the system. As a rule of thumb thermocouples should be immersed to a minimum depth of 10 times the sensor diameter. RTDs and thermistors should be immersed a minimum of 10 times the diameter plus 12 inch to provide proper heat transfer in most applications. 8. Changing of Thermocouple Immersion Depths Thermocouples can develop inhomogeneities due to oxidization, corrosion, contamination and metallurgical changes under some process conditions. If the sensor depth is changed to shift the inhomogeneities into steep temperature gradient zone, the output can be greatly altered. It is suggested that thermocouples not be repositioned once they are placed in a process. 9. Sensor LifeEvery system exposes sensors to a wide varying range of operational environments. Selection of sheath materials, protection tubes, temperature cycles and sensor type influence overall usable life. Experience provides the method of determining the need to examine, test and replace sensors. Watlow recommends that each customer establish a preventative maintenance program for periodic inspection and replacement of all sensors.

28

General Information
Application Hints
How do I install a sensor with spring loaded bayonet cap?
The bayonet adapter is used in conjunction with the spring loaded bayonet cap attached to the sensor sheath. The part to be measured is drilled and tapped for the installation of the bayonet adapter. After placing the sensor through the adapter, the spring is compressed and locked with the bayonet cap. This allows the sensing zone to be pushed tightly against the surface for increased accuracy and faster response time. Hole Depth

General Information

B Dimension 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.1

0.875 0.500 0.875 1.375 1.875 2.375 2.875 3.375 3.875 4.375 4.875 5.375 5.875 6.375 6.875 7.375 7.875 8.375 8.875 9.375 9.875 10.375

1 0.375 0.750 1.250 1.750 2.250 2.750 3.250 3.750 4.250 4.750 5.250 5.750 6.250 6.750 7.250 7.750 8.250 8.750 9.250 9.750 10.250

Adapter Length 1.5 2 0.375 0.750 1.250 1.750 2.250 2.750 3.250 3.750 4.250 4.750 5.250 5.750 6.250 6.750 7.250 7.750 8.250 8.750 9.250 9.750
15/8 in.

2.5

Application Hints

0.375 0.750 1.250 1.750 2.250 2.750 3.250 3.750 4.250 4.750 5.250 5.750 6.250 6.750 7.250 7.750 8.250 8.750 9.250

0.375 0.750 1.250 1.750 2.250 2.750 3.250 3.750 4.250 4.750 5.250 5.750 6.250 6.750 7.250 7.750 8.250 8.750

B Bayonet Lockcap and Spring

Installed Position

Adaptor Length

Hole Depth

1 4 in. = 6 mm 9 32 in. = 7 mm

9 32

/ in. Hole

29

General Information
Lab Services
Prototype Testing and Quality Certification
Watlow lab services start at the front end of product design by assisting you through a battery of tests to research and develop the optimum sensor for your application. Our certification processes can verify your finished product is built to specifications set forth by the worlds leading standards agencies. These in-house services are available also for testing your own temperature sensing products, not just the sensors, wire or cable we design and manufacture for you.

Product Development and Prototype Test Lab

Our prototype testing evaluates new sheath materials, new configurations and new manufacturing processes. Watlow is always stretching the limits and always searching for the better way to handle unique applications. We offer testing for: Time response Measures sensor output relative to a step change in temperature from ambient up to 70C (160F) per ASTM Vibration Sine and random electrodynamic excitation High temperatures Up to 1700C (3090F) Cryogenic temperatures Up to -195C (-320F) for liquid nitrogen; -80C (-110F) continuously variable up to 0C (32F) Tensile and compression Testing to 500 kg (1,000 lb) Humidity To 95C/95 percent RH (200F/95 percent RH) Life testing In molten aluminum and corrosive liquids Cycle and drift Testing up to 1700C (3090F) Wire insulation abrasion testing Repeated scrape and wire to wire Micro-hardness Vickers scale or conversion to other common scales. Dielectric breakdown testing Capabilities to 5000V(dc)

30

General Information
Lab Services
Product Development and Prototype Test Lab
(Continued) Customized Testing to Your Application Watlow can provide testing during all phases of product development. To guarantee Watlow temperature sensors retain their quality after long term use, we maintain a variety of custom designed furnaces and baths for long term drift and cycle testing at temperatures up to 1700C (3090F). We can customize any number of standardized tests to meet your needs: To verify the quality and stability of our RTDs a recent test cycled the sensors from 93C (200F) to 260C (500F) for over 80,000 cycles. During initial product development for a turbine application, the customer requested performance information on Watlow RTD probes under various conditions. Vibration testing was carried out on several diameters and probe configurations providing the customer with resonance frequencies to 2000Hz and corresponding dB levels. Vibration testing was provided for a prototype sensor mounted on the shaft bearings of a large diesel engine. Watlow product and field engineers worked with the customer to develop a vibration dampening design. Watlow engineers selected materials and developed several configurations to answer a customers need for a 20 meter (60 ft) long sheathed sensor capable of handling 1400C (2550F). The conditions were reproduced in the product test lab and a successful design selected. Your Watlow sales engineer is your key to successful temperature monitoring. He/she can assure that your sensor is tested under your conditions.

General Information

Lab Services

A lab service technician performs a helium leak test to verify fitting integrity.

31

General Information
Lab Services
Quality Certification Lab
Todays demand for world class products that perform better, last longer, are more accurate and withstand harsher environments has led to an increased demand for certified compliance with manufacturing standards. Many high-tech industries demand certificates of compliance and traceability in the manufacturing process of the components they buy from you, their vendors. Watlow is able to meet this demand with our complete testing and certification services. Watlow provides certification to verify the finished sensor is built to allow initial calibration tolerances as established by ASTM Standard E 230. This standard is based on the thermodynamic temperature scale of ITS 90, succeeding IPTS 68. These are initial tolerances as supplied by Watlow. All sensors are susceptible to change during use due to environmental factors such as contamination, temperature, furnace gradient and physical abuse. Watlow has the advanced capabilities to calibrate your sensors over a broad range of temperatures, from cryogenic -195C (-320F) to 1700C (3090F). ISO 10012 is used as the guide for all sensor and instrument calibration making all results traceable to the National Institute of Standards and TechnologyNIST. Standard methods and specifications for sensor calibration used are: ASTM E 207 ASTM E 220 ASTM E 230 ASTM E 644 AMS 2750C We will test and certify any temperature sensing productwhether made by Watlow, or not. Our objective is to provide you with a comprehensive service for determining compliance with established standards. We will perform the tests and calibrations required and provide all necessary documentation for an additional cost. We offer: Calibration testing For thermocouples, thermistors and RTDs traceable to NIST standards End-to-end calibration For thermocouple conductors Insulation resistance testing Dielectric testing Measures an insulations performance in the presence of electrical discharges Helium leak testing Verifies sheath integrity Radiographic (X-ray) inspection Detects internal defects, dimensional compliance and inclusions Liquid penetrant testing Detects surface defects Metallographic examination Evaluates constituents and structures of alloys Compaction density testing Determines compaction of mineral insulation in metal sheathed cables Thermal cycling Assures ruggedness under thermal transients Micro-hardness Vickers scale destructive test used to determine sheath hardness.

All tested sensors and wire are tagged with deviations and accompanied by a calibration report.

32

General Information
Lab Services
Quality Certification Lab
Calibration and Certification SERV-RITE thermocouple wire and elements can be factory calibrated and certified at an extra charge. Each thermocouple, coil, reel or spool of wire is then tagged to show the individual departure from curve. Once calibrated, their exact departure from the standard curve at any specified temperature is known and can be taken into account. Thermocouples and wire samples sent to the factory for calibrating must be at least 36 inches long. The standard calibrating temperature points range from 0 to 1260C (32 to 2300F), depending on calibration, gauge size and insulation. Sub-zero and cryogenic calibration is available at fixed points, such as boiling helium, nitrogen and sublimated carbon dioxide, including temperatures down to -80C (-110F). A certificate of calibration is furnished for all calibrated items. Each item calibrated is also tagged with the results. Common Certifications The following standard certifications are available from Watlow. Requirements for these certifications must be stated on the order. Certificate #1 - Certificate of Compliance/Conformity This certification states that product being supplied meets the requirements of the purchase order. Certificate #2 - Certificate of Compliance to ASTM E 230 Tolerance This certification states that product being supplied meets the requirements of the purchase order, including the correct calibration type and tolerance. This certification is also used when conformance to ASTM E 230 must be documented. Certificate #3 - Certificate of Conformance to ISO 10012 This certificate is used to certify that our calibration system is in accordance with ISO 10012. Certificate #4 - Certificate of Traceability to NIST This certification is used to certify that the materials they receive is traceable to NIST via calibration data of the thermoelements used to manufacture the product. Certificate #6 - Certificate of Calibration at Standard Calibration Points This is a calibration certification offering the preproduction calibration values of the insulated wire product at the standard calibration check points. Certificate #7 - Chemical Composition of Tubing and Insulation in XACTPAK Metal Sheathed Cable Products Our tubing and insulator vendors supply certification on the chemical composition and physical characteristics of their products (material certs) with each lot received. When requested, these certs are duplicated (proprietary information is blocked out) and sent to our customers.

Certificate #7A - Chemical and Physical Analysis of Conductors in Insulated Wire Products This certification offers the nominal chemical composition of the alloy used in the insulated wire products. Certificate #8 - Certificate of Calibration at Specified Temperatures This is a calibration certification when post-production calibration data is desired. Calibration is performed in the Watlow calibration laboratory with NIST traceable calibration standards. In addition to the calibration data, the test standard, equipment, NIST traceability, and reference to applicable calibration procedures are stated. Note: Custom certifications are available upon request.

General Information

Lab Services

33

General Information
Lab Services
Quality Certification Lab
Continued Recommended Sensor Straight Length Required for Calibration
Temperature C (F) -195 only (-320 only) -80 to 290 (-110 to 550) 290 to 1090* (550 to 2000*) Above 1090 (Above 2000) Length in. (mm) Thermocouples RTDs Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 6 (150) 6 (150) 15 (380) 18 (455) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 10 ft (3 m) 10 ft (3 m) 6 (150) 6 (150) 15 (380) NA 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 10 ft (3 m) NA

*In this temperature range some sensors longer than 6 in. (150 mm), but shorter than the stated length minimum of 15 in. (380 mm) can be calibrated. Please call Lab Services to see if your sensor meets the necessary criteria.

A lab service technician uses a metallurgical microscope to examine the microstructure of the metallic components in our mineral insulated metal sheathed cable, XACTPAK.

Thermocouple Calibration Watlow offers testing for application temperatures other than the standard points in a range from -195 to 1700C (-320 to 3092F), depending on material. We do not recommend use outside of the temperature limits of ASTM E 230.
Calibration* (Thermocouple Type) E, K, J, N, T Temperature C (F) 0 to 1260 (32 to 2300) 0 to 1650 (32 to 3000) -195 plus -80 to 0 (-320 plus -110 to 32)

Existing EMF data is available from initial testing of base metal thermoelements and from sample testing of manufactured lots of finished products. Data is at specific standard test temperatures for each thermocouple type, but may not be available on all lots.
Specifications ASTM E 207 ASTM E 220 ASTM E 230

See the Application Hints section for Tolerances on Initial Values of EMF vs. Temperature for Thermocouples chart on page 17.

B, R, S E, K, N, T

*Maximum temperatures vary depending on thermocouple type.

RTD Calibration Watlow RTD calibration is useful for defining the exact temperature coefficient of the sensor. Coefficients are obtained by calibrating the RTD at a cryogenic temperature, 0C, 100C and a high temperature that cannot

exceed the maximum temperature capability of the RTD. Through the use of the coefficients, a resistance output table in one degree (C or F) increments can be generated for the entire temperature range of the RTD.

34

General Information
Lab Services
Quality Certification Lab
Continued Certification Testing
Service End-to-End Calibration Description Comparison of each end of a length of thermocouple wire by utilizing a common junction measurement test. This is a requirement to verify homogeneity requirements. Performance levels of wire insulations in the presence of high, local fields caused by electrical discharges. Routinely used in Watlow quality control testing. Verifies the sheath integrity in metal-sheathed cable and sensors to 70 kg/cm (1000 psi) in specially designed pressure chambers. Determines dimensions, and detects and evaluates cracks, voids, inclusions and discontinuities. Technicians qualified under SNT-TC-1A. Reveals the constituents and structures of metals. Photomicrographs are also available to determine and document average grain size and structure of prepared specimens. Determines the compaction of insulating materials in metalsheathed cable. Determines long-term stability and drift characteristics. Individual sensors subjected to repeated cycling through a temperature range. Measures the electrical insulation resistance properties between the thermoelements and the sheath at ambient as well as elevated temperatures to determine the presence of moisture or impurities which could affect sensor performance. Determines the homogeneity of the thermoelements. Performed at high temperatures on the entire length of XACTPAK mineral insulated, metal-sheathed cable. Determines the hardness of sheath or conductors used to measure a materials resistance to penetration (hardness) as a predictor of strength, machinability, brittleness, ductility and wear resistance.
2

General Information

Specifications ASTM E 207, E 220, E 230

Lab Services

Dielectric Testing

ASTM D 149

Helium Leak Test

X-rays of the sensor verify the nonexistence of cracks at weld points that could let in humidity or gas and potentially shorten the life of the thermocouple.

ASTM E 235

Radiographic Inspection

ASTM E 94, E 142,

Metallographic Examination

ASTM E 3, E 112, E 235

Compaction Density Test Drift Test Thermal Cycle Test Insulation Resistance

ASTM D 2771

ASTM E 601, E 644 ASTM E 235

ASTM E 780, E 235, E 644

Spurious EMF

Watlow

MicroHardness

Vickers

35

General Information
Tolerances
Sheath Tolerances Length and diameter are important features for proper installation of temperature sensors. The tables provide the tolerances on these key dimensions of Watlow catalog sensor products. Sheath Tolerances
General Application & RTD Sheath Tolerances Diameter Tolerance (in.)
0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003

Sheath Diameter (in.)

3

Length Tolerance (in.)

0.125 0.125 0.125 0.250

8 16 1 4 3 8
1

MI Thermocouple Sheath Tolerances Length Tolerance (in.) Diameter (in.)

0.020 0.032 0.040 0.063 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.375 0.500

Diameter Tolerance (in.)

+ 0.001 + 0.001 + 0.001 + 0.001 + 0.002 + 0.002 + 0.003 + 0.003 + 0.003 - 0.0005 - 0.0005 - 0.0005 - 0.0001 - 0.0001 - 0.0001 - 0.0001 - 0.0001 - 0.0001

up to 24 in. 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125

over 24 in. 1% 1% 1% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12%

Flexible Lead Tolerances

General Application, MI Thermocouple & RTD Lead Lead Length (in.) Tolerance (in.)
Under 6 6 to 24 Over 24 to 120 Over 120 +1 -0 +2 -0 +6 -0 + 5% - 0

Sheath Configuration Standard shipping methods and element strength require long length mineral insulated sensors to be shipped in coil format. This chart provides the standard sheath configuration by diameter.

MI Thermocouple Standard Sheath Configuration

Sheath Diameter in. 0.020 0.032 Standard Length in. Up to 20 From 20 to 170 170 to 300 greater than 300 Up to 20 From 20 to 120 120 to 200 Greater than 200 Up to 50 50 to 540 (45 feet) Greater than 540 (45 feet) Up to 96 Greater than 96

Configuration Straight 3 in. coil 6 in. coil 9-10 in. coil Straight 3 in. coil 6 in. coil 9-10 in. coil Straight 9-10 in. coil 24 in. coil Straight 24 in. coil

0.040

0.063

0.125 0.188 0.250

36

General Information
Bends
C

General Information

Watlow custom bends sensors for a precise fit in many applications. The charts to the right list Watlows standard radius by sensor type with minimum length requirements. Customers also form many sensor items at their own facility. Mineral insulated sensors should not be bent on a radius smaller than twice the sheath outside diameter. General application thermocouples and standard industrial RTDs should not be bent with radius smaller than indicated in the charts to the right. Support should also be given to these items as not to collapse the protecting sheath and damage internal sensor wiring and insulation. For all sensor types the minimum H dimension should be maintained.

Bend Radius For 10 to 90 Degree Bends

10 - 90 Radius

General Application Thermocouples

Diameter in. 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.375 Standard Bend Radius in. 8 8 1 2 3 4
3 3

Minimum H Dimension in. 1 1 2 3

Minimum C Dimension in. 2 2 2 2

Mineral Insulated Thermocouples

Diameter in. 0.063 0.090 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.313 0.375 0.500 Standard Bend Radius in.
3

Minimum H Dimension in. 2 4 1* 1*

1 3

Minimum C Dimension in. 1 12 1 12 2 2 2 2 2 2

16 4 3 8 1 2
1

3 4 1 14 1 12 2

2 2 3 4

*For RTDs a minimum of 2 inches.

RTDs and Thermistors

Diameter in. 0.125 0.188 0.250 Standard Bend Radius in. 8 8 1 2
3 3

Minimum H Dimension in. 1 1 2

Minimum C Dimension in. 2 2 2

37

General Information
Lead Terminations Options
General Applications Termination
Ordering Code Length

MI Thermocouple
Ordering Code Length

RTD
Ordering Code Length

Length

2 1/2

11/2

*11/2

Split Leads

B Spade Lugs C
Length

2 1/2

11/2

*11/2

Length

2 1/2

11/2

11/2

1/ inch 2

BX Connector Lugs D A A -

Standard Size Male E Standard Size Female Standard Size Male with Mating Connector F Miniature Size Male G Miniature Size Female Miniature Size Male with Mating Connector H
Length

2 1/2

1/ inch 4

Push on Female Disconnect

* When style contains jacketed wire.

38

General Information
Fitting Options
Fitting Type Fixed Single Thread 1/8 NPT 303 SS
Customer Specified
A

General Information

Material

Sheath Sizes (in.) 0.063 to 0.250

NPT Thread Size (in.)

1/ 8

HEX Size (in.)

7/ 16

Length (in.)
11/ 16

Order Code A

Fixed Single Thread 1/4 NPT 303 SS

Customer Specified
A

0.125 to 0.250

1/ 4

9/ 16

7/ 8

Fixed Single Thread 1/2 NPT 303 SS

Customer Specified
A

0.125 to 0.250

1/ 2

7/ 8

Fixed Double Thread 1/2 NPT 303 SS

Customer Specified
A

0.125 to 0.250

1/ 2

7/ 8

13/4

Fitting Type Non-Adjustable Compression Brass

Material

Sheath Sizes (in.) 0.125

NPT Thread Size (in.)

1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 4

HEX Size (in.)

1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 7/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 7/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 7/ 8

Length (in.) 1 11/8 13/16 11/4 11/4 15/16 15/16 11/4 11/4 1 1/4 2 7/16 11/4 11/4 11/4 2 7/16 11/4 11/4 11/4 2 7/16

Order Code J J J L L L L N N N P G G G X Q Q Q V

Sheath Brass

0.188 0.250

Non-Adjustable Compression SS

0.063 303 SS 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.063 303 SS 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.063 303 SS 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.063 303 SS 0.125 0.188 0.250

Adjustable Compression Neoprene Gland

Adjustable Compression TFE Gland

Adjustable Compression Lava Gland

Compression Fittings: Compression fittings are shipped finger-tight on the sheath allowing field installation. Once non-adjustable fittings are deformed, they cannot be relocated. Adjustable fittings come with neoprene, TFE or lava sealant glands.

39

General Information
Fittings
Fitting Type Adjustable Spring Loaded 316 SS 0.250
1/ 2 7/ 8

Material

Sheath Sizes (in.)

NPT Thread Size (in.)

HEX Size (in.)

Length (in.) 2

Order Code H

Fitting Type Bayonet Lockcap and Spring

Material Plated Steel Plated Steel

Sheath Sizes (in.) 0.125 0.188

Length (in.) 158 158

Order Code
W

Weld Pad Type

Material

Order Code

1"

304 SS*
1"
1

Flat

/8"

1"

304 SS
1"
1

/8"

Milled Slot
*Alloy 600 available on special order and recommended for use with alloy 600 sheath.

40

Smart Sensing
Product Overview
Watlows new line of smart temperature sensors saves operating and maintenance costs by reducing the variation in your process and by utilizing longer life materials. Using a simple calibration code, Watlows new INFOSENSE technology doubles the sensors accuracy when used with SERIES SD controllers. Watlows new INFOSENSE-P plug and play technology provides automated error-proof linking of your application to Watlows NIST-traceable calibration lab. INFOSENSE-P also enables virtually any sensor to reach its furthest accuracy limits, while the new WATCOUPLE thermocouple achieves entirely new levels of performance. WATCOUPLE thermocouples save you money with state of the art accuracy and the ability to outlast a Type K thermocouple three times over. Watlows new SERIES DX DeviceNet temperature transmitter brings IEEE 1451.4 plug and play technology to sensor networks. Hundreds of temperature sensors can now be networked together on a single wire. SERIES DX DeviceNet Temperature Transmitter Provides high accuracy and flexibility Allows hundreds of sensors to be linked on a single network Accessible to most PLCs, networks and LabVIEW applications Can be used in any combination of standard or Plug and Play IEEE 1451.4 smart sensors (thermocouples and RTDs) Network and rotary switch configurable
DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association. LabVIEW is a trademark of National Instruments Corporation.

Smart Sensing

WATCOUPLE Thermocouples Improves accuracy four times that of Type K special limit thermocouples in applications Last three times as long as Type K thermocouples Provides three times less drift as Type K thermocouples Eliminates aging effects and green rot Compatible with IEEE 1451.4 electronics INFOSENSE-P Thermocouples, RTDs Improves accuracy ten times that of RTDs at 600C Improves initial accuracy three times that of Type K thermocouples Stores information about the sensor with an internal EEPROM Automatically communicates calibration, identification and traceability Compatible with IEEE 1451.4 electronics

INFOSENSE Thermocouples, RTDs Doubles the original sensor accuracy Incorporates four easy-to-use calibration codes or a scanable barcode Works with RTDs and thermocouples Standard input option with Watlow SERIES SD controllers To determine the smart sensing solution that best meets your needs, please call your local Watlow distributor, sales engineer or factory technical support.

41

Notes

Thermocouples
General Applications
Over 90 years of manufacturing, research and design makes Watlow a world class supplier of temperature measurement products. We have designed and manufactured millions of thermocouples for industrial and commercial equipment. People involved in critical process control of food, plastics and metal rely on our sensors. We are ready to meet your sensing needs with our extensive offering of thermocouples. However, if the variations listed in this catalog are unable to satisfy your requirements, Watlow can custom manufacture sensors to your exacting specifications. Contact your Watlow representative for details.

Performance Capabilities Fiberglass insulated thermocouples are capable of temperatures up to 480C (900F) for continuous operation. Features and Benefits Custom-tailored standard products including: 32 standard sheath lengths Lead lengths from six to 360 inches Stainless steel braid or hose protection J, K, T and E calibrations Grounded, ungrounded and exposed junctions Flat and drill point Epoxy sealed cold ends Adjustable depths Flexible extensions Washers, nozzles and clamp bands Custom diameters PFA coated and stainless steel sheaths Straight, 45 bend or 90 bend Locking bayonet caps in standard, 12 mm and 15 mm

Thermocouples

Custom manufactured thermocouples Units designed and built to your specifications

Applications Plastic injection molding machinery Food processing equipment Deicing Plating baths Industrial processing Medical equipment Pipe tracing control Industrial heat treating

Packaging equipment Liquid temperature measurement Refrigerator temperature control Oven temperature control

43

Thermocouples
General Applications
Construction and Tolerances
Construction Thermocouples feature flexible SERV-RITE wire insulated with woven fiberglass or high temperature engineered resins. For added protection against abrasion, products can be provided with stainless steel wire braid and flexible armor. ASTM E 230 color-coding identifies standard catalog thermocouple types (see reference chart on inside back cover). The addition of a metal sheath over the thermocouple provides rigidity for accurate placement and added protection of the sensing junction. Mounting options include springs, ring terminals, specialized bolts, pipe style clamps and shims.

How to Order Determine style of thermocouple required Complete the eleven digit part number as determined by the following parameters: Construction Diameter Calibration Lead protection Junction Sheath length Lead length Terminations/options Note: All eleven spaces must be filled in.

Availability Rapid Ship sensors are available for same or next day shipment. Preferred sensor options are available for shipment in approximately three days. For custom built products consult factory for approximate shipment time.

44

Thermocouples
General Applications
Adjustable Spring Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid and grounded junction. Spring Length in. (mm) Lead Length in . (mm) 24 48 72 96 24 48 72 96 (610) (1219) (1829) (2438) (610) (1219) (1829) (2438) Termination Standard Connector 10DJSGB024D 10DJSGB048D 10DJSGB072D 10DJSGB096D 11DJSGB024D 11DJSGB048D 11DJSGB072D 11DJSGB096D

Calibration

Split Leads

6 (152) J 12 (305)

10DJSGB024A 10DJSGB048A 10DJSGB072A 10DJSGB096A 11DJSGB024A 11DJSGB048A 11DJSGB072A 11DJSGB096A

Lead Length

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11

Spring Length

(Spring O.D. = 0.250 in. (6.3 mm)

Sheath Length 0.3125 in. (7.9 mm)

Adjustable spring style thermocouple fits a large range of hole depths. Bends to any angle, eliminating the requirement to stock numerous styles.

1-2. Construction Style 10 = Standard cap - 6 inch spring 11 = Standard cap - 12 inch spring 14 = 12 mm cap - 6 inch spring 15 = 15 mm cap - 6 inch spring 16 = 12 mm cap - 12 inch spring 17 = 15 mm cap - 12 inch spring 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS D = 316 4. Calibration J = Type J T = Type T K = Type K E = Type E 5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip U = Ungrounded, round tip G = Grounded, round tip P = Ungrounded, drill point D = Grounded, drill point H = Grounded, round tip, dual element R = Ungrounded, flat tip S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element 7. Sheath Length (inch) B = 1 8-10. Lead Length (whole inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Thermocouples
45

Thermocouples
General Applications
Adjustable Armor Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel armor and grounded junction. Lead Length in. (mm) 48 60 72 96 120 (1219) (1524) (1829) (2438) (3048) Termination Standard Connector 12DJHGB048D 12DJHGB060D 12DJHGB072D 12DJHGB096D 12DJHGB120D

Calibration

Split Leads 12DJHGB048A 12DJHGB060A 12DJHGB072A 12DJHGB096A 12DJHGB120A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11

1
Lead Length

2 D

1-2. Construction Style 12 = Adjustable armor thermocouple, standard cap 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS D = 316 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E 5. Lead Protection H = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip G = Grounded, round tip D = Grounded, drill point U = Ungrounded, round tip P = Ungrounded, drill point R = Ungrounded, flat tip H = Grounded, round tip, dual element S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element 7. Sheath Length (inch) B = 1 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

0.265 in. (6.7 mm) O.D.

Sheath Length 0.3125 in. (7.9 mm)

Adjustable armor thermocouple fits a large range of hole depths. Bends to any angle, eliminating the requirement to stock numerous styles. Stainless steel hose offers additional lead protection in demanding applications.

46

Thermocouples
General Applications
Rigid Sheath
1

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 inch diameter sheath, 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and split lead termination. Sheath Length in. (mm) 1 J 2 4 (25) (51) (102) Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

8 and 316 inch Diameter

Calibration

Part Number 20DJSGB048A 20DJSGB096A 20DJSGD048A 20DJSGD096A 20DJSGH048A 20DJSGH096A

Lead Length

Rigid sheath provides protection and accurate placement through bulkheads or platens. Use with a compression fitting for water tight immersion application.

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11

Sheath Length

Lead Length

Bent rigid tube offers protection and accurate lead placement around machinery.

1.125 in. (28.6 mm)

0.375 in. R (9.5 mm)

1.375 in. (34.9 mm) 0.375 in. R (9.5 mm) A

Lead Length

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) Dia. R = 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) H = 1.625 in. (41.3 mm) 0.375 in. (9.5 mm) Dia. R = 0.75 in. (19 mm) H = 1.875 in. (47.6 mm)

* Not available with 18 inch diameter sheath. Metric sizes available for made-to-order units, consult factory. Minimum order quantity may apply.

1-2. Construction Style 20 = Plain sheath, straight 21 = Plain sheath, 45 bend 22= Plain sheath, 90 bend 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS C = 18 S = 18 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) D = 316 T = 316 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) 4. Calibration J = Type J T = Type T K = Type K E = Type E 5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) H = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) *B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) O = Plug or jack termination on sheath fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) *W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip P = Ungrounded, drill point G = Grounded, round tip E = Exposed D = Grounded, drill point *H = Grounded, round tip, dual element R = Ungrounded, flat tip *S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element U = Ungrounded, round tip 7. Sheath Length (inches) A = 12 D = 2 G= 3 12 K = 5 N = 6 12 R = 8 U = 9 12 Z = 12 B = 1 E = 2 12 H = 4 L = 5 12 P = 7 S = 8 12 W= 10 J = 4 12 M = 6 Q = 7 12 T = 9 Y = 11 C = 1 12 F = 3 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Thermocouples
47

Thermocouples
General Applications
Rigid Sheath with Threaded Fitting
1

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

8 and 316 inch Diameter

1-2. Construction Style 23 = Straight sheath with 18" NPT SS fitting 24 = Straight sheath with 12" NPT SS fitting 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS S = 18 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) C = 18 D = 316 T = 316 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K
Lead Length

T = Type T E = Type E

2 in. (51 mm)

5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) H = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) *B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) *W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip G = Grounded, round tip D = Grounded, drill point R = Ungrounded, flat tip U = Ungrounded, round tip P = Ungrounded, drill point E = Exposed *H = Grounded, round tip, dual element *S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element 7. "B" Dimension (inches) A = 12 D = 2 G= 3 12 K = 5 B = 1 E = 2 12 H = 4 L = 5 12 C = 1 12 F = 3 J = 4 12 M = 6 N = 6 12 P =7 Q = 7 12 R =8 U = 9 12 Z = 12 S = 8 12 W= 10 T =9 Y = 11

Silver Braze

Rigid sheath with threaded fitting provides accurate placement in process applications.

* Not available with 18 inch diameter sheath. Metric sizes available for made-to-order units, consult factory. Minimum order quantity may apply.

8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

48

Thermocouples
General Applications
PFA Encapsulated Style
Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

6
1-2. Construction Style 65 = PFA coated sheath 3. Diameter (inch) under covering C = 18 epoxy seal 149C (300F) D = 316 epoxy seal 149C (300F) E = 14 epoxy seal 149C (300F) 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E

Lead Length

5. Lead protection T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) *R = PFA (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction U = Ungrounded, round tip G = Grounded, round tip 7. Sheath Length (inches) B = 1 J = 4 12 C = 1 12 K = 5 D= 2 L = 5 12 E = 2 12 M = 6 F = 3 N = 6 12 G = 3 12 P = 7 H= 4 Q = 7 12 8-10. Lead Length (inches)
012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory

Sheath Length

R S T U W Y Z

= = = = = = =

8 8 12 9 9 12 10 11 12

Thermocouples

The rigid sheath is covered with a 0.010 inch (25 mm) wall of PFA for corrosion resistance in acid environments. An epoxy seal improves moisture resistance of sensor and provides a barrier for migrating fumes in corrosive applications.

11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

*Not available in 18 inch diameter.

49

Thermocouples
General Applications
Flange Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 inch diameter sheath, 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. B Dimension in. (mm) 2 4 (51) (102) Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

Calibration J

Part Number 25DJSGD048A 25DJSGD096A 25DJSGH048A 25DJSGH096A

Lead Length

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11

2
1 in.

D C

C = 3/4 in D = 1 in.

H = 0.144 in.

The flanged thermocouple allows rapid assembly and low profile when going through bulkheads.

* Not available with 18 inch diameter sheath. Metric sizes available for made-to-order units, consult factory. Minimum order quantity may apply.

1-2. Construction Style 25 = Thermocouple with flange 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS S = 18 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) C = 18 T = 316 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) D = 316 4. Calibration J = Type J T = Type T K = Type K E = Type E 5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) H = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) *B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) *W= PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip P = Ungrounded, drill point G = Grounded, round tip E = Exposed D = Grounded, drill point *H = Grounded, round tip, dual element R = Ungrounded, flat tip *S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element U = Ungrounded, round tip 7. B Dimension (inches) D =2 H = 4 M= 6 R =8 W = 10 E =2 12 J = 4 12 N = 6 12 S = 8 12 Y = 11 F =3 K =5 P =7 T =9 Z = 12 G =3 12 L = 5 12 Q = 7 12 U = 9 12 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

50

Thermocouples
General Applications
Rigid Sheath Fixed Bayonet Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 inch diameter sheath, 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. B Dimension in. (mm) 2 3 4 (51) (76) (102) Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

Calibration J

Part Number 30DJSGD048A 30DJSGD096A 30DJSGF048A 30DJSGF096A 30DJSGH048A 30DJSGH096A

Lead Length

Bayonet fittings allow rapid attachment. Spring pressure on the junction tip assures fast response time.

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11

1 in. (25 mm)

1.625 in. (41.3 mm) B

0.75 in. (19 mm)

1.375 in. (34.9 mm)

Lead Length

0.375 in. R (9.5 mm) 1.625 in. (41.3 mm)

1.625 in. (41.3 mm) 0.75 in. (19 mm)

Lead Length

0.375 in. R (9.5 mm) 1.625 in. (41.3 mm)

This style of bayonet fitting is quick connecting and allows leads to exit with a protective sheath.

Reference page 29 to calculate B dimension. * Not available with 18 inch diameter sheath. Metric sizes available for made-to-order units, consult factory. Minimum order quantity may apply.

1-2. Construction Style 30 = Bayonet cap with spring, straight 31 = Bayonet cap with spring, 45 bend 32 = Bayonet cap with spring, 90 bend 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS C = 18 S = 18 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) D = 316 T = 316 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) 4. Calibration J = Type J T = Type T K = Type K E = Type E 5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) H = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) *B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) O = Plug or jack termination on sheath fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) *V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) *W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) *Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip P = Ungrounded, drill point G = Grounded, round tip E = Exposed D = Grounded, drill point *H = Grounded, round tip, dual element R = Ungrounded, flat tip *S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element U = Ungrounded, round tip 7. B Dimensiona (inches) D= 2 G = 3 12 K=5 N = 6 12 R = 8 U = 9 12 Z = 12 L = 5 12 P = 7 S = 8 12 W = 10 E = 2 12 H = 4 F = 3 J = 4 12 M= 6 Q = 7 12 T = 9 Y = 11 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector R = Double slotted 12 mm bayonet cap, split end leads S = Double slotted 15 mm bayonet cap, split end leads

Thermocouples
51

Thermocouples
General Applications
Large Diameter Rigid Sheath Style
1

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 14 inch diameter sheath, 20 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. Sheath Length in. (mm) 4 6 (102) (152) Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

4 and 8 inch Diameter

3

Calibration J

Part Number 40EJBGD048A 40EJBGD096A 40EJBGF048A 40EJBGF096A

Lead Length

Rigid sheath provides protection and accurate placement through bulkheads or platens. Use with a compression fitting for water tight immersion application.

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11

Sheath Length

Bent rigid tube offers protection and accurate lead placement around machinery.
H Lead Length

Lead Length

R A

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) Dia. R = 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) H = 1.625 in. (41.3 mm) 0.375 in. (9.5 mm) Dia. R = 0.75 in. (19 mm) H = 1.875 in. (47.6 mm)

Metric sizes available for made-to-order units, consult factory. Minimum order quantity may apply.

52

1-2. Construction Style 40 = Plain sheath, straight, large, diameter 41 = Plain (45) large diameter 42= Plain (90) large diameter 3. Sheath Diameter (inch), 316 SS E = 14 U = 14 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) G = 38 V = 38 epoxy sealed 149C (300F) 4. Calibration J = Type J T = Type T K = Type K E = Type E 5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) H = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction F = Grounded, flat tip E = Exposed G = Grounded, round tip H = Grounded, round tip, dual element R = Ungrounded, flat tip S = Ungrounded, round tip, dual element U = Ungrounded, round tip 7. Sheath Length (inches) A=1 D = 4 G= 7 K = 10 N = 13 R = 16 U = 19 Z = 24 B= 2 E =5 H = 8 L = 11 P = 14 S = 17 W = 20 C= 3 F = 6 J = 9 M = 12 Q = 15 T = 18 Y = 22 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Thermocouples
General Applications
Flexible Extensions
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with standard female connector and a split lead termination. Calibration J Lead Protection Fiberglass with SS overbraid Fiberglass with SS hose Fiberglass with SS overbraid Fiberglass with SS hose Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438) Part Number 60XJBXE048A 60XJBXE096A 60XJCXE048A 60XJCXE096A 60XKBXE048A 60XKBXE096A 60XKCXE048A 60XKCXE096A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

6
Lead Length

0 X

Flexible extensions allow the disconnecting of thermocouples from a system without disturbing the remaining wiring.

** Not available with SS hose.

1-2. Construction Style 60 = Flexible extension 3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J T = Type T K = Type K E = Type E 5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) C = Fiberglass with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) K = PFA with stainless steel hose (24 gauge stranded) V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) Y = PFA with stainless steel hose (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction X = Not applicable 7. Termination A A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with spade lugs and BX Connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect * F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect * G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Termination B A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Thermocouples
53

Thermocouples
General Applications
Insulated Wire Thermocouple Style 61 and Style 62
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge solid FEP insulated lead and a split lead termination. Lead Protection Extruded FEP Extruded FEP Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

Calibration K T

Part Number 61XKTEX048A 61XKTEX096A 61XTTEX048A 61XTTEX096A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

X
1-2. Construction Style 61 = SERIES 61

E X

* 62= SERIES 62
Lead Length Lead Length

3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T 5. Lead Protection P = Fiberglass (20 gauge solid) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge solid) J = Extruded FEP (20 gauge solid) F = Fiberglass (24 gauge solid) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge solid) T = Extruded FEP (24 gauge solid) 6. Junction E = Exposed 7. Exter X 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 048 and 096 Available lengths: 006 to 600, over 600 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with spade lugs D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Teflon Encapsulated Thermocouple Junction Style 61 Style 62

* Only available with wire (lead protection)

options J or T (5th digit).

Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Company

Constructed with SERV-RITE insulated thermocouple wire Styles 61 and 62 are economical and versatile thermocouples with the option of an exposed or protected measuring junction. Style 61 has an exposed junction and is suitable for most general purpose applications, such as measuring air, gas and surface temperatures. Style 62 has an encapsulated measuring junction that is ideal for corrosive fluids and gases

such as sulfuric acid, hydrofluoric acid, strong mineral acids and oils. Styles 61 and 62 are available with fiberglass insulated lead wire (SERIES 304 construction), with continuous temperature ratings of 480C (900F). Or, order it with FEP insulated lead wire (SERIES 507), rated to 200C (400F) continuous temperature. For additional mechanical strength and abrasion resistance, a stainless steel overbraid is available.

54

Thermocouples
General Applications
Ring Terminal Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. Stud Size No. 10 J
1

Calibration

Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

Part Number 70XJSGC048A 70XJSGC096A 70XJSGD048A 70XJSGD096A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

7
1-2. Construction Style 70 = Ring terminal thermocouple 3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E

0 X

Lead Length

5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) W= PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction G = Grounded *U = Ungrounded 7. Stud SizeHole Diameter (inches) *A = No. 6 0.144 *B = No. 8 0.169 *C = No. 10 0.196 0.266 D = 14 E = 38 0.390 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Thermocouples

Stud Size

The nickel terminal can be placed beneath existing screws or bolts to permit surface temperature measurement.

** Only available with 24 gauge wire.

55

Thermocouples
General Applications
Nozzle Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. Bolt Size
1

Calibration

Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

Part Number 71XJSGA048A 71XJSGA096A 71XJSGM048A 71XJSGM096A

4 in. x 28 UNF M6 x 1

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

7
1-2. Construction Style 71 = Nozzle thermocouple
Lead Length

1 X

3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E

5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) P = Fiberglass (20 gauge stranded) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) V = PFA (20 gauge stranded) W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) 6. Junction G = Grounded
0.375 in. (9.5 mm) Grounded Junction

7. 304 SS, Bolt size A = 14 inch x 28 UNF, 38 inch thread depth B = 8-32 thread * C = 10-32 thread * M = M6 x 1 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

The nozzle thermocouple has a short installation depth and a low profile thus allowing control of thin sections of platens.

** Only available with 24 gauge wire.

56

Thermocouples
General Applications
Pipe Clamp Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge stranded fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. Clamp Size
11

Calibration

Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 48 96 (1219) (2438) (1219) (2438)

Part Number 72XJSGA048A 72XJSGA096A 72XJSGB048A 72XJSGB096A

16 to 1 14

J 1 14 to 2 14

0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

7
Lead Length

2 X

1-2. Construction Style 72 = Pipe clamp thermocouple 3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E

5. Lead Protection S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) B = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) W = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (20 gauge stranded)
Diameter

Thermocouples

6. Junction G = Grounded 7. Clamp Band Diameter Range (inches) E = 4 14 to 5 A = 1116 to 1 14 1 1 B = 1 4 to 2 4 F = 5 to 6 C = 2 14 to 3 14 G = 6 to 7 D = 3 14 to 4 14 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory

The stainless steel clamp allows temperature measurement without drilling or tapping. Ideal for measuring pipe temperatures.

11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

57

Thermocouples
General Applications
Grommet Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge solid fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 (1219) (2438)

Calibration J

Part Number 73XJFGA048A 73XJFGA096A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

7
1-2. Construction Style 73 = Grommet thermocouple 3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E

3 X

G A

Lead Length

5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge solid) T = PFA (24 gauge solid) 6. Junction G = Grounded 7. Grommet Size (inch) A = 0.195 inch I.D. x 0.375 inch O.D. x 0.035 inch thick 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory
0.196 in. (5 mm) I.D. 0.005 in. (0.1 mm)

0.375 in. (9.5 mm) O.D.

11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Extremely low profile of the stainless steel grommet provides fast response time.

58

Thermocouples
General Applications
Brass Shim Style
Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

7
1-2. Construction Style 74 = Shim stock thermocouple 3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E 5 Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge solid) T = PFA (24 gauge solid) 6. Junction G = Grounded 7. Shim Size (inch) A = 12 inch x 58 inch x 0.016 inch, brass
Lead Length

4 X

G A

8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

Thermocouples

0.125 in. (3.2 mm)

0.016 in. (0.4 mm) Brass Shim

0.25 in. (6.4 mm)

0.625 in. (15.9 mm)

0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

The shim stock thermocouple has low profile and can be placed between components for measurement of surface temperature. Available in other shim dimensions. Contact your Watlow sales representative for details.

59

Thermocouples
General Applications
Stainless Steel Shim Style
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 24 gauge solid fiberglass lead with stainless steel overbraid, grounded junction and a split lead termination. Lead Length in. (mm) 48 96 (1219) (2438)

Calibration J

Part Number 75XJSGA048A 75XJSGA096A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

7
1-2. Construction Style 75 = Stainless steel shim stock thermocouple 3. Diameter X = Not applicable 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T E = Type E

5 X

G A

Lead Length

0.010 in. (0.3 mm) Stainless Steel Shim Stock

5. Lead Protection F = Fiberglass (24 gauge stranded) S = Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded) T = PFA (24 gauge stranded) U = PFA with stainless steel overbraid (24 gauge stranded)
0.75 in. (19 mm)

0.25 in. 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) (6.4 mm) 0.75 in. (19 mm)

6. Junction G = Grounded 7. Shim Size (inch) A = 34 inch x 34 inch x 0.010 inch, 304 stainless steel 8-10. Lead Length (inches) 012, 024, 036, 040, 048, 060, 072, 079, 096 and 120 Available lengths: 006 to 360, over 360 consult factory 11. Terminations/Options A = Standard, 2 12 inch split leads B = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs C = 2 12 inch split leads with #6 spade lugs and BX connector D = Standard male plug, quick disconnect E = Standard female jack, quick disconnect F = Miniature male plug, quick disconnect G = Miniature female jack, quick disconnect H = 14 inch push-on connector

The shim stock thermocouple has low profile and can be placed between components for measurement of surface temperature. Available in other shim dimensions. Contact your Watlow sales representative for details.

60

Thermocouples
General Applications
Kapton Bracket Style
The Kapton thermocouple, when used with the aluminum bracket, has been designed primarily to measure roller temperature. By putting a light pressure on the roller, the Kapton thermocouple measures roller surface temperature without using slip rings. This type of set-up greatly reduces lag time and eliminates the cost of slip rings and their associated maintenance problems.
0.016 in. = 0.41 mm 1/4 in. = 6 mm 1/8 in. = 3 mm 1/2 in. = 13 mm
1 4

Aluminum Bracket Kapton

It can also be used to measure conveyor belt temperatures or any other moving part by riding gently on the part surface. Continuous use at 200C (400F), 260C (500F) for limited periods Low mass Fast response Totally insulated construction Available in Type J or K Kapton Thermocouple with Bracket
Rapid Ship sensors with 30 gauge solid thermocouple wire, with fiberglass insulation and split lead termination. Calibration J Lead Length in. (cm) 48 96 48 96 (122) (244) (122) (244) Part No. OKJ30B4A OKJ30B4B OKK30B4A OKK30B4B

1 in. (25 mm)

7/8 in. (22 mm)

1 8

C.L. for / in. R 30

/ in.

0.016 in.

Side view of bracket

Rivet
1 2

/ in.

Low Profile Kapton Peel and Stick Style

1 in.

1 1/4 in.

Kapton

Low Profile Kapton Thermocouple (without Bracket) When used without the bracket it can be placed between heated parts for accurate temperature measurement. At the thermocouple junction, the overall thickness is only 0.016 in. (0.4 mm), so that it does not interfere with fit or thermo conductivity. Kapton Peel and Stick This sensor needs no bracket and no special mounting. Simply peel away the backing and this self-adhesive film will bond to almost any surface. Temperature ratings for continuous use is 200C (400F).

Rapid Ship sensors with 30 gauge solid thermocouple wire, with fiberglass insulation and split lead termination. Calibration J K Lead Length in. (cm) 48 96 48 96 (122) (244) (122) (244) Part No.

Thermocouples

OKJ30B2A OKJ30B2B OKK30B1A OKK30B1B

Rapid Ship sensors with 30 gauge solid thermocouple wire, with fiberglass insulation and split lead termination. Calibration J K T Lead Length in. (cm) 48 96 48 96 48 96 (122) (244) (122) (244) (122) (244) Part No. OKJ30B11A OKJ30B11B OKK30B10A OKK30B10B OKK30B12A OKK30B12B

1 in. = 25 mm 1 1/4 in. = 32 mm

Newbury Nozzle Style

A direct replacement for OEM Type J nozzle thermocouples held in place with a set screw. The sheath is 18 inch diameter with a 90 degree bend and a spring strain relief.
24 Ga. Solid Conductors Fiberglass Insulation with Stainless Steel Overbraid

Ordering Information With 48 inch metal braided leads part no. 125J2A23D With 60 inch metal braided leads part no. 125J2A23E

1/8 in.

Dia. (3 mm)

1 in. (25 mm)

Lead Length

Kapton is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company.

Grounded Junction

61

Thermocouples
General Applications
Melt Bolt Thermocouple
Watlow plastic melt bolt thermocouples are designed so that the sensitive closed end portion of the tip can be inserted directly into the plastic stream of an extruder or injection molding machine. The measuring junction is thermally isolated from the metal bolt mass, assuring accurate reading of the melt temperature up to 260C (500F) continuous. Bolt is 300 series stainless steel.
Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

M
2. Style 1 = Fixed immersion 2 = Adjustable immersion 3 = Fixed immersion with flex armor 3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 4. Lead Wire Construction O = No flex armor (M1 and M2) R = S.S. flex armor (M3 only) 5. Melt Bolt Length A (inch) 1 = 3 2 = 6 6. Cold End Terminations A = Standard male plug B = Standard female jack C = Standard plug with mating connector T = Standard 1 12 inch split leads (Style M3 only) U = 1 12 inch split leads with spade lugs (Style M3 only) W = 1 12 inch split leads with BX connector and spade lugs (Style M3 only) 7. Probe Construction A = Mineral insulated with 304 SS sheath 8. Enter 0 9. Immersion Length I (inch) 1 = 1 10. Immersion Length I (fractional inch) 5 = 58 1 = 18 1 2 = 4 6 = 34 3 = 38 7 = 78 1 4 = 2 0 = Flush 11. Junction U = Ungrounded G = Grounded 12. Calibration Standard limits Special limits J 3 K 4

A 0

E E

0.3125 in. (7.9 mm)

n.)

0.3125 in. (7.9 mm)

Is Field Adjustable Immersion Depth Immersion Depth

Fixed Immersion Style M1

One Time Adjustable Immersion Style M2

13-14. Extension Length E 03, 06 Whole inches: 02 to 99

Flexible SS Armor E

15. Special Requirements If none, enter 0. If required, consult factory

1 2-20

UNF-3 Thread

45

0.3125 in. (7.9 mm)

0.310 in. (7.9 mm)

0.307 in. (7.8 mm)

0.419 in. (10.6 mm) 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) 2.1875 in. 55.6 mm A Dim. 0.3125 in. (7.9 mm) 0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

0.416 in. (10.57 mm)

Immersion Depth

Fixed Immersion with Flexible Extension Style M3

62

Standard Dimensions For M1, M2, and M3 Melt Bolts

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Watlows mineral insulated thermocouples are fast-responding, durable, and capable of handling high temperatures. These thermocouples are manufactured with best-in-class XACTPAK, Watlows trademark for metal sheathed, mineral insulated (MI) thermocouple material. XACTPAK responds fast because the protective metal outer sheath allows the use of smaller diameter thermocouple conductors. The rock hard compacted MgO insulation further enhances the sensors ability to read temperature by transferring heat quickly to the measuring junction. The XACTPAK protecting sheath and compacted insulation outperforms bare wire thermocouples in most applications.

Performance Capabilities Easily handles temperatures up to 1200C (2200F) Meets or exceeds initial calibration tolerances per ASTM E 230 Features and Benefits Special mineral insulation Protects thermocouple from moisture and thermal shock Permits operation in high temperature, high pressure environments Diameters as small as 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) Ideal when physical space or extremely fast response are critical Flexibility of the XACTPAK material Allows you to form and bend the thermocouple, without risk of cracking, to meet your design requirements

Thermocouples

Outer sheath Protects the wires from oxidation and hostile environments Wide range of sheath materials, diameters, and calibrations Meet specific requirements In-house manufacturing of XACTPAK material Rigid quality control procedures Assures high standards are met Single source reliability Custom capabilities Include options such as special lead lengths, lead wires and terminations

Applications Heat treating Furnaces/kilns Turbines Bearing temperature Power stations Steam generators Diesel engines Nuclear reactors Atomic research Jet engines and test cells Rocket engines Semiconductor manufacturing Refineries/oil processing Catalytic reformers Food processing
63

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Cut and Stripped Style AB
S

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A B

3. Sheath O.D. (inch) A = 0.010 E = 0.063 B = 0.020 G = 0.125 C = 0.032 H = 0.188 D = 0.040 J = 0.250 4. Enter 0

L = 0.375 M = 0.500

5. Fittings, Weld Pads If required, enter order code from pages 39-40. If none, enter 0. 6. Enter 0
L

7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) F = 316 SS 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 01 to 99 Lengths over 99 inches consult factory. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0=0 4 = 12 1 = 18 5 = 58 2 = 14 6 = 34 3 = 38 7 = 78 11. Junction

The main feature of Watlows Style AB thermocouple is it allows you to terminate the thermocouple yourself. Style AB is simply a section of XACTPAK material, junctioned and stripped. It is the most basic of all the mineral insulated thermocouple styles. Because it is constructed with XACTPAK mineral insulation, the thermocouple is protected from moisture, thermal shock, high temperatures and high pressure. Performance Capabilities Maximum temperature depends on sheath material, calibration, and other variables Features and Benefits Cold end stripped and sealed with epoxy Inhibits moisture penetration Dual element style Allows you to run two instruments off the same element, reducing your costs 64

Single Dual 12. Calibration Standard limits Special limits

Grounded G H E E 2 J J 3 K K 4

Ungrounded U W (isolated) N N T T 8

Exposed E D (isolated)

13. Strip Length S (whole inches) 0, 1, 2 and 3 - 1 inch maximum on 0.040 and smaller 14. Strip Length S (fractional inch) 0 =0 4 = 12 1 = 18 5 = 58 2 = 14 6 = 34 3 3 = 8 7 = 78 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Mini Plug or Jack Termination Style AC
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with mini male thermocouple connector directly attached to sheath, Type J or K, ungrounded junction, 0.063 or 0.125 inch sheath diameter and six or 12 inch sheath length. Sheath Sheath Length Sheath Diameter in. (mm) Calibration Material in. (mm) 6 (152) 12 (305) J
X

316 SS Alloy 600

0.063 0.125 0.063 0.125

(1.6) (3.2) (1.6) (3.2)

ACEF00F060UJ000 ACGF00F060UJ000 ACEF00Q060UK000 ACGF00Q060UK000

ACEF00F120UJ000 ACGF00F120UJ000 ACEF00Q120UK000 ACGF00Q120UK000

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

A C
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) A = 0.010 D = 0.040 B = 0.020 E = 0.063 C = 0.032 G = 0.125
L

4. Connector Type Miniature Plugs and Jacks 200C (400F) (0.125 inch maximum O.D.) F = Miniature plug G = Miniature jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector 5. Fittings, Weld Pads If required, enter order code from pages 39-40. If none, enter 0. 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) F = 316 SS C = PFA coated over SS (available on G diameter) 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 04, 06, 12, 18, 24 Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory Maximum length for PFA coating is 48 inches. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 4 = 12 6 = 34 0=0 2 = 14 1 = 18 3 = 38 5 = 58 7= 78 11. Junction Single 12. Calibration Standard limits Special limits 13-14. Enter 00 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory E E 2 J J 3 K K 4 N N T T 8 Grounded G Ungrounded U Exposed E

Thermocouples
65

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Standard Plug or Jack Termination Style AC
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with standard male thermocouple connector directly attached to sheath, Type J or K, ungrounded junction, 0.125, 0.188 or 0.250 inch diameter and six or 12 inch sheath length. Sheath Material 316 SS Sheath Diameter in. (mm) 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.125 0.188 0.250 (3.2) (4.8) (6.4) (3.2) (4.8) (6.4) Sheath Length in. (mm) 12 (305) ACGA00F120UJ000 ACHA00F120UJ000 ACJA00F120UJ000 ACGA00Q120UK000 ACHA00Q120UK000 ACJA00Q120UK000

Calibration J

6 (152)

Alloy 600

ACGA00F060UJ000 ACHA00F060UJ000 ACJA00F060UJ000 ACGA00Q060UK000 ACHA00Q060UK000 ACJA00Q060UK000

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

A C
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) D = 0.040 H = 0.188 E = 0.063 J = 0.250 G = 0.125 4. Connector Type Standard Plugs and Jacks 218C (425F) A = Standard plug B = Standard jack C = Standard plug with mating connector High Temperature Plugs and Jacks 540C (1000F) (0.250 inch maximum O.D.) L = High temperature plug M = High temperature jack N = High temperature plug with mating connector 5. Fittings, Weld Pads If required, enter order code from pages 39-40. If none, enter 0. 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Material

A = 304 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) F = 316 SS C = PFA coated over SS (available on G, H, J diameters) 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 04, 06, 12, 18, 24 Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory Maximum length for PFA coating is 48 inches. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0=0 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 1 = 18 3 = 38 5 = 58 7= 78 11. Junction Single Dual 12. Calibration Grounded G H J J 3 K K 4 Ungrounded U W (isolated) N N T T 8 Exposed E D (isolated)

E Standard limits E Special limits 2 13-14. Enter 00

15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

66

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Miniature Transitions Style AQ
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with three feet FEP insulated flexible extension, split lead termination, ungrounded junction. See page 166 to order additional connector hardware. Sheath Material 316 SS Alloy 600 Sheath Diameter in. (mm) 0.040 0.063 0.040 0.063 (1.0) (1.6) (1.0) (0.9) Sheath Length in. (mm) 6 (152) AQDC0TF060UJ030 AQEC0TF060UJ030 AQDC0TQ060UK030 AQEC0TQ060UK030

Calibration J K

3 (76)

AQDC0TF030UJ030 AQEC0TF030UJ030 AQDC0TQ030UK030 AQEC0TQ030UK030

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

A Q
E 0.156 in. dia.

1 in. (25 mm)

Note: 149C (300F) potting standard.

2. Style Q = Miniature metal transition with 149C (300F) potting 3. Sheath O.D. (inch) B = 0.020 D = 0.040 C = 0.032 E = 0.063 4. Lead Wire Construction Standard Fiberglass Solid A FEP Solid C 5. Enter 0 6. Lead Wire Termination A = Standard male plug B = Standard female jack C = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature male plug G = Miniature female jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard, 1 12 inch split leads U = 1 12 inch split leads with spade lugs 7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS F = 316 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 03, 06, 12 Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0=0 3 = 38 6 = 34 1 = 18 4 = 12 7= 78 1 5 2 = 4 5 = 8 11. Junction Grounded Ungrounded Single G U 12. Calibration J K Standard limits J K Special limits 3 4 13-14. Lead Wire Length E (whole feet) 03, 06 Available lengths: 01 to 30 15. Special Requirements 0 = None M = 260C (500F) potting X = Special requirements, consult factory

Thermocouples
67

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Metal Transitions with Spring Strain Relief Styles AF
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with three feet of stranded conductor FEP insulated flexible lead, split lead termination, ungrounded junction, 149C (300F) potting. See page 166 to order additional connector hardware. Sheath Material 316 SS Sheath Diameter in. (mm) 0.063 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.063 0.125 0.188 0.250 (1.6) (3.2) (4.8) (6.4) (1.6) (3.2) (4.8) (6.4) Sheath Length in. (mm) 12 (305) AFED0TF120UJ030 AFGD0TF120UJ030 AFHD0TF120UJ030 AFJD0TF120UJ030 AFED0TQ120UK030 AFGD0TQ120UK030 AFHD0TQ120UK030 AFJD0TQ120UK030

Calibration J

6 (152)

Alloy 600

AFED0TF060UJ030 AFGD0TF060UJ030 AFHD0TF060UJ030 AFJD0TF060UJ030 AFED0TQ060UK030 AFGD0TQ060UK030 AFHD0TQ060UK030 AFJD0TQ060UK030

See next page for custom ordering information.

3 Ft. (914 mm)

6 or 12 in. (152 or 305 mm)

68

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Metal Transitions with Spring Strain Relief Styles AF (Cont)
Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A F
2. Style F = Metal transition with strain relief and 149C (300F) potting 3. Sheath O.D. (inch) A = 0.010 E = 0.063 B = 0.020 G = 0.125 C = 0.032 H = 0.188 D = 0.040 J = 0.250 4. Lead Wire Construction -Stan- -Over- Flex dard braid Armor Fiberglass Solid A J R FEP Solid C L T B K S Fiberglass Stranded a D M U FEP Stranded a 5. Fittings, Weld Pads If required, enter order code from pages 39-40. If none, enter 0. 6. Lead Wire Termination A = Standard male plug B = Standard female jack C = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature male plug G = Miniature female jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard, 1 12 inch split leads U = 1 12 inch split leads with spade lugs W = 1 12 inch split leads with BX connector and spade lugs 7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) F = 316 SS C = PFA coated over SS (available on G, H and J diameter) 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 03, 06, 12, 18, 24 Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory Maximum length for PFA coating is 48 inches. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = 0 1 = 18 2 = 14 3 = 38 4 = 12 5 = 58 6 = 34 7 = 78 11. Junction Single Dual 12. Calibration Grounded G H Ungrounded U W (isolated) Exposed E D (isolated)

Lead Length

Thermocouples

Sheath Length

*aStranded lead wire available only for sheath O.D. 0.063 to 0.500 inch. *b1000F potting not recommended with FEP insulated wire. Note: 149C (300F) potting standard

E J K N T Standard limits E J K N T Special limits 2 3 4 8 13-14. Lead Wire Length E (whole feet) 03, 04, 06, 08, 10 Available lengths: 01 to 30, over 30 consult factory 15. Special Requirements 0 = None H = High temperature 538C (1000F) potting M = 260C (500F) potting X = Special requirements, consult factory

69

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Connection Head Style AR
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come double threaded 12 inch NPT mounting fitting, ungrounded junction, 0.250 inch sheath diameter and small aluminum (E) connection head. Sheath Material 316 SS Alloy 600 Sheath Length in. (mm) 12 (305)

Calibration J K
Single Threaded Fitting
Double Threaded Fitting

6 (152)

18 (457)

ARJEF0F060UJ000 ARJEF0F120UJ000 ARJEF0F180UJ000 ARJEF0Q060UK000 ARJEF0Q120UK000 ARJEF0Q180UK000

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A R
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) E = 0.063 J = 0.250 G = 0.125 L = 0.375 H = 0.188 M = 0.500 4. Connection Head C = Polypropylene D = Small cast iron E = Small aluminum H = Explosion proof 5. Head Mounting Fittings 0 = Single threaded 303 SS F = Double threaded 303 SS 12" NPT * H = Spring loaded double threaded 316 SS 12" NPT 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS F = 316 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 03, 06, 12, 18, 24 Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0=0 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 1 3 5 1 = 8 3 = 8 5 = 8 7= 78 11. Junction Single Dual 12. Calibration Standard limits Special limits 13-14. Enter 00 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory ** 0.250 inch diameter only. E E 2 J J 3 K K 4 N N T T 8 Grounded G H Ungrounded U W (isolated)

Type C (Polypropylene)

Type D (Small Cast Iron) or E (Small Aluminum)

Exposed E D (isolated)

Type H (Explosion Proof)

Metric sizes available for made-to-order units. Consult factory.

70

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Wafer Head Style AS
Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A S
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 J = 0.250 H = 0.188 4. Cold End Termination C = Ceramic 540C (1000F) 1 18 inch diameter x 58 inch thick 5. Fittings, Weld Pads If required, enter order code from pages 39-40. If none, enter 0. 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS F = 316 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K)

8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inches) 04, 06, 12, 18, 24 Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0=0 3 = 38 6 = 34 1 1 1 = 8 4 = 2 7= 78 2 = 14 5 = 58 11. Junction Single Dual 12. Calibration Standard limits Special limits 13-14. Enter 00 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory E E 2 J J 3 K K 4 N N T T 8 Grounded G H Ungrounded U W (isolated) Exposed E D (isolated)

Thermocouples

The Style AS thermocouple features a wafer head, which allows quick access to terminal screws for wiring. This thermocouple is an economical choice because the termination is attached directly to the XACTPAK sheath. Performance Capabilities Cold end termination temperature rating up to 540C (1000F). Features Termination directly to sheath Allows quick hookup and disassembly Terminal head Available in a wide range of materials in both single and dual configurations

71

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
For Use With Thermowells Style AT
Type 1
Nom. 6 in. (152.4 mm)

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

A T
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) J = 0.250

3 4

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

6 inch N-U-N Typical (2 each 12 x 3 inch steel pipe nipples and 1 each malleable union) Type 2
Nom. 4 in. (152.4 mm) L

4. Connection Head C = Polypropylene (12 inch NPT thermocouple opening only) D = Small cast iron E = Small aluminum H = Explosion proof (12 inch NPT and 34 inch NPT thermocouple opening only) 5. Cold End Configuration 1 = Type 1, six inch nipple-union-nipple 2 = Type 2, four inch nipple-union 3 = Type 3, three inch nipple 4 = Type 4, no extensions Note: Steel nipple and unions are standard. 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Material A = 304 SS F = 316 SS Q = Alloy 600 (Type K) 8-9. Sheath Length L (whole inch) Available lengths: 01 to 99, over 99 consult factory 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = Not required, complete assembly 3 = 38 5 = 58 7 = 78 1 = 18 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 11. Junction Single Dual, isolated 12. Calibration Standard limits Special limits E E 2 J J 3 K K 4 N N T T 8 Grounded Ungrounded G U W

3 4

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

4 inch N-U typical (1 each 12 x 3 inch steel pipe nipple and 1 each malleable union) Type 3
Nom. 2 in. (50.8 mm) L

3 4
1

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

2 X 3 inch long steel pipe nipple typical

Type 4
L

3 4

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

Note: For a complete sensor, add thermowell part number to the 15-digit AT part number. For sheath length use AR (as required) and factory will determine correct length. See thermowell section, pages 144 to 146.

13. Enter 0 14. Spring-Loading Y = Yes N = No 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

See the hardware section, pages 156 to 157, for a complete description of Watlow connection heads.

72

Thermocouples
Mineral Insulated
Style AT With Thermowells
6 in. (152 mm)

Straight Well
Overall Length 7.75 in. + U 1.75 in. (44 mm)

U
3

/4 in. NPT

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 SS straight well, nipple-union-nipple, 0.250 inch diameter spring loaded element, small aluminum connection head and ungrounded junction. Calibration in. 2.5 4.5 7.5 10.5 2.5 4.5 7.5 10.5 U (mm) (64) (114) (191) (267) (64) (114) (191) (267) Overall Length in. (mm) 10.25 12.25 15.25 18.25 10.25 12.25 15.25 18.25 261 312 388 465 261 312 388 465 Part Number ATJE1SF024UJ0Y0 ATJE1SF044UJ0Y0 ATJE1SF074UJ0Y0 ATJE1SF104UJ0Y0 ATJE1SF024UK0Y0 ATJE1SF044UK0Y0 ATJE1SF074UK0Y0 ATJE1SF104UK0Y0

Thermocouples

Tapered Well
Overall Length 7.75 in. + U 6 in. (152 mm) 1.75 in. (44 mm)

U
3

/4 in. NPT

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 SS tapered well, nipple-union-nipple, 0.250 inch diameter spring loaded element, small aluminum connection head and ungrounded junction. Calibration J in. 2.5 4.5 7.5 10. 5 2.5 4.5 7.5 10.5 U (mm) (64) (114) (191) (267) (64) (114) (191) (267) Overall Length in. (mm) 10.25 12.25 15.25 18.25 10.25 12.25 15.25 18.25 261 312 388 465 261 312 388 465 Part Number ATJE1TF024UJ0Y0 ATJE1TF044UJ0Y0 ATJE1TF074UJ0Y0 ATJE1TF104UJ0Y0 ATJE1TF024UK0Y0 ATJE1TF044UK0Y0 ATJE1TF074UK0Y0 ATJE1TF104UK0Y0

73

Thermocouples
High Vibration
Styles H, I and J
Watlows patented high vibration thermocouples are a totally new approach to producing vibration and moisture resistant temperature sensors. These qualities make them ideally suited for diesel and turbine exhaust gas temperature sensing, marine applications, laboratory furnaces and R & D test stands and chemical processing. The patented continuous, homogenous thermoelement design, with high temperature compacted MgO insulation, ensures long life where severe vibration and shock are present at elevated temperatures. Highly adaptable to confined areas, the vibration tolerant thermocouples integrally mounted hermetic seal prevents moisture infiltration while spliceless construction eliminates calibration errors normally caused by nonuniformity in other construction styles.
Style H
Sheath Length "L" Lead Length "E"

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

C
2. Style H = Straight I = 45 angle

J = 90 angle

3. Sheath O.D. (inch) J = 0.250 4. Lead Wire Construction M = Stranded conductor PFA insulation with stainless steel overbraid 5. Fittings 0 = None available 6. Terminations For reference, see terminations chart on page 38. A = Standard plug B = Standard jack C = Standard plug with mating connector T = Standard1 12 inch split leads 7. Sheath Material Q = Alloy 600 8-9. Sheath Length L (inch) Whole inches: 02 to 15 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 4 = 12 6 = 34 0 = 0 2 = 14 1 3 5 1 = 8 3 = 8 5 = 8 7 = 78 11. Junction Single 12. Calibration Standard limits Ungrounded U K Grounded G

13-14. Lead Wire Length E (feet) Whole feet: 01 to 05 (01 foot standard)

Style I
45
Le Sh ng ea th th "L "

1.5 in. (25.4 mm)

Lead Length "E"

15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

0.75 in. (19 mm)

Style J
90

1.5 in. (25.4 mm)

Lead Length "E"

Sheath Length "L"

0.75 in. (19 mm)

74

Thermocouples
Industrial Base/ Noble Metal
Watlow offers two basic types of base metal thermocouples: bare and ceramic insulated elements and thermocouples with protection tubes. Many variations of each type are available to meet your application needs.

Performance Capabilities 1260C (2300F) maximum temperature Features and Benefits Insulated wire thermocouples Suitable for most general purpose applications Bare and ceramic insulated elements Available in ASTM E 230 Types K and J, can be twisted or butt welded Choices include straight or angle types, two-or four-hole insulators and single or dual element Protected thermocouples Supplied complete with head, block and protection tube Several styles available Applications Metal processing such as aluminum, zinc, brass (with appropriate protection tube) Chemical Petrochemical Industrial storage tanks

Thermocouples
75

Thermocouples
Base Metal
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship Type K calibration, standard limits, 8 AWG gauge with two-hole ceramic insulators, twisted and welded junction. Lead Length in. (mm) 12 18 24 36 48 (305) (457) (610) (914) (1219)

Part Number 1409-12 1409-18 1409-24 1409-36 1409-48

Bare Elements
To order, specify: Part number-length. Example: 1402-36 or 1432-BW-24

0.75 in. (19 mm) L

Bare Thermocouple Element, Twisted and Welded 0.75 in. (19 mm) L

Straight Elements with Two-Hole Insulators

To order, specify: Part number-length. Example: 1409-48 or 1436-BW-18

Thermocouple Element, Twisted and Welded 0.75 in. (19 mm) L

Thermocouple Element, Butt Welded

Code Number Type K Type J AWG Gauge 8 11 14 8 11 14 20 Insulator Part No. BARE BARE BARE 301 304 304 328 Length (in.) 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 Twisted and Twisted and Butt Welded Butt Welded Welded Welded 1402 1403 1404 1409 1410 1411 1412 1432-BW 1433-BW 1434-BW 1436-BW 1437-BW 1438-BW 1439-BW 1503 1507 1509 1510 1576-BW 1578-BW 1579-BW 1580-BW

Angle Type with Two-Hole Insulators

To order, specify: Part number-cold leg length-hot leg length. Example: 1440-BW-12-24
Hot Leg

Cold Leg

0.75 in. (19 mm)

Thermocouple Element, Twisted and Welded, with Two-Hole Insulators, for Angle Assembly.

Code Number Type K Butt Welded 1440-BW AWG Gauge 8

Insulator Part No. Hot and Cold Sections* 301

Hot Leg Length (in.) 24, 30, 36, 42 48, 54, 60

*Curved section insulators are Part No. 302 for 8 AWG gauge. Insulator dimensions on page 165.

Note: Items in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.

Note: Cold leg minimum 6 in. (152 mm), maximum 36 in. (914 mm)

76

Thermocouples
Base Metal
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship dual Type K calibration, standard limits, 14 AWG gauge with four-hole ceramic insulators and butt-welded junction. Lead Length in. (mm) 12 18 24 (305) (457) (610) Insulator Part No. 360 360 360

Part Number 1442-BW-12 1442-BW-18 1442-BW-24

Dual Element with Four-Hole Insulators

To order, specify: Part number-length. Example: 1442-BW-36

0.75 in. (19 mm)

Thermocouple Element, Butt Welded

Code Number (Butt Welded Only) Type K 1442-BW 1443-BW Type J 1584-BW 1585-BW

AWG Gauge 14 20

Insulator Part No. 360 378

Length 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 Inches

Immersion Tips
SERV-RITE immersion tips are superior thermocouples for nonferrous molten metals. The hot junction is forged into the 446 stainless steel sheath for maximum sensitivity. Available in Type K calibration only. To order, specify: Part number-tip length-lance length. Example: 1449-501-T-8-43 1449-M-12-43
Length of Tip in. (mm) 8 (203) Length of Leads in. (mm) 31 43 55 31 43 55 31 43 55 31 43 55 (787) (1092) (1397) (787) (1092) (1397) (787) (1092) (1397) (787) (1092) (1397) Part Number 1449-501-T-8-31 1449-501-T-8-43 1449-501-T-8-55 1449-M-12-31 1449-M-12-43 1449-M-12-55 1449-M-15-31 1449-M-15-43 1449-M-15-55 1449-M-20-31 1449-M-20-43 1449-M-20-55

Tip Length

Thermocouples

12

(305)

15

(381)

20

(508)

Note: Items in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.

77

Thermocouples
Base Metal
Standard Thermocouple with Protection
Straight Type
Length

Metal Tube

To order, specify: Part number-length. Example: 1409-1308-24

Cast Iron Tube

Length

Code Number Type K 1409-1395 1409-1396 1409-1341 1409-1342 1409-1307 1409-1308 1409-1309 1409-1375 Type J 1507-1395 1507-1396 1507-1341 1507-1342 1507-1307 1507-1308 1507-1309 1507-1375

Protection Tube Pipe NPT Size Diameter AWG in. Construction in. Gauge Material 1 8 Alloy 601 2 0.840 Seamless 3 8 Alloy 601 4 1.050 Seamless 1 8 304 SS 2 0.840 Welded 3 8 304 SS 4 1.050 Welded 1 8 446 SS 2 0.840 Seamless 3 8 446 SS 4 1.050 Seamless 8 446 SS 1 1.315 Seamless 8 Cast Iron
3

Cast Iron Head 70900203 70900202 70900203 70900202 70900203 70900202 70900201 70900202

Length in.

12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60

4 int

1.625

Cast

Note: Items in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.

78

Thermocouples
Base Metal
Standard Thermocouple with Protection
90 Degree Angle Type
Cold Leg 18 in. (460 mm)

Standard Thermocouple with Protection 90 Degree Angle

Code Number Type K 1414-1307-18 1414-1328-18 1414-1375-18 1414-1395-18 1415-1307-18 1415-1326-18 1415-1328-18 1415-1375-18 1415-1395-18 Type J 1517-1307-18 1517-1328-18 1517-1375-18 1517-1395-18 1518-1307-18 1518-1326-18 1518-1328-18 1518-1375-18 1518-1395-18 AWG Gauge 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14 14 Protection Tube (Hot Leg) NPT Material Size in. Construction 1 446 SS 2 Seamless Black Steel 1 Welded 3 Cast Iron 4 int Cast 1 Alloy 601 2 Seamless 1 446 SS 2 Seamless 1 Black Steel 2 Welded Black Steel 1 Welded 3 Cast Iron 4 int Cast 1 Alloy 601 2 Seamless Hot Leg Cast Iron Length Head in. 70900203 70900201 70900202 12, 18, 70900203 24, 30, 70900203 36 70900203 70900201 70900202 70900203

Standard Fixed Elbow

Hot Leg

709 Series Head

Pipe Diameters Cast iron = 1 58 inch 2 in. NPT = 0.840 inch 4 in. NPT = 1.050 inch 1 in. NPT = 1.315 inch
1 3

Notes: Items in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times. Standard cold leg is 18 inches.

To order, specify: Part number-cold leg length hot leg length. Example: 1414-1395-18-24

Thermocouples
79

Thermocouples
Noble Metal
Watlows noble metal thermocouples offer the advantages of handling higher temperatures and providing greater accuracy than base metal thermocouples. Depending on your temperature and tolerance requirements choose from ASTM E 230 Types S, R or B. The noble metal thermocouples can be ordered as bare elements, elements with insulators or assemblies. A typical assembly includes a head, alumina insulators and a protecting tube. A variety of hardware choices are available.

Performance Capabilities Platinum assemblies can handle temperatures to 1700C (3100F) Applications Heat treating and control sensors Semiconductor: CVD processing, control spikes Glass manufacturing Ferrous and non-ferrous metals

Type S, R, or B 24 AWG
To order, specify: Part number-calibration-length. Example: 2114-R-24-MC

1.5 in. (38 mm)

Elements with Insulators; Shown with Optional MC-124 Copper Sleeves

Calibration

Length in. 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

Part Number Bare T/C 2110-B-12 2110-B-18 2110-B-24 2110-B-30 2110-B-36 2110-B-42 2110-B-48 2110-R-12 2110-R-18 2110-R-24 2110-R-30 2110-R-36 2110-R-42 2110-R-48 2110-S-12 2110-S-18 2110-S-24 2110-S-30 2110-S-36 2110-S-42 2110-S-48

Part Number T/C With Alumina Insulatora 2114-B-12 2114-B-18 2114-B-24 2114-B-30 2114-B-36 2114-B-42 2114-B-48 2114-R-12 2114-R-18 2114-R-24 2114-R-30 2114-R-36 2114-R-42 2114-R-48 2114-S-12 2114-S-18 2114-S-24 2114-S-30 2114-S-36 2114-S-42 2114-S-48

Enlarged picture of copper sleeves

*

For use with standard, general purpose heads; platinum assemblies can be furnished with MC-124 copper sleeves; no additional charge. Add suffix -MC to part number.
a Insulation consists of a one-piece two-hole alumina (0.125 diameter) insulator. For lengths over 24 in. (610 mm), a single piece alumina 316 inch diameter insulator is used.

80

Thermocouples
Noble Metal
Thermocouple Assemblies
To order, specify: Part no.-calibration-length of tube. Examples: 2144-S-12 2147-R-36
70900203 Head 1147 Primary Tube 1146 Inner Primary Tube TH-191 Fitting 1027 Support Casting MC-258 Fiber Gasket 1081 Silicon Carbide Secondary Tube With Collar

TH-135 Iron Coupling

2114 Type S or R Element With Insulators 1027-A Flange

Typical Assembly with 70900203 Head

70900203 Head* and Alumina Ceramics

Code No.* 2144 2145 2147 AWG Calibration Gauge B, R, S B, R, S B, R, S 24 24 24 Protecting Tubes 1147 Alumina Primary only 1147 Primary 1146 Alumina Inner Primary 1147 Alumina Primary 1146 Alumina Inner Primary 1081 Secondary Size I.D. x O.D. in.
7

Length in.

16 x 1116 4 x 1116 12, 18, 24 30, 36, 42, 48

4 x 1 34

Thermocouples

TH-42 Head

1147 Primary Tube TH-43 Ferrule

1027-A Flange

Examples: 2140-B-18 2141-R-24

2114 Type S or R Element With Alumina Insulators

1146 Inner Primary Tube

Typical Assembly with TH-42 Head

1027 Support Casting With MC-258 Fiber Gasket 1081 Silicon Carbide Secondary Tube With Collar

TH-42 Head and Alumina Ceramics

Code No.* 2140 2141 * Specify Type S, R or B by adding -S, -R, or -B after the part number. Types S, R and B thermocouples and the thermoelements are provided in accordance with ITS-90. AWG Calibration Gauge B, R, S B, R, S 24 24 Protecting Tubes 1147 Alumina Primary only 1147 Alumina Primary 1146 Alumina Inner Primary Size I.D. X O.D. in.
7

Length in. 12, 18, 24 30, 36, 42, 48

16 x 1116 4 x 1116

81

Thermocouples
High Temperature
For Demanding Applications
Technological advances have created a demand for thermocouple materials with unusually high performance characteristics and superior quality. Watlow has kept pace with these demands. A long time leader in the field of temperature measurement, we have the modern facilities necessary to comply with todays complex specifications, standards and industrial or governmental regulatory requirements. We also provide testing and certification services to document compliance with agency standards. Our products are proof that we meet the challenge of reliability and high performance.

Performance Capabilities Compliance with recognized agency tolerances and specifications Temperature ranges up to 2315C (4200F) NIST traceable calibration certificates Thermocouple limits set to ITS-90 reference standards

Features and Benefits Thermocouple conductors Ideal for all temperature applications Wide selection of sheath materials Meet specific application requirements Insulation materials Meet demanding application temperatures Grounded and ungrounded junctions Meet electrical configurations Testing and certification services Ideal for demanding applications

Applications Semiconductor manufacturing Diesel engines Jet engines Laboratory research Nuclear environments Power stations and steam generators Rocket engines Turbines Vacuum furnaces Exhaust gas sensing

*Not ASTM symbols

82

Thermocouples
High Temperature
Materials Data
Exotic Metal Sheathed Thermocouples The specification tables shown on the following pages outline Watlows highly specialized line of metal sheathed thermocouple configurations. Some combinations of noble or refractory metal sheaths, high temperature insulations and compatible thermocouple conductors can withstand temperatures as high as 2315C (4200F); others can be used in unusually corrosive environments. Pressure, atmosphere and other process variables all affect service life and operating maximums. Unless otherwise noted, the components listed in the tables can be combined into either compacted or uncompacted constructions. Compacted constructions are manufactured by loading conductors and crushable ceramic insulators into the sheath. This subassembly is then drawn and/or swaged down to the required O.D., uniformly compacting the insulation around the conductors. Some combinations of materials that cannot be drawn or swaged are available only in uncompacted constructions. Uncompacted constructions use hard fired ceramic insulators strung onto the thermocouple conductors and inserted into the sheath with minimum practical clearance. This type of loose pack assembly cannot be bent or formed in the field. Consult factory for special pre-bent sensors.

Thermocouples
83

Thermocouples
High Temperature
High Temperature Sheath Materials
Sheath Material Platinum20% Rhodium (Pt-20% Rh) Molybdenum (Mo) Tantalum (Ta) Titanium (Ti) Alloy 600 C = Compacted Approximate Melting Point 1870C (3400F) 2620C (4750F) 2995C (5425F) 1725C (3135F) 1345C (2470F) LP = Loose pack Maximum Recommended Temperature 1650C (3000F) 1900C (3450F) 2400C (4350F) Oxidizing 315C (600F) 1175C (2150F) NA = Not available Available Stock Constructions inch Environment Oxidizing, inert, vacuum Inert, vacuum, reducing Inert, vacuum Oxidizing to 315C (600F), inert, vacuum Inert, vacuum, reducing, oxidizing *Available as a special. Remarks Used primarily in oxidizing environments to 1550C (2825F). Applications include semiconductor manufacturing, research and gas turbine probes. Silicon, sulfur and carbon are contaminants of platinum and should be avoided. Same uses as platinum-10% rhodium; except usable to 1650C (3000F) with increased high temperature strength. Molybdenum is a refractory metal that is brittle and available in uncompacted styles only. Do not use in oxidizing environments above 400C (750F). Vacuum at <10(-2) torr to 1700C (3100F). Vacuum <10(-4) torr to 1870C (3400F). Stable in inert gases to 1900C (3450F). Avoid contamination with graphite, carbon and hydrocarbons. Refractory metal that is very ductile. Use only in inert atmospheres or very good vacuums. <10(-3) torr. Hydrogen and nitrogen will react with tantalum above 400C (750F) resulting in nitride and hydride formation that will affect life. Lightweight, excellent strength in the 150 to 425C (300 to 800F) temperature range. Excellent resistance to oxidizing agents such as nitric or chromic acids. Resistant to inorganic chloride solutions, chlorinated organic compounds and moist chlorine gas. Resistant to salt water spray and sea water. Maximum temperature 1175C (2150F). Most widely used thermocouple sheath material. Good high temperature strength, corrosion resistance, resistance to chloride ion stress corrosion cracking and oxidation resistance to high temperatures. Do not use in sulfur bearing environments. Good in nitriding environments. 0.063 * N/A C 0.125 * LP C 0.188 N/A LP * 0.250 N/A LP *

N/A N/A

* LP

* N/A

* LP

Sheath Material Platinum-10% Rhodium (Pt-10% Rh)

Platinum-20% Rhodium (Pt-20% Rh) Molybdenum (Mo)

Tantalum (Ta)

Titanium (Ti)

Alloy 600

84

Thermocouples
High Temperature
High Temperature Insulation Material
Insulation Magnesium Oxide (MgO) Alumina Oxide (AI2O3) Hafnia Oxide (HfO2) Approximate Upper Useful Temperature 1370C (2500F) 1540C (2800F) 4530F (2500C) Approximate Melting Point 2800C (5070F) 2015C (3660F) 2760C (5000F) Remarks Used primarily with platinum sheathing in compacted constructions only. Compacted constructions to 1540C (2800F). Uncompacted constructions with vitrified insulators to 1650C (3000F). Available in compacted and uncompacted constructions.

Insulation Magnesium Oxide (MgO) (99.4% min. purity)

Properties Low impurity levels make this insulation very useful for all thermocouple calibrations up to 1370C (2500F). Above 1370C (2500F) we recommend using beryllium oxide insulation because of MgOs low resistivity at these elevated temperatures. This material meets the requirements established in ASTM E 235. Comparable electrical properties to MgO. Used primarily in loose pack constructions because of availability and low cost. Hafnia is replacing BeO in applications where BeO cannot be used because of safety concerns. Hafnia can be used up to 2500C (4530F).

Alumina Oxide (Al2O3) (99.6% min. purity) Hafnia Oxide (HfO2)

Thermocouples
85

Thermocouples
High Temperature
High Temperature Sensing Wire
Conductors Pt-10% Rh vs. Pt Pt-13% Rh vs. Pt Pt-30% Rh vs. Pt-6% Rh W-5% Re vs. W-26% Re ASTM Designation S R B C* Approx. Upper Useful Temperature 1480C (2700F) 1700C (3100F) 2315C (4200F) Melting Point 1760C (3200F) 1790C (3250F) 3095C (5600F) Remarks Some decalibration at continued use over 1095C (2000F) due to rhodium volatilization. This effect is accelerated in compacted construction. Less subject to decalibration by rhodium volatilization than Types S or R. Brittle; avoid flexing.

Calibration Type ASTM Type R

Remarks Type R is composed of a positive leg (RP) which is 87% platinum and 13% rhodium, and a negative leg (RN) which is 100% platinum. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and appropriate outer sheath, Type R is usable from 0 to 1480C (32 to 2700F). Type R is available in standard limits and special limits ITS-90 scale. Type S is composed of a positive leg (SP) which is 90% platinum and 10% rhodium, and a negative leg (SN) which is 100% platinum. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and appropriate outer sheath, Type S is usable from 0 to 1480C (32 to 2700F). Type S has a lower EMF output than Type R and is available in standard limits and special limits ITS-90 scale. Type B is composed of a positive leg (BP) which is approximately 70% platinum and 30% rhodium and a negative leg (BN) which is approximately 94% platinum and 6% rhodium. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and appropriate outer sheath, Type B is usable from 870 to 1700C (1600 to 3100F). Type B is available in standard limits and special limits ITS-90 scale. Type C is composed of a positive leg (CP) which is approximately 95% tungsten, 5% rhenium and a negative leg (CN) which is approximately 74% tungsten, 26% rhenium. When protected by mineral insulation and appropriate outer sheath, Type C is usable from 0 to 2315C (32 to 4200F). Type C calibrations are used most often with hafnia oxide insulation and either molybdenum or tantalum sheath. These combinations can only be used in an inert or vacuum environment.

ASTM Type S

ASTM Type B

Type C*

*Not an ASTM symbol

Basic Hot Or Measuring Junctions Available

Ungrounded Junction (U)

The thermocouple junction is fully insulated from welded sheath end. Excellent for electrical applications where stray EMFs and EMIs would affect the reading and for frequent or rapid temperature cycling.

86

Thermocouples
High Temperature
High Temperature Plug or Jack Termination
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

H C
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) E = 0.063 H = 0.188 G = 0.125 J = 0.250 4. Connector Type Standard plugs and jacks 205C (400F) (0.250 in. max. O.D.) A = Standard plug B = Standard jack C = Standard plug with mating connector 5. Enter 0 6. Insulation ** Compacted Loose pack MgO 1 AI2O3 2 B HfO2 4 D

7. Sheath Material 2 = Pt- 20% Rh 4 = Tantalum 3 = Molybdenum 5 = Titanium

L

= Alloy 600

8-9. Sheath Length L (inch) Whole inches: 01 to 60 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = 0 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 1 = 18 3 = 38 5 = 58 7 = 78 11. Junction Single Dual Ungrounded U Consult factory B R S B R S Consult factory C* C

Thermocouples

12. Calibration Std. limits Spc. limits 13-14. Enter 00 15. Special Requirements If none, enter 0. If required, consult factory

Features noble or refractory metal sheaths ASTM Type R, S, B, W-5 percent Re/W-26 percent Re (Type C*) thermocouple calibrations High temperature insulations Compacted and loose pack assemblies Plug or jack cold end terminations

* Not an ASTM symbol. **Not available with molybdenum sheath.

87

Thermocouples
High Temperature
High Temperature Metal Transitions
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

H F
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) E = 0.063 H = 0.188 G = 0.125 J = 0.250 4. Lead Wire Construction Standard Fiberglass Solid A Overbraid J

(Lead tolerance E +4/-0 in.)

5. Lead Wire Termination A = Standard plug B = Standard jack C = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature plug G = Miniature jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard1 12 inch split leads U = 1 12 inch split leads with spade lugs W = 1 12 inch split leads with BX connector and spade lugs 6. Insulation ** Compacted Loose pack MgO 1 AI2O3 2 B HfO2 4 D

7. Sheath Material 2 = Pt 20% Rh 3 = Molybdenum

4 = Tantalum 5 = Titanium

Q = Alloy 600

8-9. Sheath Length L (inch) Whole inches: 01 to 60 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 4 = 12 6 = 34 0 = 0 2 = 14 1 3 5 1 = 8 3 = 8 5 = 8 7 = 78 11. Junction Single = Dual = Ungrounded U Consult factory

Features noble or refractory metal sheaths ASTM Type R, S, B, W-5 percent Re/W-26 percent Re (Type C*) thermocouple calibrations High temperature insulations Compacted and loose pack assemblies Transition with lead wire termination Standard maximum continuous operating temperature of 260C (500F) for the transition.

12. Calibration Std. limits Spc. limits B R S B R S Consult factory *C* C

13-14. Lead Wire Length E (feet) Whole feet: 01 to 25 (01 foot standard) 15. Special Requirements M = Standard 260C (500F) potting If others required, consult factory * Not an ASTM symbol, Consult factory for availability. **Not available with molybdenum sheath.

88

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
Watlows MICROCOIL, Radio Frequency Thermocouple Probe (TR), Tapered Thermocouple Probe and True Surface Thermocouple (TST) all incorporate isothermal physical principles to achieve superior surface temperature measurement. The isothermal design provides accurate sensing because the areas of the sensor that are exposed to normal process variances are positioned outside the thermal gradient. These four sensor technologies are now available as standard products that can be ordered in a variety of options. Proven standard technologies will help to shorten design cycles on next generation tool and process technologies.

MICROCOIL
MICROCOIL surface sensors are ideal for measuring chuck, internal wall, chip, heat sinks and circuit temperatures. The flexible probe design positions the sensor tip for optimal surface contact and isothermal response and accuracy.

Radio Frequency Thermocouple Probe (TR)

TR immersion sensors are designed to reduce transient 13.56 MHz signals from being transmitted on the sensor leads in plasma environments. This results in a more stable and accurate measurement of chuck temperature.

TRUE SURFACE Thermocouple (TST) Thermocouples

TST is a surface sensor designed to reduce error in atmospheric applications where air currents can cause instability in temperature accuracy. A winner of Control Engineerings 2000 Editors Choice Award, the TST achieves superior accuracy through a combination of isothermal design and shielding.

89

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
MICROCOIL
Accurate, Repeatable, Fast Response in Perpendicular Surface Measurement Watlows MICROCOIL miniature thermocouple provides surface temperature measurements with an unparalleled degree of accuracy. This patented technology achieves critical isothermal surface temperature measurement and offers superior design flexibility. Typical sensor-to-sensor repeatability of one to two percent (DT) can be achieved with the MICROCOIL because the areas of the sensor that are vulnerable to normal production variances are not in the thermal gradient. Weld location, insulation thickness and welded tip thickness no longer impact measurement in an isothermal environment. Therefore, the inherent challenges of measuring surface temperatures are no longer a problem with the MICROCOIL. The MICROCOIL thermocouple utilizes Watlows XACTPAK mineral insulated thermocouple cable, which with an ungrounded junction, will electrically isolate the sensor from the surface being measured. For higher voltage applications, the aluminum nitride sensor disc option can be used for additional protection. The helix design of the MICROCOIL demonstrates a faster response time because the surface temperature needs to conduct only through the diameter of the cable and the thickness of the sensor disk.

The thermal analysis demonstrates the superior performance of the MICROCOIL technology. This patented method achieves the critical isothermal area for a long length of the very small cable, therefore insuring accurate and repeatable measurement. Standard straight sensors exhibit problems including poor accuracy response time and non-repeatable results as well as errors of 20, 30 percent or more.

Applications Environmental chambers Chip cases Heat sinks Packaging Platens

Features and Benefits Miniature size Allows for precision measurement in tight spaces XACTPAK mineral insulated thermocouple cable Electronically isolated and shielded 700C (1292F) maximum continuous temperature Offers exact measurement for demanding applications Self leveling and loading Provides superior repeatability of measurement for a wide variety of surfaces

90

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
MICROCOIL
S H R 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M C
Type K Calibration 0.020 inch diameter Alloy 718 thermocouple sheath 0.125 inch coil diameter 12.5 oz approx. spring force for 0.050 inch compression 3. Temperature Rating C = Copper tip 350C (662F) max N = G = U = Aluminum nitride 700C (1292F) max Grounded single junction Ungrounded single junction 4. Junction Type

5-6. Sheath Length S XX = 02 to 18 inch 7. Hot Leg Length H, if 90 bend (inch) 0 = n/a, straight sheath A = 1.125 J = 2.125 B = 1.250 K = 2.250 C = 1.375 L = 2.375 D = 1.500 M = 2.500 E = 1.625 N = 2.625 F = 1.750 P = 2.750 G = 1.875 R = 2.875 H = 2.000 S = 3.000 Notes: Bend radius is 0.25 inch Cold leg length (1.0 inch minimum) = S - H - 0.4 inch If a fitting is ordered, it will be installed hand tightened onto the hot leg If a fitting is ordered, the minimum hot leg length H is 2.500 in. 8. Fitting, Optional 0 = None C = Compression fitting, adjustable, 18 inch NPT, TFE gland 9. Lead Length Construction, solid conductors 1 = 24 Ga. Fiberglass 3 = 26 Ga. FEP with shield and ground not common to sheath 2 = 26 Ga. FEP with 4 = 26 Ga. FEP with shield and ground shield and drain common to sheath not attached 5 = 24 Ga. FEP with stainless steel overbraid 10-11. Lead Length L XX = 03 to 99 inch
S

Thermocouples

12. Lead Wire Terminations A* = Standard male plug B* = Standard female jack C* = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature male plug G = Miniature female jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard, 1.5 inch split leads U = 1.5 inch split leads with spade lugs * Not available with lead wire construction options 3 and 4.

0.125 in. (3.175 mm)

150C standard surface calibration supplied.

91

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
Radio Frequency Thermocouple Probe (TR)
Watlows TR thermocouple probe is designed for use in plasma generation. Radio frequency energy can cause serious temperature measurement errors through radiation or conduction. Traditional sensors are ineffective against the induced noise associated with such environments. The TR probe is ideal for reading temperatures through such interference. The construction of the TR probe utilizes a unique combination of high performance materials. The sensor tip is made from high thermal conductivity materials, providing a quick response time. High dielectric insulation is used to electrically insulate the sensor from capacitive coupling. Additionally, the lead wires are twisted to improve common mode rejection and reduce induced EMI.

Options
Type E, J or K calibration Drill point or flat tip designs 0.875 inch (22.23 mm) to 1.5 inch (38.10 mm) immersion depths 516 - 18 or M8 threaded fitting

Features and Benefits

3000V(dc) dielectric rating Allows thermocouple to be used in platens with dc bias High thermal conductivity design Ensures accurate, repeatable measurements High CMMR lead wire design Reduces induced error from EMI

92

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
TR Thermocouple
TR Thermocouple 3. Maximum Temperature C = 260C silver-plated copper tip N = 500C aluminum nitride tip (AlN) 4. Tip Shape D = Drill point (260C tip only) F = Flat
L

Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

T R

5-6. Immersion Depth I (inch) (from tip to top of threads, spring compressed) 08 = 0.875 10 = 1.000 11 = 1.125 12 = 1.250 13 = 1.375 15 = 1.500
500 Version

2.44 in. (62 mm)

260 Version

7. Threaded Fitting Size 5 = 516-18 UNC-2A 8 = M8 x 1.25-6g 8. Junction Type U = Ungrounded single 9. Calibration E = Special limits E J = Special limits J K = Special limits K 10-11. Lead Length L XX = 01 to 96 inch 12. Lead Wire Terminations A = Standard male plug B = Standard female jack C = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature male plug G = Miniature female jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard, 1.5 in. (38.10 mm) split leads U = 1.5 in. (38.10 mm) split leads with spade lugs (1.0C or 0.4%) (1.1C or 0.4%) (1.1C or 0.4%)

0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

0.25 in. (6.35 mm) 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

Thermocouples

Stainless Steel Threaded Fitting

Spring Compressed

Thermally Condutive Tip

Tip Shape
Drill Point
0.250 in. (6.35 mm)

Flat

0.250 in. (6.35 mm)

59 0.344 in. (8.74 mm) 0.344 in. (8.74 mm) 0.190 in. (4.83 mm) 0.190 in. (4.83 mm)

Platen Modification Detail

Threads 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) ("I" 0.005 in.) *

Standard Drill For Thread Size

+0.127 mm/ 0.201 in. +0.005 in./ 5.11 mm -0.000 mm -0.000 in. Std. Drill Pt. for Option D Flat Pt. for Option F 0.313 in. .010 in. (7.95 mm 0.254 mm)
*

Tolerance Class 2B for UNC Threads Tolerance Class 6H for Metric Threads

93

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
TRUE SURFACE Thermocouple (TST)
Increase Surface Temperature Accuracy with Improved Thermocouple Design Watlows award winning TST offers superior accuracy for measuring flat surface temperatures. This compact, highly accurate sensor isolates the thermocouple junction from ambient airflow. The TST typically achieves accuracy and repeatability of one to two percent (T). The TST, with its removable molded cover, fits into corners and other tight locations. TSTs are easy to install with a variety of commonly used screw types. Watlows TST sensor is ideal for many applications including semiconductor chambers, platens, packaging, cleaning and food preparation.

Steady State Temperature Measurement Test

Purpose: To determine and compare the steady state error of the Watlow TST and a common washer-style thermocouple at several temperature settings with and without ambient airflow.

Features and Benefits

Isothermal measuring junction Offers excellent thermal conductivity for the measuring junction Molded insulator Isolates the isothermal measuring block from ambient airflow Compact, universal package Fits into corners and other tight locations easily (0.44 inch (11.88 mm) side by 0.24 inch (6.10 mm) high) Molded insulator is removable for applications where an even smaller package is needed Temperature rating of 200C (400F) Offers superior application flexibility for a wide variety of surfaces

Test Description: Each sensor was attached to a brass hot plate and allowed to reach equilibrium before temperature readings were taken. Room temperature air was Options then blown onto the hot plate and Dual, isolated thermocouples in the the sensors. Temperature same sensor readings were taken after the Ungrounded or grounded system reached the new junction(s) equilibrium point. The test was Type J or K calibrations performed with a 20, 40, 60 and Shielded lead wire with drain, either 80C differential between the hot isolated from or plate temperature and ambient. connected to the sensor sheath Results: Ambient temperature = (availability limited with 25C. dual junctions)

94

Thermocouples
Surface Temperature Measurement
TRUE SURFACE Thermocouple (TST)
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

T S T
TRUE SURFACE Thermocouple 4. Lead Wire Construction 2 = FEP 26 gauge solid 3 = FEP 26 gauge solid with shield and ground, not continuous to sheath 5. Lead Wire Termination A = Standard male plug B = Standard female jack C = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature male plug G = Miniature female jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard, 1.5 inch (38.1 mm) split leads U = 1.5 inch (38.1 mm) split leads with spade lugs 6. Junction

Ungrounded Single U Dual (Type K only) W 7. Calibration Std. limits Spc. limits Type J J 3

Grounded G H

1.87 in. (47.50 mm)

Type K K 4

Thermocouples

8-9. Lead Length E 01 to 99 feet

1.40 in. (35.56 mm) 0.1066 in. (4.22 mm) (Use #6, #8 or M4 bolt) 0.325 in. (8.26 mm) 0.438 in. (11.13 mm) 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

95

Thermocouples
Multipoint Sensor
Temperature variances exist in all systems, regardless of materials, working fluid or system design. There is no process that involves heating a particular medium where temperature of that medium is the same throughouttemperature gradients will always exist. Sensing the temperature at just one location in a process is acceptable for many applications because temperature gradients are often insignificant. However, there is a need in many applications to monitor the temperature in multiple locations to ensure a safe, accurate and cost efficient process. Installing multiple independent, temperature sensors may be impractical due to cost or space limitations. Multipoint temperature sensors are capable of accurately measuring temperatures at various locations along its length. They are used in a broad range of processes and installationspredominately applications involving a large or complex process where close temperature control is necessary. Multipoint temperature sensors are designed to meet the requirements of the specific application; i.e., temperature, pressure, chemical environment, time response and number of points required. Sensors are constructed from a variety of protecting tube materials, with XACTPAK mineral insulated, metalsheathed cable. Multipoint temperature sensors are available in either standard or special ASTM thermocouple calibration tolerances. For applications requiring extreme accuracy, special constructions can be made with platinum RTDs.

Applications Chemical processing Petroleum distillation towers Semiconductor manufacturing Profiles of furnaces and kilns Combustion research Storage tanks Air flow ducts

96

Thermocouples
Multipoint Sensor
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 A 2 W 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Thermocouple sensors made from mineral insulated, metalsheathed cable are positioned inside the overall protection sheath.

1-2. Style AW = Multipoint 3. Protection Tube Diameter (inch) G = 0.125 J = 0.250 H = 0.188 4-5. Number of Points 02 - 10 6. Protection Tube Material F = 316 SS Q = 7. Calibration J = J Standard Limits 3 = K = K Standard Limits 4 = 8. Junction G = Grounded U = Ungrounded 9-11. Protection Tube Length (inch) 006-144 12. Lead Wire Construction A = Fiberglass solid wire C = FEP solid wire 13-14. Lead Wire Length (feet) 01-25 15. Lead Wire Termination A = Standard male plug B = Standard female jack C = Standard plug with mating connector F = Miniature male plug G = Miniature female jack H = Miniature plug with mating connector T = Standard, 112 inch split leads Alloy 600 J Special Limits K Special Limits

Lead Wire Length

Thermocouples

Transition 5 8 in. Diameter x 5 in. length

Protection Tube Diameter

Point 10 Point 9 Point 8 Point 7 Point 6 Point 5 Point 4 Point 3 Point 2 Point 1

Protection Tube Length

Note: Sensor point locations are measured from protection tube tip. Please specify point location when ordering.

97

Notes

RTDs and Thermistors

Resistance Temperature Sensing
RTDs
Watlows platinum resistance elements are specially designed to ensure precise and repeatable temperature versus resistance characteristics. The sensors are made with controlled purity platinum, have high purity ceramic components and constructed in a unique strainfree manner.

Performance Capabilities Ceramic elements are extremely precise and stable within the wide temperature range of -200 to 650C (-328 to1200F). Features and Benefits Patented, strain-free construction Provides dependable, accurate readings Allows elements from different lots to be substituted without recalibration High signal-to-noise output Increases accuracy of data transmission Permits greater distances between sensor and measuring equipment Temperature coefficient (alpha) carefully controlled while insulation resistance values exceed DIN-IEC-751 standards Ensures sensor sensitivity Minimizes self heating Allows precise measurement Repeatable Highly controlled manufacturing process Ensures wide temperature range Stabilizes physical and chemical attributes Metric diameters and fittings are available, please consult factory

Applications Air conditioning and refrigeration servicing Furnace servicing Stoves and grills Textile production Plastics processing

Petrochemical processing Micro electronics Air, gas and liquid temperature measurement Exhaust gas temperature measurement

RTDs and Thermistors

99

RTDs and Thermistors

RTD Style RB
Standard Industrial Insulated Leads
1/ in. 2 Nominal

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 100 DIN 0.00385 curve, 316 stainless steel, 0.188 inch diameter,TFE three-wire, four foot leads, temperature rating -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F), standard split end lead termination and no mounting fittings. See page 166 to order additional connector hardware. Class Accuracy Sheath Length in. (mm) 2 4 6 9 12 (51) (102) (152) (229) (305) Part Number 4 foot (102 mm) Leads RBHB0TA020BA040 RBHB0TA040BA040 RBHB0TA060BA040 RBHB0TA090BA040 RBHB0TA120BA040

Lead Wire Length

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

R B
L

3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 H = 0.188 J = 0.250 4. Lead Wire Constructiona Standard Overbraid Flex Armor Rb Fiberglass Stranded A Jb PFA or TFE Stranded B Lb Tb 5. Fittings If required, enter order code from pages 39 to 40. If none, enter 0.

Features and Benefits High accuracy Dependable readings Customized diameters From 0.125 to 0.250 inch Epoxy sealed Resist moisture and pull out Standard 260C (500F) potting Durable rigid sheath 316 stainless steel -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) Internal heat transfer paste Quick time response
a Certain option combinations must be furnished with a transition between the sheath and lead wire, consult factory if transition is unacceptable. b May require transition. c Requires two- or three-wire, single element only.

6. Lead Wire Termination Ac = Standard male plug 200C (400F) Bc = Standard female plug Cc = Standard plug with mating connector Jc = Male miniature plug Kc = Female miniature jack Lc = Male/female mini set T U = Standard leads = Leads with spade lugs

7. Sheath Construction A = 316 SS 8-9. Sheath Length L (inch) 02, 04 and 06 Whole inches: 01* to 99 Metric lengths and lengths over 99 inches consult factory. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = No fraction, whole inches 3 = 38 5 = 58 7 = 78 1 = 18 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 11. Element 100 Single 2-wire A 3-wire B 4-wire C

12. Temperature Coefficient DIN 0.00385 A = Class A B = Class B 13-14. Lead Wire Length (foot) 02 and 04 Whole feet: 01 to 99 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

* One inch sheath length for 0.188 diameter requires a crimp tube within the last half inch of the tube.

100

RTDs and Thermistors

RTD Style RC
Plug or Jack Termination
Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

R C
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 H = 0.188 J = 0.250 4. Cold End Termination Standard plugs and jacks 200C (400F) A = Standard plug C = Standard plug with mating connector 5. Fittings If required, enter order code from pages 39 to 40. If none, enter 0. 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Construction A = 316SS

8-9. Sheath Length L (inch) 02, 04 and 06 Whole inches: 02 to 36 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = No fraction, whole inches 1 = 18 3 = 38 5 = 58 7 = 78 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 11. Element
100 Single

2-wire A

3-wire B

Features and Benefits Durable rigid sheath 316 stainless steel -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) Durable connectors with copper pins 200C (400F) temperature rating Provide simple connection to extension leads Brazed adapter Provides superior connector attachment High accuracy Dependable readings

12. Temperature Coefficient DIN 0.00385 A = Class A B = Class B 13-14. Enter 00 15. Special Requirements
0 X = None = Special requirements, consult factory

RTDs and Thermistors

101

RTDs and Thermistors

RTD Style RF
Metal Transitions
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 100 DIN 0.00385 curve, 316 stainless steel, 0.188 inch diameter, 24 AWG stranded Teflon three-wire, four foot leads, temperature rating -200 to 650C (-328 to 1200F), standard split end lead termination and no mounting fittings. See page 166 to order additional connector hardware. Class Accuracy Sheath Length in. (mm) 3 (76) 6 (152) 9 (229) 12 (305) Part Number 4 foot (102 mm) Leads RFHB0TK030BA040 RFHB0TK060BA040 RFHB0TK090BA040 RFHB0TK120BA040

A
E

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Features and Benefits Stainless steel transitions Crimped to sheath and filled with 260C (500F) epoxy Optional brazing available Coiled spring strain relief Protects lead wire against sharp bends in the transition area Flexible mineral insulated construction Provides a bendable and highly durable sensor Temperature rating -200 to 650C (-328 to 1200F) High accuracy Dependable readings Diameters available 0.125 to 0.250 inch O.D.
b Requires two- or three-wire only, single element only

102

1-2. Style F = Metal transition with strain relief 3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 H = 0.188 J = 0.250 4. Lead Wire Construction Standard Overbraid Flex Armor Fiberglass Stranded A J R PFA or TFE Stranded B L T 5. Fittings If required, enter order code from pages 39 to 40. If none, enter 0. 6. Lead Wire Termination Ab = Standard male plug Bb = Standard female plug Cb = Standard plug with mating connector Jb = Male miniature plug Kb = Female miniature jack Lb = Male/female mini set T = Standard leads U = Leads with spade lugs 7. Sheath Construction 316 SS Alloy 600 Mineral Insulated K L 8-9. Sheath Length L (inch) 03, 06 and 12 Whole inches: 03 to 99 Metric lengths and lengths over 99 inches consult factory. 10. Sheath Length (fractional inch) 0 = No fraction, whole inches 1 = 18 3 = 38 5 = 58 7 = 78 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 11. Element 2-wire 3-wire 100 Single A B 12. Temperature Coefficient DIN 0.00385 A = Class A B = Class B 13-14. Lead Wire Length E (foot) 02 and 04 Whole feet: 01 to 99 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

RTDs and Thermistors

RTD Style RK
Emergency Use Cut-to-Length RTD
in. Nominal
2 1/

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 100 DIN, 0.00385 curve, 316 stainless steel, 0.188 and 0.250 inch diameter, 24 AWG stranded Teflon three-wire, temperature rating -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F), standard split end leads and no mounting fittings. Class Accuracy L Dimension in. (mm) 12 24 12 24 (305) (610) (305) (610) Part Number (Contains Bag of Five Sensors) RKH12A-05 RKH24A-05 RKJ12A-05 RKJ24A-05 RK-Cutter

Diameter 0.188 0.188 0.250 0.250

6 ft. Teflon Leads

Adjustable C-Frame Tube Cutter

NEW: Cut-to-length emergency RTD kit is a bag of five adjustable RTD sensors. Keep a bag of these items on your shelf for immediate, emergency replacement of RTDs to 24 inches in length.

L Minimum of 3 inch L dimension when cut to length

Features and Benefits Cut-to-length features Avoids need to stock several RTD lengths Probes can be shortened To three inches minimum using a tubing cutter High accuracy Dependable reading, three-wire, Class A DIN 0.00385 curve Internally sealed Prevent moisture penetration 316 SS sheath -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F)

RTDs and Thermistors

Teflon is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company.

103

RTDs and Thermistors

RTD Style RR
Connection Head/ Optional Transmitter
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 100 DIN 0.00385 curve, 316 stainless steel, 0.250 inch diameter, cast aluminum industrial head, double threaded stainless steel fitting for head mount with 0.5 inch NPT process mount, three-wire configuration and a temperature rating of -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Class Accuracy
Single Threaded Fitting

Sheath Length in. (mm) 3 (76) 6 (152) 18 (457)

Part Number RRJEF0A030BA000 RRJEF0A060BA000 RRJEF0A180BA000

Double Threaded Fitting

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1
L

10 11 12 13 14 15

R R

Features and Benefits Connection heads Provide superior dust and moisture resistance Weatherproof plastic heads Resist weak acids, organic solvents, alkalies, sunlight and dust Standard bottom mounting Side mounting available upon request Complete assembly available Head-mounted 4-20mA transmitter, two- or three-wire input and non-isolated

3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 J = 0.250 H = 0.188 4. Connection Head C = Polypropylene D = Cast iron E = Cast aluminum H = Explosion proof Ua = E head with 5750 transmitter Va = C head with 5750 transmitter Wa = H head with 5750 transmitter 5. Head Mounting Fittings O = Single threaded, 303 SS F = Double threaded, 303 SS 12" NPT * H = Spring loaded, double threaded, 316 SS 12" NPT 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Construction -50 to 260C -200 to 650C (-58 to 500F) (-328 to 1200F) 316 SS 316 SS Standard Industrial (0.125-0.250 inch O.D.) A Mineral Insulated (0.125-0.250 inch O.D.) K 8-9. Sheath Length L (inches) 03, 06 and 18 Whole inches: 02 to 99 Metric lengths and lengths over 99 inches consult factory. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = No fraction, whole inches 2 = 14 3 = 38 4 = 12 5 = 58 6 = 34 1 = 18 11. Element 2-wire 3-wire 4-wire 100 Single A B C 12. Temperature Coefficient DIN 0.00385 A = Class A B = Class B 13-14. Enter 00 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory * 0.250 inch diameter only.

a Units with transmitter, buyer to specify range and degree C or F, as well as temperature span.

7 = 78

For further details on Watlow connection heads see the hardware section of this catalog, pages 156 to 157.

104

W
For a complete RTD assembly, add thermowell part number. See thermowell section, pages 144 to 146.

RTDs and Thermistors

RTD Style RT
For Use with Thermowells
Type 1
Nom. 6 in. (152.4 mm)

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

R T
L

3 4

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

3. Sheath O.D. (inch) G = 0.125 J = 0.250 H = 0.188 4. Connection Head C = Polypropylene D = Cast iron E = Cast aluminum H = Explosion proof Ua= E head with 5750 transmitter Va = C head with 5750 transmitter Wa = H head with 5750 transmitter 5. Cold End Configurationb Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 6. Enter 0 7. Sheath Construction -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) 316 SS Standard Industrial A Mineral Insulated -200 to 650C (-328 to 1200F) 316 SS K

6 inch N-U-N Typical (2 each 12 X 3 inch steel pipe nipples and 1 each malleable union) Type 2
Nom. 4 in. (152.4 mm) L

3 4

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

4 inch N-U typical (1 each 12 X 3 inch steel pipe nipple and 1 each malleable union) Type 3
Nom. 2 in. (50.8 mm) L

3 4
1

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

2 X 3 inch long steel pipe nipple typical

8-9. Sheath Length L (see drawings at left) When ordering a complete assembly with thermowell, specify AR as required. Otherwise, specify the L dimension in whole inches. 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = No fraction, whole inches 3 = 38 5 = 58 7 = 78 1 = 18 2 = 14 4 = 12 6 = 34 11. Element 100 Single 2-wire A 3-wire B 4-wire C

Type 4
L

3 4

/ in. (19 mm) NPT

Features and Benefits High quality thermowells and pipe wells Protect sensor Mineral insulated construction Available in 0.125 to 0.250 inch O.D. Available with spring-loading Ensures positive contact Complete assembly available Head mounted 4-20mA transmitter, two- or three-wire input and non-isolated Variety of connection head options Meet your application requirements

12. Temperature Coefficient DIN 0.00385 A = Class A B = Class B 14. Spring-Loading Y = Yes N = No 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

RTDs and Thermistors

a Units with transmitter, buyer to specify

range and degree C or F, as well as temperature span. b Other sizes, lengths and materials available. Consult factory.

For further details on Watlow connection heads see the hardware section of this catalog, pages 156 to 157.

105

RTDs and Thermistors

Style RT with Thermowell
Straight Well
Overall Length 7.75 in. + U 6 in. (152 mm) 1.75 in. (44 mm)

/4 in. NPT

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 SS straight well, nipple-union-nipple, 0.250 inch diameter spring loaded element, 100 DIN 0.00385 curve, Class A and three-wire RTD. Temperature rating -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Calibration in. 2.5 4.5 7.5 10.5 U (mm) (64) (114) (191) (267) Overall Length in. (mm) 10.25 12.25 15.25 18.25 261 312 388 465 Part Number RTJE1SF024BA0Y0 RTJE1SF044BA0Y0 RTJE1SF074BA0Y0 RTJE1SF104BA0Y0

Tapered Well
Overall Length 7.75 in. + U 6 in. (152 mm) 1.75 in. (44 mm)

U 3

/4 in. NPT

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship sensors come with 316 SS tapered well, nipple-union-nipple, 0.250 inch diameter spring loaded element, 100 DIN 0.00385 curve, Class A and three-wire RTD. Temperature rating -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Calibration in. 2.5 4.5 7.5 10. 5 U (mm) (64) (114) (191) (267) Overall Length in. (mm) 10.25 12.25 15.25 18.25 261 312 388 465 Part Number RTJE1TF024BA0Y0 RTJE1TF044BA0Y0 RTJE1TF074BA0Y0 RTJE1TF104BA0Y0

106

RTDs and Thermistors

Speciality RTDs and Thermistors
Construction Styles
10 = 6 in. Adjustable Spring Style 11 = 12 in. Adjustable Spring Style
0.3125 in. (7.9 mm) L E Spring Length

12 = Adjustable Armor Style

0.265 in. (6.7 mm) O.D. 0.3125 in. (7.9 mm) L E

(Spring O.D. = 0.250 in. (6.4 mm)

25 = Cartridge with Flange

0.625 in. (15.9 mm) L E

50 = Open Air

Stainless Steel Sheath and Flange

Flange 0.648 in. (16.5 mm) 0.324 in. (8.2 mm) 0.156 in. (4 mm) Dia. (3) Holes

0.187 in. (4.7 mm)

0.187 in. (4.7 mm) 0.373 in. (9.5 mm)

55 = Open Air with Flange

0.187 in. (4.7 mm) 0.625 in. (15.9 mm) L E

80 = Surface Mount
0.250 in. 1.375 in. (6.3 mm) (34.9 mm) 0.250 in. (6.3 mm) E
0.875 in. (22.2 mm)

RTDs and Thermistors

Stainless Steel Sheath and Flange

Flange 0.648 in. (16.5 mm) 0.324 in. (8.2 mm) 4.7 mm (0.187 in.) 0.531 in. (13.5 mm) 0.101 in. (2.6 mm) Dia. (4) Holes

0.343 in. (8.7 mm)

Aluminum Body

0.156 in. (4 mm) Dia. (3) Holes

0.373 in. (9.5 mm)

See next page for Rapid Ship sensors and ordering instructions.

107

RTDs and Thermistors

Speciality RTDs and Thermistors
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship sensors come with 100 DIN 0.00385 curve RTD sensor, 24 AWG stranded threewire leads, temperature rating -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F), standard split end lead termination and no mounting fittings. Part Number 4 Foot (102 mm) Leads 6 Foot (152 mm) Leads Construction 10 with Fiberglass and SS overbraid leads Construction 80 with Teflon leads S10DDN4C048A S10DDN4C072A

S80ADT2A048A

S80ADT2A072A

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

Specifications: RTD Two- or three-wire Resistance: 100 at 0C Alpha curve: 0.00385//C Tolerance at 0C: 0.12% (0.25C) Range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) Specifications: Thermistor Metal oxide, sintered and encapsulated Negative temperature coefficient Non-linear temperature/resistance curve Resistance at 25C (77F) and ranges:
Epoxy Bead Tolerance 1% +0.3C (37F) #11 #12 1000 3000 -60 to 150C (-76 to 302F) -60 to 150C (-76 to 302F)

2-3. Construction 10 = 6 inch adjustable spring style 11 = 12 inch adjustable spring style 12 = Adjustable armor style 25 = Cartridge with flange 50 = Open air 55 = Open air with flange 80 = Surface mount 4. Diameter (inch) D = 0.188 A = Not applicable: surface mount

* 5. Element Type

C = RTD 2-wire No. 3850 D = RTD 3-wire No. 3850 M = Thermistor No. 11

N = Thermistor No. 12 P = Thermistor No. 16

6-7. Lead Type L4 = Fiberglass and SS armor M4 = Fiberglass N4 = Fiberglass and SS overbraid T2 = PFA or TFE 8. Sheath Length L (inches) A = Not applicable C = 1.5 (required for VAT construction: No. 10, 11, 12) D = 2.0 L = 5.5 T =9.0 E = 2.5 M = 6.0 U =9.5 F = 3.0 N = 6.5 W =10.0 G = 3.5 P = 7.0 Y =11.0 H = 4.0 Q = 7.5 Z =12.0 J = 4.5 R = 8.0 K = 5.0 S = 8.5 9-11. Lead Wire Length E (foot) 012 = 1 084 = 7 024 = 2 096 = 8 036 = 3 108 = 9 048 = 4 120 = 10 060 = 5 180 = 15 072 = 6 12. Terminations A = 1.5 inch stripped split leads, no terminals B = No. 8 spade terminals H = 0.25 inch female quick connect terminals

Glass Bead Tolerance 15% +0.3C (37F) #16 100,000 -60 to 260C (-76 to 500F)

*Other thermistors available on request. Consult factory. See Style TB thermistor on page 109.

108

RTDs and Thermistors

Speciality RTDs and Thermistors
Style TB Standard Industrial Thermistor with Insulated Leads
1/ in. 2 Nominal

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

T B
3. Sheath O.D. (inch) H = 0.188 J = 0.250 4. Lead Wire Construction
Standard

Lead Wire Length

PFA or TFE Stranded

5. Fittings If required, enter order code from pages 39 to 40. If none, enter 0. 6. Lead Wire Termination T = Standard leads U = Leads with spade lugs 7. Temperature Rating and Accuracy A1 = -60 to 150C (-75 to 302F) 1% (.3C) Accuracy @ 25C B2 = -60 to 260C (-75 to 500F) 15% (.3C) Accuracy @ 25C

8-9. Sheath Length L (inches) 02, 04 and 06 Whole inches: 02 to 24 10. Sheath Length L (fractional inch) 0 = No fraction, whole inches 5 = 58 1 = 18 1 2 = 4 6 = 34 3 = 38 7 = 78 4 = 12 11. Element/Resistance at 25C (77F) E = 1,000 G = 3,000 T = 100,000

Features and Benefits Rigid 316 stainless steel sheath Ideal for industrial applications Cold end epoxy seal Rated to 260C (500F) Internal heat transfer paste Quick time response

12. Sheath O = Standard sheath 13-14. Lead Wire Length E (foot) 02 and 04 Whole feet: 01 to 15 15. Special Requirements 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory
a Only available with 1,000 or 3,000. e Only available with 100,000.

RTDs and Thermistors

109

RTDs and Thermistors

ENVIROSEAL HD Sensor
Watlows ENVIROSEAL-HD temperature sensor keeps out moisture, oil and contaminants in all of your heavy-duty applications including those outside applications exposed to harsh weather, oils and other extreme moisture environments. The ENVIROSEAL-HD sensor is also designed to provide accurate, dependable measurements in highvibration environments.

Features and Benefits Submersible and 1200psi pressure wash rated seal (not including connector area) Protects the sensor from washdown or other extreme moisture environments
Oil Resistant Materials Sensors maintain a long life even when exposed to oil, gasoline, or diesel fuel Vibration resistant design, 25 lb pull out force rating Tough, rugged design to hold up to the roughest applications -40 to 200C (-40 to 392F) sensor temperature rating Offers superior application flexibility Time response of two seconds Fast response will measure 63.2 percent (first order) of the temperature change in two seconds or less 250psi threaded fitting pressure rating Suitable for most rugged applications

Applications Engine coolant or oil Refrigeration or condensation units Industrial equipment Heat exchangers Gear boxes Hydraulic fluid Marine

110

RTDs and Thermistors

ENVIROSEAL HD Sensor
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H D
3. Sensor Type A = 100 DIN 0.00385 RTD Class A element, 2-wire B = 100 DIN 0.00385 RTD Class B element, 2-wire C = 1000 DIN 0.00385 RTD Class A element, 2-wire D = 1000 DIN 0.00385 RTD Class B element, 2-wire K = Ungrounded standard limits Type K thermocouple 4-5. Sheath Length S 07 = 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) 15 = 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) 30 = 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) 6. Threaded Fitting 4 = 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) NPT male threads "F" = 1.4 in. (35.56 mm) 8 = 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) NPT male threads "F" = 1.2 in. (30.48 mm) 7. Fitting Material B = Brass S = 316 stainless steel 8-9. Lead Length L (whole inches) (18 gauge stranded conductor lead wire) 06 = 6 in. (152.4 mm) 12 = 12 in. (304.8 mm) 24 = 24 in. (609.6 mm) 10. Lead Wire Terminations T = Standard 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) stripped ends 2 = 2-pin receptacle Deutsch connector 125C (257F) 4 = 2-pin receptacle Deutsch connector 125C (257F) with mating connector
0.6875 in. (17.46 mm) Hex Flat ENVIROSEAL Sleeving 0.156 in. (3.96 mm)

Tag (To Show Part Nbr.)

18 Ga. Stranded Wire Termination 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) Strip Shown

RTDs and Thermistors

"L"

("F")

0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) "E" 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

2 Pin Deutsch Receptacle

2 Pin Deutsch Receptacle

Mating Connector

111

Notes

Infrared Sensors
Raytek Family
Noncontact Temperature Measurement Watlow offers a wide variety of Raytek infrared thermometers that monitor and control temperature in various manufacturing processes. These thermometers measure temperature of fast moving processes quickly and efficiently. They measure the temperature of the product directly, instead of the oven or the dryer. This allows you to quickly adjust to process parameters to ensure top product quality. Infrared thermometers are easily integrated into existing process control systems and have the following benefits: Non-destructive: the product is never touched or contaminated Fast and reliable: moving objects are measured accurately and quickly Flexible: temperature measurements can be made of a large area or a small spot Small Size, Big Features These products may be compact, but do not compromise on features. Using advanced micro-fabrication techniques, the cost and size of these sensors remain small while retaining sophisticated features such as emissivity, signal conditioning and t-ambient processing. The wide temperature range in each model allows you to detect process variations and monitor start-up performance. Infrared Thermocouples If you are looking for a lowmaintenance solution for infrared thermocouples, consider the MI or CI. The MI, a two-piece system with miniature sensing head and separate electronics, features adjustable emissivity and selectable peak hold, valley hold and averaging. The CI is a compact, integrated unit with the same output impedance as a thermocouple. It functions accuratelywithout offset errors when used in conjunction with the thermocouple break protection circuitry in most controllers, displays and transmitters. Both the MI and CI have rugged stainless steel housings to ensure continuous, long-term performance, even in environments with high ambient temperatures. An Affordable Solution for Your Process The miniature size and low cost of the MI (shown above) make it an ideal configuration for installation at multiple points along your process. The sensor is isolated from the electronics box which allows it to withstand ambient temperatures up to 200C (392F) with cooling accessories. Whether you choose a modular system based on the GP monitor, or the MI or CI, we have a compact, value-priced infrared thermometer to meet your needs. Cooling jackets, air purge collars and other accessories are available to ensure accurate performance regardless of your environment.
Product Temperature Range Accuracy 1 percent

Infrared Sensors

Raytek Service Ensures Long Use With over 30 years experience, Raytek knows infrared temperature measurement. Application specialists are available to help answer your technical questions. Each product includes a two year warranty. In addition, maintenance, training, calibration and other customized services are available to ensure that you receive the maximum benefits from your Raytek infrared, noncontact thermometer. For more information on Raytek infrared temperature measurement solutions, contact your Watlow sales agent or applications specialist today.

Signal Processing Adjustable

Display Yes

Power Supply

Outputs

GP Monitor -18 to 540C w/ GPR (0 to 1000F)

110-220V(ac) Thermocouple 4-20mA & 2 Alarms 110-220V(ac) Thermocouple 4-20mA & 2 Alarms

GP Monitor 0 to 500C w/ CI (0 to 1000F) w/ 2 models

2 percent

Adjustable

Yes

MI

-40 to 600C (-40 to 1112F)

1 percent

Adjustable

No

12-24V(dc)

4-20mA, J or K T/C, or mV *J or K T/C, or mV

CI

0 to 500C (32 to 932F) w/ 2 models

2 percent

N/A

No

12-24V(dc)

*Must specify at time of order. Raytek is a registered trademark of the Raytek Corporation. MiniTemp, ST ProPlus, GP, CI and MI are trademarks of Raytek Corporation.

113

Infrared Sensors
Raytek Family
Product Offering
Infrared Thermocouples
Raytek MI RAYMID10LTCB3 RAYMID10LTCB8 XXXMIACAB XXXMIACAJ XXXMIACCJ XXXMIACCJ1 XXXMIACFB XXXMIACMN Raytek CI RAYCI1A RAYCI1A10L RAYCI1B RAYCI1B10H RAYCI1B10L RAYCI2A RAYCI2A10L RAYCI2B RAYCI3A10L XXXCIACAP XXXCIACFB XXXCIACMN XXXCIADJB XXXCIAP XXXCIDCPS Temperature Monitoring System Raytek GP RAYGPC RAYGPRSF XXXGPACFB XXXGPRCB15 Hand Held IR Thermometers MiniTemp RAYMT2U RAYMT4U RAYMTAPK ST Pro RAYST20XBUS ST ProPlus RAYST60XBUS RAYST80XBUS RAYST80XBUS-IS

Description
MI electronics and sensing head with 10:1 optics and 9.8 ft (3 m) cable MI electronics and sensing head with 10:1 optics and 26 ft (8 m) cable Adjustable bracket for MID MI air purge jacket (no cooling) MI air cooling and purging system with 2.8 ft (0.8 m) insulated air hose MI air cooling and purging system with 9.2 ft (2.8 m) insulated air hose MI sensor head fixed mounting bracket MI sensor head mounting nuts (5) Type J output sensing head w/1 m cable, 3C accuracy 0 to 115C ( 5.4F, 32 to 240F) Type J output sensing head w/3 m cable (MAX 105C, 220F), 3C accuracy 0 to 115C ( 5.4F, 32 to 240F) Type J output sensing head w/1m cable, 3C accuracy 100 to 500C ( 5.4F, 202 to 932F) Type J output sensing head w/3m high temp cable (MAX 260C, 500F), 3C accuracy 100 to 500C ( 5.4F, 202 to 932F) Type J output sensing head w/3m cable (MAX 105C, 220F), 3C accuracy 100 to 500C ( 5.4F, 202 to 932F) Type K output sensing head w/1m cable, 3C accuracy 0 to 115C ( 5.4F, 32 to 240F) Type K output sensing head w/3m cable (MAX 105C, 220F), 3C accuracy 0 to 115C ( 5.4 F, 32 to 240F) Type K output sensing head w/1m cable, 3C accuracy 100 to 500C ( 5.4F, 202 to 932F) Linear voltage output sensing head w/3m cable (MAX 105C, 220F), 3C accuracy 0 to 115C ( 5.4F, 32 to 240F) Air purge collar for CI Fixed bracket for CI Mounting nuts (2) for CI Adjustable bracket for CI Air purge collar (aluminum) for CI 24V(dc), 125mA switching power supply (110/220V input) Description GPC panel-mount meter with standard 5V(dc) alarm outputs, 110/220V(ac) power input GPR standard focus sensing head with 8-14 micron spectral response and 35:1 optical resolution GPC mounting bracket for sub-panel mounting of monitor 50 ft (15 m) 5 conductor cable with 5-pin bayonet connector Description Standard MiniTemp MT2 Enhanced MiniTemp MT4 model with class 2 laser sighting Nylon carrying pouch with belt clip ST 20 Pro eXtra-Bright ST 60 ProPlus eXtra-Bright ST 80 ProPlus eXtra-Bright ST 80 ProPlus eXtra-Bright intrinsically safe

Items in bolded green type are stocked for immediate availability. 114

Infrared Sensors
Hand Held
MiniTemp
The Raytek MiniTemp is pocketsized and easy to usejust point, shoot and read the temperature on the large backlit display. When you need a fast, easy and safe way to measure surface temperature, you need a MiniTemp noncontact thermometer. Use MiniTemp at work, at home, anywhere. Choice of Models Choose between MiniTemp MT2, no laser sighting, or MiniTemp MT4, with laser sighting. Both models are powered by a 9V battery and display temperatures in either C or F. An accessory pack including a pouch and wrist strap is also available.

Infrared Sensors

Specifications
Models Temperature range Accuracy MT2 -18 to 275C (0 to 525F) -1 to 275C (30 to 525F) 2% or 2C (3.5F), whichever is greater, -18 to -1C (0 to 30F) 3C (5F) 2% of reading or 2C (3F), whichever is greater 500mSec, 95% response 7-18 m Pre-set 0.95 0 to 50C (32 to 120F) 10-95% RH non-condensing, @ up to 30C (86F) -20 to 65C (-4 to 150F) without battery 0.5 lb (227g); 6 X 4 X 1.5 in. (152 X 101 X 38 mm) 9V Alkaline or NiCd battery (included) 22 hours 8 :1 Up to 4 ft (1.5 m)

MT4

Applications Blown film extrusion Cast film extrusion Originally oriented film extrusion Sheet extrusion Extrusion coating Laminating and bossing Thermoforming Options/Accessories
Soft Pouch with Wrist Strap

Repeatability Response time Spectral response Emissivity* Ambient operating range Relative humidity Storage temperature Weight/dimensions Power Battery life (Alkaline) Laser Class II Distance to spot size Typical distance to target (spot) Display hold (7 seconds) LCD backlit Temperature display Display resolution Options/accessories

12 hours

Target Spot Sizes

25 mm @ 50 mm @ 75 mm @ 200 mm 400 mm 600 mm

C or F selectable 0.2C (0.5F) Nylon holster 1 year**

D= 8 S 1

Warranty

1 in. @ 8 in.

2 in. @ 16 in.

3 in. @ 24 in.

*For more information on emissivity for unique applications visit www.raytek.com/emissivity.htm **U.S. only. Warranty duration may vary by country.

D:S = 8:1 at focal point

115

Infrared Sensors
Hand Held
ST Pro 20 XB
Choose the ST Pro XB when you need a dependable professional tool for day-to-day applications. You wont find other noncontact thermometers with the temperature range, ability to measure so small an area and comparable laser sighting at this price. Simply point, shoot and read. With a wide temperature range, MAX temperature display and choice of laser sighting options, the ST Pro makes temperature measurement a breeze. The ST20XB features rugged rubber overmolding and the ability to be tripod mounted. Choose the infrared noncontact thermometer that millions of professionals use worldwide. Call today and discover the advantage fast, easy and safe temperature measurement backed by over 40 years of experience.

Raytek Infrared Noncontact Thermometers are the professionals choice for: Blown film extrusion Cast film extrusion Originally oriented film extrusion Sheet extrusion

Extrusion coating Laminating and bossing Thermoforming Hazardous locations (ST80-IS)

116

Infrared Sensors
Hand Held
ST Pro 20 XB
Specifications
Models Temperature range Accuracy (Assumes ambient operating temperature of 23C (73F)) ST20 XB -32 to 535C (-25 to 999F) -32 to 26C (-25 to -15F): 3C (5F) -26 to -18C (-15 to 0F): 2.5C (4F) -18 to 23C (0 to 73F): 2C (3F) 23 to 510C (73 to 950F): 1% of reading or 1C (2F), whichever is greater Above 510C (950F): 1.5% of reading 0.5% or 1C (2F), whichever is greater 0.5 second (95% of reading) 8-14 m Pre-set at 0.95 0 to 50C (32 to 120F) 10-90% RH non-condensing at <30C (86F) ambient -20 to 60C (-13 to 158F) without battery 11 oz (320 g), 8 X 6 X 2 in. (200 X 160 X 55 mm) 9V Alkaline or NiCd battery 10 hours w/laser & backlight on 20 hours w/laser & backlight off Offset single point laser point XB Up to 6 ft (2 m) 12:1 at focus point

Infrared Sensors

Repeatability Response time

1.5 in.@ 3 in.@ 5.3 in.@ 36 in. 60 in. 12 in.

Spectral response Emissivity* Ambient operating temp. Relative humidity Storage temperature Weight/dimensions Power Battery life (Alkaline) Laser (class II) Typical distance to target Distance to spot (D:S) MAX temp display Display hold (7 seconds) LCD backlit Temperature display Display resolution Hard carrying case Tripod mounting Warranty* Additional options/accessories

ST20XB Target Spot Sizes D:S = 12:1 at Focus Point

C or F selectable 0.2C (0.5F)

1 year Nylon holster NIST/DKD traceable calibration certificate (includes one year warranty)

*U.S. only. Warranty duration may vary by country.

117

Infrared Sensors
Hand Held
ST ProPlus 60/80 XB
When you need more features and higher specifications, choose the ProPlus for your most demanding applications. Advanced infrared technology for reading higher temperatures and powerful optics for measuring smaller areas (or from farther back), make the ProPlus the professionals choice for noncontact temperature measurement. Whether you choose the ST60 or the ST80, gathering temperature data has never been easier. Simply point, shoot and read. Innovative features like extra bright laser sighting, adjustable emissivity, a wide temperature range and 12 point data logging, make any temperature measurement application a snap. This rugged unit with rubber overmolding also includes a jack for the optional Raytek ST RTD temperature probe, and can be tripod mounted for hands-free operation. The ST80 is also available in a model rated Intrinsically Safe by Factory Mutual Research for use in hazardous locations.

Raytek Infrared Noncontact Thermometers are the professionals choice for: Blown film extrusion Cast film extrusion Originally oriented film extrusion Sheet extrusion Extrusion coating Laminating and bossing Thermoforming Hazardous locations (ST80-IS)

Options/Accessories RTD temperature probe Nylon holster NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory Mutual Research Intrinsically Safe Rated ST80-IS, including probe (Intrinsically Safe, Class 1 Division 1 Groups A,B,C,D Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC, T4 at 50C (122F) when used with 9V alkaline battery)

118

Infrared Sensors
Hand Held
ST ProPlus 60/80 XB
24 mm@ 30 mm@ 62 mm@ 300 mm 900 mm 1500 mm

Specifications
Models Temperature range Accuracy (Assumes ambient operating temperature of 23C (73F)) ST60 XB -32 to 600C (-25 to 1100F) ST80 XB / ST80 XB-IS* -32 to760C (-25 to 1400F)

Infrared Sensors

-32 to 26C (-25 to -15F): 3C (5F) -26 to -18C (-15 to 0F): 2.5C (4F) -18 to 23C (0 to 73F): 2C (3F) For targets above 23C (73F): 1% of reading or 1C (2F), whichever is greater 0.5% or 1C (2F), whichever is greater 0.5 second (95% of reading) 8-14 m Digitally adjustable emissivity (from 0.1 to 1.0 by 0.01) 0 to 50C (32 to 120F) 10-90% RH non-condensing, at <30C (86F) ambient -20 to 60C (-13 to 158F) without battery 11 oz (320 g); 8 X 6 X 2 in. (200 X 160 X 55 mm) 9V Alkaline or NiCd battery 20 hours w/laser & backlight on 50% 40 hours w/laser & backlight off Extra bright laser point 15 ft (5 m) 30:1 at focus point

Repeatability
0.9 in.@ 1.2 in.@ 2.5 in.@ 12 in. 36 in. 60 in.

Response time Spectral response Emissivity**

ST60 ProPlus Target Spot Sizes D:S = 30:1 at Focus Point

19 mm@ 18 mm@ 42 mm@ 300 mm 900 mm 1500 mm

Ambient operating temp. Relative humidity Storage temperature Weight/dimensions Power Battery life (Alkaline)

0.8 in.@ 0.7 in.@ 1.7 in.@ 12 in. 36 in. 60 in.

Laser sighting (class II) Typical distance to target Distance to spot (D:S) MIN, MAX, AVG, DIF temp display Data logging Probe jack Display hold (7 seconds) Hi/Low alarm LCD backlit Temperature display Display resolution Hard carrying case Locking trigger Tripod mounting

25 ft (8 m) 50:1 at focus point

ST80 ProPlus Target Spot Sizes D:S = 50:1 at Focus Point

12 points

C or F selectable 0.1C (0.1F)

0.25 in. (6.35 mm) 20 UNC threading

*Approved by Factory Mutual Research for use in hazardous locations. **For more information on emissivity, or for unique applications visit www.raytek.com/emissivity.htm

119

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek GP Sensor
The GP sensor is a versatile, twopiece temperature monitoring system which combines a compact, value-priced monitor with an infrared sensing head. The heart of the system is the 18 DIN GP monitor which provides advanced infrared processing capabilities including peak and valley hold, averaging and a user-adjustable offset. The rugged GPR sensor is available with standard- or close-focus optics and provides target temperature readings with one percent accuracy. Along with its large four-digit LED display, the monitor provides a userdefined 4-20mA or thermocouple output. Two adjustable set points/ deadbands control 5V alarm outputs or optional 3A mechanical relays. The GP monitor accepts universal 110-220V(ac) power and provides a 24V(dc)/50mA excitation voltage for loop power to external sensors. All monitor functions are configured via the front panel, including C/F switching. The GP monitor provides adjustable emissivity when used with the GPR infrared sensor. This high performance, eight to 14 micron infrared sensor with detachable cable combines current loop driven signals with 35:1 optics. The GP monitor also works with other Raytek infrared sensors, including the CI and MID.

Highlights Temperature range from -18 to 538C (0 to 1000F) Compact 18 DIN digital monitor with large four-digit display Monitor and sensor functions configured on front panel Signal processing capabilities typically found on much larger systems Adjustable emissivity Universal 110-220V(ac) power User-defined 4-20mA or thermocouple output (J,K,E,N,R,S,T) Adjustable dual set points and deadband alarm outputs Choice of sensing head to match application requirements

Standard- and close-focus optics available Accessories for cooling and air purging Field interchangeable sensing heads

Accessories/Options: Cooling housings for high ambient conditions Air purge fittings for sensing heads Adjustable mounting brackets and adapters External isolated solid state relays for alarm outputs (10 Amp AC) 3A mechanical output relays

120

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek GP Sensor
Measurement Specifications (Monitor with Sensing Head)
Model Temperature range Accuracy (mA output) Repeatability Response time (95 percent) Spectral response Emissivity Signal processing -18 to 538C (0 to 1000F) 1% of measured value or 1C (2F), whichever is greater, @ 23C 5C (73F 9F) 0.5% of measured value or 1C (2F), whichever is greater 700mSec 8-14 m 0.1 to 1.09 digitally adjustable increments of 0.01 Peak/valley hold (up to 998 sec, 999=infinite hold with external reset) Variable averaging filter (up to 60 seconds) T-ambient: fixed background ambient temperature compensation GPR

Sensing Head Optical Specifications

Infrared Sensors

(Note: nominal spot size based on 90 percent energy)

GPR Sensing Head Optical Charts

GPR Electrical Specifications

Outputs 4-digit, 7 segment LED display, C/F selectable. User configurable 4-20mA current or thermocouple output (J, K, E, N, R, S, T). Two adjustable set points with deadbands controlling +5V alarm outputs or optional 3A mechanical relay 110/220V(ac), 20 percent, 50-60Hz. User configurable inputs for GPR, GPM, any 0.5V or 4-20mA sensor or thermocouple (J, K, E, N, R, S, T). External reset input to reset peak/valley hold 24V(dc)/50mA excitation voltage

Dimensions
GPR Sensing Head
0.23 (6) 4.92 (125) 1.18 (30)

Power supply

1.5 1.65 (38) (42) 0.5 (13) 1.5 in. (38) 20 UN-2A

General Specifications
Environmental rating GP monitor front panel GPR sensing head Ambient temperature range GP monitor GPR sensing head with optional water cooling Storage temperature Relative humidity GP monitor dimensions GP monitor weight IP 54 (IEC 529); NEMA-12 IP 65 (IEC 529); NEMA-4* 0 to 50C (32 to 120F) 0 to 65C (32 to 150F) 0 to 177C (32 to 350F) -30 to 65C (-22 to 150F) 10 to 95% non-condensing 1.75 X 3.63 X 4.75 in. (18 DIN X 120 mm) 0.7 lbs (320 g)

in. (mm)

*GPR rated with adapter and compression fitting.

121

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek GP Monitor
The GP monitor provides a compact, easy-to-use interface and display for process instruments. This low-cost 18 DIN digital panel meter comes standard with features which are optional on other panel meters in this price range. The GP monitor accepts inputs from any 0-5V sensor, 4-20mA sensor or thermocouple type J,K,E,N,R,S,T. In addition, the monitor can be used with many Raytek noncontact, infrared temperature sensors. Along with its large four-digit LED display, the monitor provides a user-defined 4-20mA or thermocouple output. Two adjustable set points/deadbands control 5V alarm outputs or optional 3A mechanical relays. The GP monitor accepts 110-220V(ac) power and provides a 24V(dc)/50 mA excitation voltage, capable of providing loop power to external sensors. For signal processing requirements, the monitor provides peak hold, valley hold and averaging and a user adjustable offset. Best of all, there are no internal jumpers used for setup, as all monitor functions are configured via the front panel. Versatile. Compact. Value-priced. All reasons to standardize on the GP monitor for your process monitoring requirements.

Highlights Accepts any 0-5V or 4-20mA sensor input Accepts Type J, K, E, N, R, S, T thermocouple inputs Compact 18 DIN monitor Large four-digit LED display Universal 110/220V(ac) power Provides 24V(dc) / 50mA excitation voltage

User defined 4-20mA or thermocouple output (J,K,E,N,R,S,T) Adjustable dual set points and deadband controlling alarm outputs Signal processing: peak hold, valley hold, averaging User adjustable offset External reset input

122

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek GP Monitor
Measurement Specifications
Resolution and accuracy 0-5V input resolution 1 mV, accuracy @ 2 mV. 4-20mA input resolution 0.01mA, accuracy @ 0.02mA. J, K, E, N, T thermocouple input, 0.05 percent or 2C, whichever is greater. R,S thermocouple input, 0.5 percent or 3C, whichever is greater. 4-20mA output resolution 0.014mA accuracy @ 0.02mA. J, K, E, N, T thermocouple output, 0.05 percent or 2C, whichever is greater. R,S thermocouple output, 0.5 percent or 4C, whichever is greater. 0.5% of measured value 500mSec 5 seconds Peak hold, valley hold (up to 998 sec, 999=infinite hold with external reset). Variable averaging filter (up to 60 seconds)

Infrared Sensors

General Dimensions
Panel cut-out: 1.75 in. x 3.63 in. (92 mm x 44 mm)

4.13 in. (105 mm)

1.9 in. (48 mm)

Repeatability Response time (95 percent) Warmup time Signal Processing

3.78 in. (96 mm)

Accessory Solid State Relay

External isolated solid state relays for alarm outputs (10 amp AC)
1.75 in. (45 mm)

Electrical Specifications
Inputs User-configurable inputs for 0-5 V or 4-20mA or J, K, E, N, R, S thermocouple. External reset input to reset peak/valley hold circuit. 4-digit, 7 segment LED display, C/F. User-configurable 4-20mA current or thermocouple output (J, K, E, N, R, S, T). Two adjustable set points with deadbands controlling +5V alarm outputs or optional 3A mechanical relays. 24V(dc)/50mA excitation voltage for powering external sensors 110/220V(ac), 20 percent, 50-60Hz

Outputs selectable

2.25 in. (57 mm)

Power supply

General Specifications
Environmental rating Ambient temperature range Storage temperature GP monitor dimensions GP monitor weight GP front panel IP54 (IEC 529); NEMA-12 0 to 50C (32 to 120F) -30 to 65C (-22 to 150F) 1.75 X 3.63 X 4.75 in. (18 DIN X 120 mm) 0.7 lbs (320 g)

123

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek MI Temperature Measurement System
The MI product is a two-piece infrared temperature measurement system with miniature sensing head and separate electronics. The sensor is small enough to be installed just about anywhere, yet performs as well as much larger systems. The MI electronics include a host of signal processing features which you wont normally find in systems in this price range, including emissivity, peak hold, valley hold and averaging, all of which are adjustable on the five-digit LCD interface. Designed for applications where the target temperature is in the -40 to 600C (-40 to 1112F) range, the sensor is housed in a rugged stainless steel enclosure to ensure long term performance, even in harsh industrial environments with ambient temperatures up to 85C (185F) without cooling. Although the MI system is small in size, it still has the features you need, with one percent accuracy and 10:1 optics, with user selectable output signals. And the MIs response time is as fast or faster than many high-end systems. The MIs systems miniature size and low cost make it ideal for installation at multiple points along your process. Accurate. Easy to install. Affordable. With the MI system, precision infrared temperature measurement is now an economical alternative.

Highlights Small sensing head fits where other sensors cannot Ambient operating range to 85C (185F) without cooling Five-digit backlit LCD interface Adjustable emissivity, peak hold, valley hold and averaging One percent accuracy from -40 to 600C (-40 to 1112F)

10:1 optics Powered by 12-24V(dc) at 100 mA Accessories for cooling and air purging Remote electronics box User selectable output signals Optional RS232 or RS485 communication

124

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek MI Sensor
Measurement Specifications
Temperature range Accuracy -40 to 600C (-40 to 1112F); -25 to 600C for J thermocouple output 1% of reading or 1C (2F), whichever is greater @ 23C 5C (73F 9F). Thermocouple output accuracy 1% of reading or 2.5C, whichever is greater @ 23C 5C (73F 9F) 8 to 14 microns 10:1 0.5% of reading or 0.5C (1F), whichever is greater 0.15K per K or 0.15% per K, whichever is greater 0.3C (0.5F) 150ms (95%) 0.100 to 1.100 digitally adjustable increments of 0.001 0.100 to 1.100 digitally adjustable increments of 0.001 Peak hold, valley hold, variable averaging filter, adjustable up to 998 seconds
Preinstalled Cable Standard Cable Length 3 ft (1 m)

Nominal Optical Specifications

Infrared Sensors
D:S is the optical resolution expressed as a ratio of the distance to the resolution spot divided by the diameter of the spot. Optical resolution for the MID is 2:1 and 10:1. Nominal spot size based on 90 percent energy.

Spectral response Optical resolution Repeatability Temperature coefficient Temperature resolution Response time Emissivity Transmission Signal processing

General Specifications
Sensing Head
M 12x1

0.67 (17)

0.43 (11)
in. (mm)

0.2 (5)

1.1 (28)

Electronics Housing

Electrical Specifications
Outputs Cable length Output impedance (T/C output) Minimum lead impedance (mV output) Maximum loop impedance (mA output) Current draw Power supply Scalable 4-20mA, 0-20mA, 0-5V, J or K thermocouple, 10mV/C head ambient signal 3.2 ft (1 m) standard, 9.8 ft (3 m) optional 20 ohm 100K ohms 500 ohms with 24V(dc) power supply 100mA 11-26V(dc)
2.4 (60 )
3.2 ) (80

0.55 (14)

1.0 (25)

in. (mm)

Accessories/Options*
Each standard MID package includes a sensing head, one mounting nut, 3.2 ft (1 m) of cable, die-cast housing with premounted electronics, and an operators manual. Adjustable or fixed mounting bracket Air purge jacket Air cooling/purging system Longer cable: 9.8 ft (3 m)* RS232 or RS485 communication* *Must be specified at time of order 125

General Specifications
Environmental rating Ambient temperature range Sensing head With air cooling Electronics housing Storage temperature Relative humidity Construction Sensing head Electronics housing Weight Sensing head (w/1 m cable) Electronics housing NEMA-4 (IP 65) 0 to 85C (32 to 185F) -18 to 200C (0 to 392F) 0 to 65C (32 to 150) -18 to 85C (0 to 185F) 10 to 95% non-condensing Stainless steel Zinc, die-cast 1.75 oz (50 g) 9.5 oz (270 g)

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek CI Sensor
The CI sensor provides the advantages of infrared temperature measurement in a compact, low cost integrated sensor. Designed for easy integration into a standard four-wire system, the CI sensor can easily replace traditional contact probes with a Type J or Type K thermocouple output, or with a 0-5 volt output if your application is susceptible to noise or requires a longer cable run. The CI sensor is designed to measure target temperatures ranging from 0 to 500C (32 to 932F). The CIs onboard electronics are protected by a rugged IP 65 (NEMA4) stainless steel housing and the sensor can function in ambient temperatures to 70C (160F) without cooling. With water cooling, the CI sensor can withstand ambient temperatures to 260C (500F). Because the CI sensor has the same 50 ohm output impedance as a thermocouple, it functions accuratelywithout offset errors when used in conjunction with the thermocouple break protection circuitry in most controllers, displays, and transmitters. Compact. Easy to install. Affordable. The CI sensor is ideal for both OEM and end-user applications.

Highlights Type J or K, or 0-5V output Two models cover temperature ranges from 0 to 500C (32 to 932F) IP 65 (NEMA-4) stainless steel electronics housing

4:1 optics at 90 percent energy 350 mSec (95 percent) response time Powered by 12-24V(dc) at 20mA Accessories for cooling and air purging

126

Infrared Sensors
Fixed Mount
Raytek CI Sensor
Models and Temperature Ranges
Models Output CI1 Type J thermocouple CI2 Type K thermocouple CI3 10 mV/C linear voltage, scaled 0-5V (0-500C)

Infrared Sensors

Nominal Optical Specifications

Range A Range B Accuracy

0 to 350C (32 to 662F) 30 to 500C (86 to 932F) 2% or 3C (6F), whichever is greater, btw 0 to 115C (32 to 240F); 5% or 6C (10F), whichever is greater, btw 30 to 100C (86 to 212F)
D:S is the optical resolution expressed as a ratio of the distance to the resolution spot divided by the diameter of the spot. Optical resolution for the CI is 4:1. Nominal spot size based on 90 percent energy

Measurement Specifications
Spectral response System repeatability Temperature resolution Response time (95%) Emissivity 7 to 18 microns 1% of measured value or 1C (2F), whichever is greater <0.5C (1F) 350mSec Fixed at 0.95

General Dimensions
3 ft (1 m) 0.67 PVC Cable (17) 0.17 (4) 0.75 in. - 16 UNF 2A

0.56 0.75 (14) (19) 0.75 (19) 3 ft (1 m) Cable Standard Maximum Ambient Temp 105C (220F) 2.48 (63) 3.5 (89) 0.27 (7) in. (mm)

Electrical Specifications
Outputs head ambient signal Cable length Output impedance Minimum lead impedance Power supply User-selectable thermocouple output (model specific, either J or K) or voltage output 10mV/C 3 ft (0.9 m) standard, longer cables optional 50 ohm 50K ohms 12-24V(dc) (2.5% ripple) @ 20mA

General Specifications
Environmental rating Ambient temperature range Sensing head With air cooling With water cooling Storage temperature Relative humidity Shock Vibration Dimensions Weight NEMA-4 (IP 65) 0 to 70C (32 to 160F) 0 to 90C (32 to 200F) 0 to 260C (32 to 500F) -30 to 85C (-22 to 185F) 10 to 95% non-condensing IEC 68-2-27 (MIL STD 810D) 50 gs, 11 mSec, any axis IEC 68-2-27 (MIL STD 810D) 3 gs, any axis, 11-200Hz 3.4 L in. X 0.75 in. D (19 mm L X 87 mm D) 4.5 oz (130 g)

Accessories/Options* Sensing head comes with a 3 ft (0.9 m) cable, two mounting nuts, and an operators manual. GP monitor provides display, and 4-20mA output Air-/water-cooled housing* High temperature cables (standard with air-/water-cooled housing) Adjustable or fixed mounting bracket Air purge collar Longer cables 10 ft (3 m)*
*Must be specified at time of order

127

Notes

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES DX
Watlows SERIES DX DeviceNet four-channel temperature transmitter provides high accuracy and the flexibility of distributed networking in a compact, DIN-mounted package. Hundreds of temperature sensors can now be networked together on a single DeviceNet cable. This simplifies the installation process and reduces the cost of wiring labor and input hardware. The new transmitter not only saves on installation costs, but also allows all of the latest temperature sensor technologies based on the IEEE 1451.4 format to be accessible to most PLCs, networks and LabVIEW applications. The DX transmitter inputs can be used in any combination of standard or plug and play IEEE 1451.4 RTDs and thermocouples. Thermocouples: Type J, K, T, N, E, R, S, B and nonstandard RTDs: 2- or 3-wire platinum, 100, DIN (0.00385 curve) INFOSENSE-P high accuracy plug and play IEEE 1451.4 smart sensors (RTD and thermocouple) WATCOUPLE thermocouple long-life, high accuracy, high temperature plug and play IEEE 1451.4 smart nonstandard thermocouples

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners

Features and Benefits Easy installation, use and maintenance Network and rotary switch configurable Bright, legible status LEDs for channel and network status Automatic DIN-rail grounding Writable front cover for easy identification Hot-swappable without having to remove adjoining transmitters No need to install separate power supply Lower cost installation (significantly lower cost per channel in multi-channel installation) Powered from DeviceNet network (11 to 25V(dc), class 2); no additional cost for additional power supplies and additional cabinet space

Low power consumption; allows up to 252 sensors to be installed via 63 cascaded transmitters on one DeviceNet network run Small size enables use of smaller enclosures and lowers the enclosure cost per channel (four sensor inputs in 0.90 in. (22.5 mm) wide package) Very high accuracy 0.5C (0.9F) cold junction compensation accuracy for thermocouples over range of -40 to 70C (-40 to 158F) 0.5C (0.9F) transmitter accuracy with thermocouple 0.25C (0.5F) transmitter accuracy with RTD

Available Options M12 sealed-style metal circular male micro DeviceNet connector Open-style stripped five-wire DeviceNet connector Backplane cascade connection

DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association. LabVIEW is a trademark of National Instruments Corporation.

129

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES DX
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below: DX4000 __
Connector
B = Backplane connector only M = M12 sealed style metal circular male micro DeviceNet connector and backplane connector S = Open style stripped five-wire DeviceNet connector and a backplane connector Printed manual CD manual and EDS file 22308101 22307601

Dimensions
Optional Connectors

Channel 1

Backplane Connector

1.79 in. (45 mm) 4.48 in. (114 mm) 0.71 in. (18 mm)

1.57 in. (40 mm)

4 4.22 in. (107 mm)

0.90 in. (23 mm) 1.15 in. (29 mm)

TERMINAL T/C

RTD

IEEE 1451.4

4.48 in. (114 mm)

R + D
TEDS

DeviceNet Connector Options

Open Style Connector (Option S) M12 Male Micro Style (Option M)

2 4 1 5 3 5 VCan-L Drain Can-H V+

3 4

2 1

Channel Connector Removable for Easy Wiring

130

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES 5750
Watlows SERIES 5750 temperature transmitters offer remarkably accurate temperature measurement and improved reliability which reduces downtime and costs. The 5750 SERIES two-wire signal conditioner is constructed using surface mount technology and utilizes digital technology with nonvolatile memory. It is designed to fit directly into universal aluminum or universal iron connection heads with a separate mounting kit. The transmitter is programmed via a separate connection cable along with an easy-to-use Windows-based software program. There is no need to use a separate thermocouple/RTD calibrator; nor are individual resistors required. The SERIES 5750 provides linearization between temperature sensor input signal and the 4-20 mA output signal, ensuring accurate temperature measurements over a wider range. Contact our customer service department to integrate this transmitter into a Watlow Style AR or AT thermocouple sensor or a Watlow Style RR or RT RTD sensor. User selectable input types Thermocouple calibration Types B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T; RTD Pt100, DIN or JIS CE marked Compliant to electromagnet interference NAMUR compliant Increased safety No external power supply needed for ranging Ease of use Response time appr.: 0.5 seconds RFI sensitive: 20 - 1000 MHZ, 10V/m typical <0.1 percent (of end value) Permissible ripple of supply: 4V p-p Long term stability: 0.2 percent per year Calibration inaccuracy, thermocouples: max of 20 volts or 0.01 percent Temperature effect: cold junction compensation 0.5C Housing: PC, ABS/VO connection polyamid / V2 Mounting: DIN B or DIN-rail with Part #30413301 Non-Isolated

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners

Features and Benefits Full temperature to thermocouple signal linearization over the complete operation temperature span Ensures signal accuracy Programmable Ensures greater convenience for future changes and inventory efficiency

Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.

Specifications Operating voltage: 8 to 36 volts (the SERIES 5750 is protected against voltage surges and reverse polarity) Sensor burn out protection: A pulsed current is continuously checking all sensor leads for disconnect. The output will go upscale or downscale. Minimum input signal: RTDs: 10C, thermocouples: 2mV Operating temperature: -40 to +85C

131

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES 5750
Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

RTD
1-4. SERIES 5750 = Linearized T/C or RTD 5. Sensor Type Standard plugs and jacks 200C (400F) B = Type B T/C N = Type N T/C C = Type C T/C R = Type R T/C E = Type E T/C S = Type S T/C J = Type J T/C T = Type T T/C K = Type K T/C O = 3-wire RTD 100 6. Low Temperature Sign (Enter + or - sign) 7-9. Low Temperature 10. High Temperature Sign (Enter + or - sign)
(Used for field ranging only)

1 2 3 4 5

RLoad
8.0 - 36V(dc) PC

8.0 - 36V(dc) PC

Wiring Diagram
Smart Sense Smart Sense

1 2 3 4 5 * +
T/C

* Smart Sense-wire

6
1 2 3 4 5

RLoad

7
T/C

11-14. High Temperature 15. Unit of Measure (C/F) Program cable and software part number 5750-CABLE (Required for optional future changes)

Standard Dimensions
1.73 in. (44 mm)

1.02 in. 0.63 in. (26 mm) (16 mm) 0.3 in. (7 mm)

6 7
(Used for field ranging only)

1.3 in. (33 mm)

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 *

Pt100, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni1000 4-sensor wires

Pt100, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni1000 3-sensor wires

Pt100 "Smart Sense" 3-sensor wires

* Smart Sense-wire

132

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES 5900
Watlows SERIES 5900 temperature transmitters offer remarkably accurate temperature measurement and improved reliability which reduces downtime and costs. The 5900 SERIES two-wire signal conditioner is constructed using surface mount technology and utilizes digital technology with nonvolatile memory. It is designed to fit directly into universal aluminum or universal iron connection heads with a separate mounting kit. The transmitter is programmed via a separate connection cable along with an easy-to-use Windows-based software program. There is no need to use a separate thermocouple/RTD calibrator; nor are individual resistors required. The SERIES 5900 is isolated to 1500V~(ac) and features full linearization between temperature sensor input signal and the 4-20 mA output signal. Isolated transmitters provide isolation from input to output thus eliminating ground loops and other related problems to signal integrity. Additional options include insulation resistance monitoring between sensor and ground to prevent inaccurate measurements due to insulation breakdown. Contact our customer service department to integrate this transmitter into a Watlow Style AR or AT thermocouple sensor or a Watlow Style RR or RT RTD sensor. Fits directly into connection head Easy to install Programmable Insures greater convenience for future changes and inventory efficiency User selectable input types Thermocouple calibration Types B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T; RTD Pt100 and Pt1000 including fourwire Optional insulation resistance monitoring Prevents inaccurate measurements due to insulation breakdown CE marked Compliant to electromagnet interference Sensor burn out protection: A pulsed current is continuously checking all sensor leads for disconnect. The output will go upscale or downscale. Minimum input signal: RTDs: 10C, thermocouples: 2mV Operating temperature: -40 to 85C Response time appr.: 0.5 seconds RFI sensitive: 20 - 1000 MHZ, 10V/m typical <0.1 percent (of end value) Permissible ripple of supply: 4V p-p Long term stability: 0.1 percent per year Calibration inaccuracy, thermocouples: max of 20 volts or 0.01 percent Temperature effect: cold junction compensation 0.02 percent C/C Housing: PC, ABS/VO connection polyamid / V2 Mounting: DIN B 133

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners

Features and Benefits Full temperature to thermocouple signal linearization over the complete operation temperature span Ensures signal accuracy Full isolation from input to output Eliminates ground loops for high data integrity

Specifications Isolation: 1500V(ac) for one minute Operating voltage: 6.5 to 36 volts (the 5900 is protected against voltage surges and reverse polarity)

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners
SERIES 5900
Input 1 2 3 4
1-4. SERIES 5900 = Linearized T/C or RTD 5901 = 1000 RTD 5902 = Isolated, linearized with insulation resistance monitoring 5. Sensor Type Standard plugs and jacks 200C (400F) B = Type B T/C R = Type R T/C C = Type C T/C S = Type S T/C E = Type E T/C T = Type T T/C J = Type J T/C O = 3-wire RTD K = Type K T/C 1 = 2-wire RTD N = Type N T/C 2 = 4-wire RTD

Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

RLoad
6.5 - 36V(dc) PC

Standard Dimensions
1.73 in. (44 mm)

0.3 in. (7 mm)

Wiring Diagram
Smart Sense Smart Sense

1 2 3 4 * +
T/C

* Smart Sense-wire

6
1.3 in. (33 mm)

5
1.02 in. 0.63 in. (26 mm) (16 mm)

6. Low Temperature Sign (Enter + or - sign) 7-9. Low Temperature 10. High Temperature Sign (Enter + or - sign) 11-14. High Temperature 15. Unit of Measure (C/F) Program cable and software part number 5900-CABLE

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 *
T2

1 2 3 4
T1
Pt100 Diff temperature

Pt100, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni1000 4-sensor wires

Pt100, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni1000 3-sensor wires

Pt100 "Smart Sense" 3-sensor wires

* Smart Sense-wire

T1

>

T2

134

Transmitters/ Signal Conditioners

System Components
Typical Wiring Diagrams for Two-Wire Signal Conditioners
Controller or PLC with 4-20mA Input
Transmitter

+ Input

4-20mA

4-20mA Input

+ DC Power Supply

Contoller or PLC

Transmitters/Signal Conditioners

Controller or PLC with Intergal Power Supply

Transmitter

+ Input 4-20mA

+ + -

4-20mA Input DC Output

Controller or PLC

Controller or PLC with 1 to 5 Volt Input

Transmitter 4-20mA

+ Input

250 Load

+ DC Power Supply

1 to 5 Volt Input

Controller or PLC

Transmitter and Connection Head Mounting Options

Connection Heads Cast Aluminum Mount with kit 81501901 Mount with kit 81501901 Cast Iron Does not fit Does not fit Explosion XP SERIES Mount with kit 81501301 Mount with kit 81501301 Poly Heads Pt SERIES Mount with kit 81501201 Mount with kit 81501201

Signal Conditioner Model and Description 5750, Non-isolated, Non-linearized 5900, 5901 and 5902, Isolated, Linearized

135

Notes

Accessories
Accessory Overview
Watlow offers a full line of thermowells and protecting tubes to meet varying requirements. While both types are designed to protect your sensor in an application, the two are different in terms of their construction and capabilities.

Thermowells Manufactured from drilled bar stock, Watlow thermowells provide a pressure-tight connection at the point of installation. With thick walls, thermowells are sturdy enough to handle high pressure, high velocity and corrosive environments. They are frequently used in petrochemical and power plant applications. Highly critical or demanding applications may require thermowells not only for protection of the temperature sensor, but also to withstand high pressure or erosion or both, caused by material flows through vessels. Watlow offers numerous standard thermowell constructions, and special configurations can be designed on request. Protecting Tubes Both ceramic and metal (pipe type) protecting tubes serve the purpose of protecting the temperature sensor from harsh environments. Unlike thermowells, they are not primarily designed for pressure tight applications. Protection tubes are often used in heat treatment furnaces, ovens, open containers, flues and ducts. Protecting tube construction styles are more limited than thermowells. The tubes offer the advantages of economy, corrosion resistance and, in some cases, higher temperature capabilities.

Accessories

For more information on Watlows protecting tubes see page 149.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 137

Accessories
Thermowells
Watlow designs and manufactures all types of thermowells. The thermowell designs shown in this catalog section are representative of the types of basic styles in popular usage throughout the industry. Special designs as well as modifications of our standard offerings are also available. Drilled from solid bar stock, the thermowell protects the temperature sensor from corrosion, high pressure and high velocity environments. The bar stock used (when available) to manufacture thermowells Protection against corrosion Round bar with wrench flats is substituted when hex not available Plug and chain available for an additional charge Specify brass or stainless steel

Features and Benefits Numerous standard thermowell constructions available Special configurations can be designed on request

Applications Petrochemical Chemical Oil refineries Power plants Storage tanks and lines

Manufacturing Standards Bar Stock Process Connection Mill Standards (0.010 inch approximately) Threaded: Inspected with Standard Ring Gauge Flanged: Front J groove welds are 14 inch wide by 14 inch deep. Welds are machined, leaving 18 inch radius. Rear welds are 18 inch wide by 18 inch deep V. Welds are machined, leaving 14 inch radius. Full penetration welds are available upon request. Must be specified. Straight: 0.015 inch Tapered: 0.015 inch (Minor dimension) 18 inch 18 inch
1 4 inch 116 inch 63 RMS

Stem O.D. U Dimension Overall Dimension End Thickness Finish Bore Tapered Wells

+0.005 inch -0.003 inch The maximum taper on all thermowells is 16 inches +0.5 - 1.0.

These specifications listed are for standard thermowells, or for thermowells manufactured where no other specifications prevail.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 138

Accessories
Thermowells
Thermowell Material Selection Guide
Heat treating Annealing Up to 704C (1300F) Over 704C (1300F) Carburizing hardening Up to 816C (1500F) 816 to 1093C (1500 to 2000F) Over 1093C (2000F) Nitriding salt baths Cyanide Neutral High speed Iron and steel Blast furnaces Downcomer Stove dome Hot blast main Stove trunk Stove outlet flue Open hearth Flues and stack Checkers Waste heat boiler Billet heating slab heating and butt welding Up to 1093C (2000F) Over 1093C (2000F) Bright annealing batch Top work temperature Bottom work temperature Continuous furnace section Forging Soaking pits Up to 1093C (2000F) Over 1093C (2000F) Nonferrous metals Aluminum Melting Heat treating Brass or bronze Lead Magnesium Tin Zinc Pickling tanks * Due to susceptibility to cracking, sudden thermal shocks should be avoided. Inconel and Monel are registered trademarks of the Special Metals Corporation. Hexoloy is a registered trademark of Carborundum Company. Hastelloy C is a registered trademark of Haynes International. Cement Exit flues Kilns, heating zone Ceramic Kilns Dryers Vitreous enameling Barium chloride, all concentration, 21C (70F) Ceramic* and silicon carbide* Silicon carbide, black steel Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Monel, Hastelloy C Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Inconel 600 Hexoloy Black steel Not required (use dip-type thermocouple) Type 446 SS, black steel Black steel, cast iron Extra heavy carbon steel Extra heavy carbon steel Chemical lead Black steel Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Black steel, Type 446 SS Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Ceramic* Type 446 SS Nickel (CP) Type 446 SS Ceramic* Application Protecting Tube Material

Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Silicon carbide Inconel 600 Inconel 600 Black steel Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Inconel 600, Cermets Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Silicon ceramic carbide* Not required (use bare Type J thermocouple) Type 446 SS Inconel 600, ceramic* Silicon carbide, ceramic* Inconel 600 Silicon ceramic carbide*

Accessories

CONTINUED

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 139

Accessories
Thermowells
Thermowell Material Selection Guide Continued
Application Barium hydroxide, all concentration, 21C (70F) Barium sulphite Brines Bromine Butadiene Butane Butylacetate Butyl alcohol Calcium chlorate, dilute, 21 to 66C (70 to 150F) Calcium hydroxide 10 to 20%, 100C (212F) 50%, 100C (212F) Carbolic acid, all, 100C (212F) Carbon dioxide, wet or dry Chlorine gas Dry, 21C (70F) Moist, -7 to 100C (20 to 212F ) Chromic acid, 10 to 50% 100C (212F) Citric acid 15%, 21C (70F) 15%, 100C (212F) Concentrated, 100C (212F) Copper nitrate Copper sulphate Cresols Cyanogen gas Dow therm Ether Ethyl acetate Ethyl chloride, 21C (70F) Ethyl sulphate, 21C (70F) Ferric chloride, 5%, 21C (70F)to boiling Ferric sulphate, 5%, 21C (70F) Ferrous sulphate, dilute, 21C (70F) Formaldehyde Formic acid, 5%, 21 to 66C (70 to 150F ) Freon Gallic acid, 5%, 21 to 66C (70 to 150F ) Gasoline, 21C (70F) Glucose, 21C (70F) Glycerine, 21C (70F) Glycerol Hydrobromic acid, 98%, 100C (212F) Hydrochloric acid 1%, 5% 21C (70F) 1%, 5% 100C (212F) 25%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Hydrofluoric acid, 60%, 100C (212F) Hydrogen peroxide, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Hydrogen sulphide, wet and dry Protecting Tube Material Low carbon steels Nichrome , Hastelloy C Monel Tantalum, Monel Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Monel Type 304 SS Type 304 SS

Type 304 SS, Hastelloy C Type 316 SS, Hastelloy C Type 316 SS 2017-T4 aluminum, Monel, nickel Type 316 SS, Monel Hastelloy C Type 316 SS, Hastelloy C (all concentrations) Type 304 SS, Hastelloy C (all concentrations) Type 316 SS, Hastelloy C (all concentrations) Type 316 SS, Hastelloy C (all concentrations) Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Low carbon steels Type 304 SS Monel, Type 304 SS Type 304 SS, low carbon steel Monel Tantalum, Hastelloy C Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 316 SS Monel Monel Type 304 SS, low carbon steel Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Hastelloy B Hastelloy C Hastelloy B Hastelloy B Hastelloy C, Monel Types 316 SS, 304 SS Type 316 SS

Nichrome is a registered trademark of the Driver-Harris Co. Dow therm is a registered trademark of the Dow Chemical Corporation. * Due to susceptibility to cracking, sudden thermal shocks should be avoided.

CONTINUED

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 140

Accessories
Thermowells
Thermowell Material Selection Guide Continued
Glass Fore hearths and feeders Lehrs Tanks Roof and wall Flues and checkers Paper Digesters Petroleum Dewaxing Towers Transfer lines Factioning column Bridgewall Power Coal-air mixtures Flue gases Preheaters Steel lines Water lines Boiler tubes Gas producers Producer gas Water gas Carburetor Superheater Tar stills Incinerators Up to 1093C (2000F) Over 1093C (2000F) Food Baking ovens Charretort, sugar Vegetables and fruit Chemical Acetic acid 10 to 50%, 21C (70F) 50%, 100C (212F) 99%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Alcohol, ethyl, methyl 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Ammonia All concentration 21C (70F) Ammonium chloride All concentration 100C (212F) Ammonium nitrate All concentration 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Ammonium sulphate, 10% to saturated 100C (212F) Type 304, Hastelloy C, Monel Type 316, Hastelloy C, Monel Type 430, Hastelloy C, Monel Type 304 Types 304, 316 SS Types 316 SS, Monel Type 316 SS Type 316 SS Black steel Black steel Type 304 SS Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Ceramic (primary) Hexoloy (secondary)* Type 446 SS Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Low carbon steels 304 SS Black steel, Type 446 SS Black steel, Type 446 SS Types 347 or 316 SS Low carbon steels Types 304, 309, or 310 SS Types 304, 310, 316, 321, 347 SS, carbon steel Types 304, 310, 316, 321, 347 SS, carbon steel Types 304, 310, 316, 321, 347 SS, carbon steel Types 304, 310, 316, 321, 347 SS, carbon steel Types 304, 310, 316, 321, 347 SS, carbon steel Type 316 SS, Type 446 SS Platinum thimble Black steel Ceramic* Inconel 600, Type 446 SS Application Protecting Tube Material

Accessories

* Due to susceptibility to cracking, sudden thermal shocks should be avoided.

CONTINUED

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 141

Accessories
Thermowells
Thermowell Material Selection Guide Continued
Application Iodine, 21C (70F) Lactic acid 5%, 21C (70F) 5%, 66C (150F) 10%, 100C (212F) Magnesium chloride 5%, 21C (70F) 5%, 100C (212F) Magnesium sulphate, hot and cold Muriatic acid, 21C (70F) Naptha, 21C (70F) Natural gas, 21C (70F) Nickel chloride, 21C (70F) Nickel sulphate, hot and cold Nitric acid 5%, 21C (70F) 20%, 21C (70F) 50%, 21C (70F) 50%, 100C (212F) 65%, 100C (212F) Concentrated, 21C (70F) Concentrated, 100C (212F) Nitrobenzene, 21C (70F) Oleic acid, 21C (70F) Oleum, 21C (70F) Oxalic acid 5% hot and cold 10%, 100C (212F) Oxygen 21C (70F) Liquid Elevated temperatures Palmitic acid Pentane Phenol Phosphoric acid 1%, 5%, 21C (70F) 10%, 21C (70F) 10%, 100C (212F) 30%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) 85%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Picric acid, 21C (70F) Potassium bromide, 21C (70F) Potassium carbonate, 1%, 21C (70F) Potassium chlorate, 21C (70F) Potassium hydroxide 5%, 21C (70F) 25%, 100C (212F) 60%, 100C (212F) Potassium nitrate 5%, 21C (70F) 5%, 100C (212F) Protecting Tube Material Tantalum Type 304 SS, 316 SS Type 316 SS Tantalum Monel, nickel Nickel Monel Tantalum Type 304 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS, 317 SS Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Tantalum Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Type 316 SS Type 304 SS Monel Steel SS SS Type 316 SS Type 340 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Hastelloy C Hastelloy B Hastelloy B Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Type 304 SS Type 304 SS

* Due to susceptibility to cracking, sudden thermal shocks should be avoided.

CONTINUED

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 142

Accessories
Thermowells
Thermowell Material Selection Guide Continued
Application Potassium permanganate, 5%, 21C (70F) Potassium sulphate, 5%, 21C (70F) Potassium sulphide, 21C (70F) Propane Pyrogallic acid Quinine bisulphate, dry Quinine sulphate, dry Seawater Salicylic acid Sodium bicarbonate All concentration, 21C (70F) 5%, 66C (150F) Sodium carbonate, 5%, 21 to 66C (70 to 150F) Sodium chloride 5%, 21 to 66C (70 to 150F) Saturated, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) Sodium fluoride, 5%, 21C (70F) Sodium hydroxide Sodium hypochlorite, 5% still Sodium nitrate, fused Sodium peroxide Sodium sulphate, 21C (70F) Sodium sulphide, 21C (70F) Sodium sulphite, 30%, 66C (150F) Sulphur dioxide Moist gas, 21C (70F) Gas, 302C (575F ) Sulphur Dry molten Wet Sulphuric acid 5%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) 10%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) 50%, 21 to 100C (70 to 212F) 90%, 21C (70F) 90%, 100C (212F) Tannic acid 21C (70F) Tartaric acid 21C (70F) 66C (150F) Toluene Turpentine Whiskey and wine Xylene Zinc chloride Zinc sulphate 5%, 21C (70F) Saturated, 21C (70F) 25%, 100C (212F) Protecting Tube Material Type 304 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 304 SS, low carbon steel Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Type 304 SS Monel or Hastelloy C Nickel Type 304 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 316 SS Type 316 SS, Monel Monel Types 304 SS, 316 SS, Hastelloy C Type 316 SS, Hastelloy C Type 316 SS Type 304 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 316 SS Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 304 SS Type 316 SS Hastelloy B, 316 SS Hastelloy B Hastelloy B Hastelloy B Hastelloy D Type 304 SS, Hastelloy B Type 304 SS Type 316 SS 2017-T4 aluminum, low carbon steel Types 304 SS, 316 SS Type 304 SS, nickel Copper Monel Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS Types 304 SS, 316 SS

Accessories

Reference charts and tables on pages 139 to 143 courtesy of the American Society for Testing and Materials. Taken from publication MNL 12, Manual on the Use of Thermocouples in Temperature Measurement.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 143

Accessories
Thermowells
Threaded TypeStraight
0.5 in. NPT (12.7 mm)

Rapid Ship Sensors

Rapid Ship straight thermowells come in four lengths in 316 SS with a 34 inch NPT process connection, a 34 inch lag length and a 0.260 bore diameter with a 12 inch NPT connection. U Length in. (mm) 2.5 4.5 7.5 10.5 64 114 191 267 Part Number TTS024CD00006A0 TTS044CD00006A0 TTS074CD00006A0 TTS104CD00006A0

T 1 in. (25 mm) P

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

T T S
2. Thermowell Style T = Threaded

U M

3. Stem Configuration S = Straight 4-5. U Dimension (inches) Whole inches: 00 to 99 6. U Dimension (fractional inch) 0 = 0 4 = 12 1 1 = 8 5 = 58 2 = 14 6 = 34 3 = 38 7 = 78 7. Thermowell Material A = 304 SS C = 316 SS H = Monel M = Hastelloy C-276 X = Other 8. Process Connection Size P (inch) D = 34 NPT E = 1 NPT X = Other 9. Flange Rating 0 = No flange 10. Flange Face Type 0 = No flange 11. Flange Material 0 = No flange 12. Lag T (inches) Whole inches: 0 to 9 13. Lag T (fractional inch) 0 = 0 4 = 12 1 1 = 8 5 = 58 2 = 14 6 = 34 Industry Standard 3 = 38 7 = 78 14. Bore Diameter M (inch) A = 0.260 B = 0.385 X = Other

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) A

Standard Bore Size: 0.260 inch Standard Materials: 304 SS, 316 SS, Monel, Hastelloy C Typical Dimensions
Process Conn. NPT P in.
3

A in.
49 49

R in.
49 49

T in.
3 3

1 4

64 64

64 64

4 4

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 144

15. Special Options 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

Accessories
Thermowells
Threaded TypeTapered
Rapid Ship Sensors
Rapid Ship tapered thermowells come in four lengths in 316 SS with a 34 inch NPT process connection, a 34 inch lag length and a 0.260 bore diameter with a 12 inch NPT connection. U Length in. (mm)
0.5 in. NPT (12.7 mm)

Part Number TTT024CD00006A0 TTT044CD00006A0 TTT074CD00006A0 TTT104CD00006A0

2.5 4.5 7.5 10.5

64 114 191 267

T 1 in. (25 mm) P

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

T T T
R

2. Thermowell Style T = Threaded

M U

3. Stem Configuration T = Standard taper 4-5. U Dimension (inches) Whole inches: 00 to 99 6. U Dimension (fractional inch) 0 = 0 4 = 12 1 = 18 5 = 58 1 2 = 4 6 = 34 3 = 38 7 = 78 7. Thermowell Material A = 304 SS C = 316 SS H = Monel M = Hastelloy C-276 X = Other 8. Process Connection Size P (inch) D = 34 NPT E = 1 NPT X = Other T in. 4 4 3 4 3 4
3 3

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) A

Accessories

Standard Bore Size: 0.260 inch Standard Materials: 304 SS, 316 SS, Monel, Hastelloy C Typical Dimensions
Process Conn. NPT P in. 1 4 1 3 4
3

A in.
49 49

M in.

R in.

9. Flange Rating 0 = No flange 10. Flange Face Type 0 = No flange 11. Flange Material 0 = No flange 12. Lag T (inches) Whole inches: 0 to 9 13. Lag T (fractional inch) 0 = 0 4 = 12 1 = 18 5 = 58 1 2 = 4 6 = 34 Industry Standard 7 = 78 3 = 38 14. Bore Diameter M (inch) A = 0.260 B = 0.385 X = Other

64 64 5 8 5 8

0.385 1 116 0.385 78 0.260 1 116 0.260 78

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities.

15. Special Options 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

145

Accessories
Thermowells
Other Available Thermowells
Consult factory for availability and pricing.

Van Stone Type (TVS)

B C 0.5 in. NPT (12.7 mm)

Welded Flange Well (TFS, TFT)

0.5 in. NPT (12.7 mm) 0.125 in. (28.6 mm) T

Socket Weld Type (TST)

O 0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

T 0.375 in. (9.5 mm) R

M U

M U U R

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) A A 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) A

Weld-In Type (TWT)

O 0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

Bimetallic Thermometer WellsThreaded Type (TBD)

0.5 in. NPT (12.7 mm)
T

Bimetallic Thermometer WellFlanged Type (TFD)

0.5 in. NPT (12.7 mm)

1 in. (25 mm)

Q
Q

M U U M 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) A 2.5 in. (63.5 mm)
2.5 in. (63.5 mm) U M

0.25 in. (6.4 mm)

0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

0.5 in. (12.7 mm)

146

Accessories
Thermowells
Pipe Type
Pipe Size NPT

Custom Ordering InformationItems in Bolded Green Type are preferred with shorter lead times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

P
2. Pipe Size (inch) C = 12 E=1 D = 34 3. Pipe Type S N = Schedule 40 4-5. U Dimension (inches) Whole inches: 00 to 99
P

6. U Dimension (fractional inch) 4 = 12 6 = 34 0 = 0 2 = 14 1 3 5 1 = 8 3 = 8 5 = 8 7 = 78 7. Pipe Material A = 304 SS K = 446 SS C = 316 SS W = Alloy 601

8. Process Connection Size P (inch) * Nonflanged or with Mounting Bushing D = 34 NPT E = 1 NPT F = 1 14 NPT 0 = No bushing or flange 9. Flange Rating (lbs) 0 = No flange A = 150 B = 300 C = 600 10. Flange Face Type 0 = No flange 1 = Raised face 2 = Flat face

Pipe Size

Flanged: Flange Size 1 = 34 2 = 1 3 = 1 12 4 = 2 5 = 3

Accessories

Standard Materials: 304 SS and 316 SS, 446 SS and Alloy 601 Note: When no bushing or flange is required, U becomes the overall length. Standard T Dimension: 3 inches

11. Flange or Bushing Alloy 0 = No flange or bushing K = 446 SS A = 304 SS W = Alloy 601 C = 316 SS G = Carbon steel 12. Lag T (inches) Whole inches: 0 to 9 13. Lag T (fractional inch) 0 = 0 4 = 12 1 1 = 8 5 = 58 2 = 14 6 = 34 3 = 38 7 = 78 14. Bore Diameter M (inch) J = Per pipe size 15. Special Options 0 = None X = Special requirements, consult factory

*Must be at least one size larger than pipe size.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities.

147

Accessories
Thermowells
Pipe Type
Continued Dimensions of Welded and Seamless Pipe
Nominal Pipe Size 1 18 1 14 1 38 1 12 1 34 1 1 14 1 12 2 2 12 3 3 12 4 O.D. 0.405 0.540 0.675 0.840 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.50 4.00 4.50 SCH 40 0.068 0.088 0.091 0.109 0.113 0.133 0.140 0.145 0.154 0.203 0.216 0.226 0.237 Nominal Wall Thickness SCH 80 0.095 0.119 0.126 0.147 0.154 0.179 0.191 0.200 0.218 0.276 0.300 0.318 0.337 SCH 160 0.187 0.218 0.250 0.250 0.281 0.344 0.375 0.438 0.531

Options

Tantalum Oversheaths for Thermowells Tantalum oversheaths provide protection to thermowells with unequaled efficiency. In applications of corrosive processes such as chlorine, bromine, hydrochloric, nitric and sulphuric acids, oversheaths withstand product contamination without measurable deterioration. Tantalum oversheaths are designed with thin walls. This has the advantages of economy and efficiency. Tantalums high thermal conductivity and thin-wall design make rapid heat transfer possible, and its low fouling factor extends the operational life of

the oversheath and the thermowell. Since corrosion and metal loss are not problems with the use of tantalum, it is best suited for thermowells immersed directly into the corrosive process. Standard oversheaths are designed for thermowell sizes of 12, 34, 78 and 1 inch stem O.D.s up to 60 inches in length; and for 1, 1 12, 2, 3 and 4 inch flanges. Standard oversheaths are constructed with 0.013 inch thin-wall welded and redrawn tubing with a 0.013 inch tantalum formed cup at the bottom of the well (0.015 inch is also available.) Note: To ensure proper fit, please order with thermowell. thermowell life, better thermowell performance, and both hardness and strength. We offer coatings of Stellite No. 1, Stellite No. 6, chromium carbide, Teflon, Kynar, glass and ceramic.

Coated Thermowells Coated thermowells are recommended in applications of severe abrasion, corrosion, impact, high temperature and oxidation. The purpose of coated thermowells is to achieve longer

Stellite is a registered trademark of Cabot Corporation. Teflon is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company. Kynar is a registered trademark of Pennwalt Corporation.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 148

Accessories
Protection Tubes and Assemblies
Protecting Tube Application Data
Max. Use Air 1650C (3000F) Flexural Thermal Strength Conduct. (X103 psi) W/m.K 1475K 67 54.0 Thermal Shock Resistance Excellent Typical Applications Incineration, molten aluminum and non-ferrous metals, flue gas, hydrofluoric and sulfuric acids, bauxite calcining Non-ferrous metals

Material

Grade

Remarks Maintains strength to 1650C (3002F), exceptional corrosion resistance, does not creep, attacked by halides, fused caustics and ferrous metals Permeable

Hexoloy SA Sintered

See page 154

Silicon Carbide
See page 151

Oxide Bonded 99.9%

1650C (3000F) 1900C (3450F) 50

15-20

Good

Alumina

6.3

Fair-preheating to 482C (900F) recommended

Creeps (sags) at 1900C (3452F) ferrous metals, dry H2

Barium, crown glass; non-ferrous metals; gas-tight protection for noble metal thermocouples in excess of 1316C (2400F)

96%
See page 150

1700C (3100F) 1700C (3100F)

49 12

5.4 2.1

Same as above Poormust be preheated to 482C (900F)

Creeps at 1900C (3452F) Creeps at 1700C (3092F), attacked by halides contains silica Non-ferrous metals; gas-tight protection for base metal thermocouples to 1316C (2400F) Molten non-ferrous metals; calcining kilns, oxidizing atmospheres up to 1400C (2552F)

Mullite

Accessories

See page 150

Metal Ceramic

LT-1

1400C (2500F)

45

29.0 (R.T.)

See page 151

Must be preheated to 482C (900F) before immersion into molten metal at 1093C (1999F) or higher Excellent

Not recommended in carburizing, nitrogen atmospheres, high vacuum or in molten aluminum

Coated Protection Tubes (1100 SERIES)

See page 152

760C (1400F)

Do not exceed 760C (1400F)

Molten aluminum, zinc and galvanizing; maximum operating temperature 745C (1373F)

* Hot face temperature * Note: Other mounting fittings available; please consult factory.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 149

Accessories
Protection Tubes and Assemblies
Ceramic Protecting Tubes
Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1152-12 1152-N-12 1153-191-24
L Mullite or Alumina Protecting Tube, Plain End

L Mullite or Alumina Protecting Tube with TH-43 or TH-50 Ferrule

1/2 in. NPT (12.7 mm)

3 4

/ in. NPT (19 mm)

L 1 3/4 in. (12.7 mm) Mullite or Alumina Protecting Tube with TH-190 or TH-191 Fitting (34 inch of Tube Enters Fitting)

Mullite Protecting Tubes*

Code No. 11521153115411551152-N1153-N1153-1901153-191I.D. X O.D. in. 4 x 38 16 x 1116 3 4 x 1 1 x 1 14 1 4 x 38 7 16 x 1116 7 16 x 1116
1 7

Construction

Length in.

Plain end With TH-50 ferrule 8 - 27 threads With TH-43 ferrule 78 - 27 threads With TH-190 12 x 34 brass With TH-191 12 x 34 steel
7

12,18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60

Alumina (99% Minimum Purity) Protecting Tubes

Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1146-18 1146-N-36 1147-190-30

Code No.

I.D. X O.D. in.

Construction

Length in.

1 1146 4 x 38 Plain end 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 7 1147 16 x 1116 Plain end 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60 3 1148 4 x 1 Plain end 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 1149 1 x 1 14 Plain end 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72 1 1146-N 4 x 38 TH-50 ferrule 78-27 threads 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 7 16 x 1116 TH-43 ferrule 78-27 threads 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60 1147-N 7 16 x 1116 With TH-190 12" x 34" brass 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60 1147-190 7 1147-191 16 x 1116 With TH-191 12" x 34" steel 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60 Dimension Tolerance: Up to one inch, 5 percent or 0.025 inch, whichever is greater; over one inch, 4 percent or 0.050 inch, whichever is greater.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 150

Accessories
Protection Tubes and Assemblies
Silicon Carbide and Cast Iron Protecting Tubes
Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1080-18
Silicon Carbide Protecting or Target Tube

Silicon Carbide Protecting TubesOxide Bonded

Code No. 1080 1081 I.D. X O.D. in. 1 x 1 34 1 x 1 34 Construction Plain end Collar, 3 inch dia.* Length in. 12 , 18, 24, 30, 36 Weight per in. 0.15 lbs 0.17 lbs

*Back edge of flange rounded.

Special Application Protecting Tubes

Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1161-36

Metal-Ceramic Protecting Tube

O.D. 7/8 in. (22.2 mm) I.D. 5/8 in. (15.9 mm)

5 8 in.

(15.9 mm)

Watlows SERV-RITE metal-ceramic protecting tube is composed of metallic chromium and aluminum oxide. The metal imparts shock resistance and high thermal conductivity for fast, precise readings; the stable ceramic resists deformation, corrosive attack, abrasion and oxidizing atmospheres over 1205C (2200F).

Thermocouples can be installed directly, eliminating the expense of multi-tube assemblies. Metalceramics resist surface deformation below the maximum recommended operating temperature of 1355C (2500F). They are useful in calcining kilns, for preheat temperature control of open hearth furnaces, for continuous immersion in molten brass, bronze, copper, zinc and lead and in sulphurous gases. In use, excess thermal or mechanical shock should be avoided. Though superior to ceramics, metal-ceramic tubes are not as shock resistant as metal alloys, and may require preheating for certain applications. Note: Not recommended in molten aluminum.
Length in.

Accessories

Code No. 1161

I.D. X O.D. in.

5

Construction

8 x 78

Std. 34 inch conduit connector 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 151

Accessories
Protection Tubes and Assemblies
Coated Protecting Tubes for Molten Aluminum, Zinc and Galvanizing Applications
Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1100-24
SERIES 1100 Protecting Tube
3 4 in.

(19 mm)

With a tough refractory laminated coating, SERIES 1100 protecting tubes resist erosion from molten aluminum, zinc or galvanizing baths. They stay strong, even at higher temperatures, and require no washing or maintenance to prolong their service life. A special protective cap at the tip provides fast response time,
Code No. 1100 I.D. in. 0.493 Nominal O.D. in. 1 12 Max.

while permitting thermal expansion without damage to the refractory laminate. The 0.493 inch I.D. easily accommodates up to an eight-gauge beaded thermocouple. Stocked for immediate shipment. The maximum operating temperature for the SERIES 1100 is 745C (1400F).
Tube Length in. 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48

Fitting in.
3

4 NPT

SERIES 1101 Protected Thermocouple

Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1101-12

3 4 in.

(19 mm)

Watlows SERIES 1101 protected thermocouple assemblies incorporate a mineral-insulated stainless steel sheathed XACTPAK thermocouple hermetically sealed within a refractory laminated SERIES 1100 protecting tube. Standard calibration is Type K (part no. 402-2107),
Code No. 1101 Calibration K Nominal O.D. in. 1 12 Max. Fitting in.
3

complete with 36 inches of high temperature insulated thermocouple wire. Like the 1100, the 1101 assembly requires no washing or maintenance to prolong its service life, yet gives fast, accurate readings in molten aluminum, zinc and galvanizing baths.
Tube Length in. 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48

Lead Length in. 36

4 NPT

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 152

Accessories
Protection Tubes and Assemblies
Coated Protecting Tubes for Molten Aluminum, Zinc and Galvanizing Applications
Continued
36 in. (914.4 mm)

SERIES 1102 Floating Protected Thermocouple

12 in. (304.8 mm)

7/8 in. 4 in. (22.2 mm) (102 mm)

/ in. (12.7 mm)

1 2

5 8

/ in. (15.9 mm)

A thermocouple that floats! It contains a 0.125 inch O.D. XACTPAK ASTM E 230 Type K stainless steel sheathed thermocouple for quick, accurate temperature indication approximately three inches below the surface of the melt or bathwhere control is needed most. This trouble-free unit gives you continuous temperature indication at dip-out depth regardless of metal level. Chances of breakage are minimized, thanks to a patented buoyant fiber collar that absorbs shock if struck by ladles or
Part No. 1102-12 1112-12 Wire Type Fiberglass Fiberglass with stainless steel overbraid Calibration in.

skimmers. The SERIES 1102 floats easily aside to permit unobstructed skimming. High temperature, 36 inch insulated thermocouple wire is standard (optional stainless steel overbraid, part no. 1112). A metal sleeve with strain relief spring at the top protects against molten metal splash and wire abrasion. The thick, rugged refractory laminated thermocouple protecting cone provides rapid heat transfer and full physical protection.

Accessories

Nominal O.D. in.

Lead Length in.

Stem Length

36

12

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 153

Accessories
Protection Tubes and Assemblies
Hexoloy SA Tubes

Physical Properties of Hexoloy MaterialsTechnical Data

Typical Values Physical Properties Composition* (Phases) Density kg/m3 (g/cm3) Hardness-Knopp (Kg/mm2) Flexural Strength 4 pt. @ RT** MPa (x 103 lb/in2) Flexural Strength 3 pt. @ RT** MPa (x 103 lb/in2) Compressive Strength RT MPa (x 103 lb/in2) Modulus of Elasticity RT GPa (x 106 lb/in2) Weibull Modulus (2 Parameter) Poisson Ratio Fracture Toughness @ RT Double Torsion and SENB MPa/ m (x 103 lb/in2/ in) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion RT-700C (68-1,292F) x 10-6mm/mmK (x 10-6in/inF) Maximum Service Temp. (Air) C (F) Mean Specific Heat @ RT (J/gm K) Thermal Conductivity @ RT W/m K (BTU/ft h F) Thermal Conductivity 200C W/m K (BTU/ft h F) Thermal Conductivity 400C W/m K (BTU/ft h F) Electrical Resistivitya RT, ohm-cm 1000C, ohm-cm Emissivity Max Warpage Hexoloy Grade SA SiC 3100 (3.10) 2800 460 (67) 550 (80) 3900 (560) 410 (59) 10 0.14 4.60 (4.20)

* Composition code: Si = Free Silicon Metal; C = Free Graphite; SiC = Silicon Carbide; TiB = Titanium Diboride ** Test Bar Size: 18 x 14 x 2 inch (3.2 x 6.4 x 50.8 mm), Outer Span = 1.5 inch; Inner Span = 0.75 inch
a

4.02 (2.20) 1650 (3000) 0.67 125.6 (72.6) 102.6 (59.3) 77.5 (44.8) 0.2 to 300a 0.01 to 0.2a 0.9 0.005/inch

Dependent upon dopants in Hexoloy SA SiC which will decrease electrical resistivity to a desired range

How to Order Watlow stocks a wide variety of Hexoloy tubes for immediate shipment. To order, specify the following part numbers and lengths required for your application. Order - Part No. Code - Length Example: 1040-12

Cemented mounting fittings are available for most tubes. Contact the factory or your local Watlow sales representative or distributor for further information.

Code No. 1040 1041 1042

O.D./I.D. in. 8 x 14 8 x 38 3 4 x 12
3 5

Lengths in. 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

Tubes with Optional Mounting Fittings

Tube Code No. 1040-L 1041-M 1042-P Head Mount 2 NPT 4 NPT 3 4 NPT
1 3

Process Mount 2 NPT 4 NPT 3 4 NPT

1 3

Fitting Description Cemented hex nipple Cemented hex nipple Cemented hex nipple

Lengths in. 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

Example: 1041-M-24 is a 58 x 38 inch Hexoloy tube 24 inches long with a single 34 inch NPT cemented hex fitting. Note: Maximum recommended temperature rating of cemented fitting is 538C (1000F) continuous.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 154

Accessories
Hardware
Watlow offers a variety of hardware components for use with our thermocouples. These include: Thermocouple heads Connector blocks Open terminations Thermocouple mounting fittings Thermocouple insulators and accessories

Accessories

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 155

Accessories
Hardware
Thermocouple Heads and Connector Blocks
Standard Thermocouple Heads (Assembly ordering options D or E) Watlows standard heads are made of cast iron or aluminum. A plated chain attaches the gasketed cover to the body. Flats are provided for tightening. The connector block, held
Cast Iron Head Only Part No. 70900201 70900202 70900203 Aluminum Head Only Part No. 70900301*

2 3/4 in. ref. (69.9 mm)

in place with two screws, can be a single, duplex or triplex. These heads have 1, 34 or 12 inch NPT openings for protecting tubes or drilled wells. The conduit outlet is 34 inch NPT. Epoxy coating is available on the aluminum head. Maximum operating temperature is 441C (825F).
Sensor Opening (NPT) in. 1 4 1 2
3

2 3/4 in. ref. (69.9 mm)

Conduit Connection in. 4 4 3 4

3 3

*Available with epoxy coating (70900302)

Approximate Assembled Dimensions: 2 316 in. H x 2 34 in. L x 2 34 in. W

Terminal Blocks for Standard Heads

Part No. 50500401 50500501 50500601

Description Single element, maximum operating temperature 540C (1000F) Dual, maximum operating temperature 540C (1000F) Triplex, maximum operating temperature 540C (1000F)

Barrier Type Terminal Strips

1 / (28.6 mm)
1 8 in.

7 16 in.

(11.1 mm)

Terminal Centers

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities.

Standard barrier type terminal strips made of molded phenolic blocks with nickel plated brass terminals are available with two to 18 terminals. Terminal strips using thermocouple material also are available. Note: Two terminals required for each thermocouple.

Ordering Information: Specify 4201-BR Insert the number of terminals desired (02 to 18) in the blank. For terminals of thermocouple material, insert thermocouple calibration symbol in place of BR (K, J, E, T and R/S). Terminal strips then will be supplied with alternate positive and negative strips.

156

Accessories
Hardware
Thermocouple Heads and Connector Blocks
Continued Explosion Proof Thermocouple Heads (Assembly ordering option H)
4 in. ref. (101.6 mm)

Ground Screw

3 in. ref. (76.2 mm) Conduit Connection

Sensor Opening

Approximate Assembled Dimensions: 4 in. H x 2 14 in. L x 3 in. W

XP Head Shown with TH-615 Block

Part No. XP-11 XP-12

Sensor Opening in.

3 1

Conduit Connection in.

3 3

4 2

4 4

For hazardous locations. Underwriters Laboratories Listed Class 1, Groups C, D; Class 2, Groups E, F, G; Class 3, all Groups. All XP explosion-proof heads use a TH-615 (six terminal) block. Order separately. Also approved for CSA Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E and F; and Class III.

Accessories

3 1/2 in. nom. ref. (88.9 mm)

PT Polypropylene Head and Connector Blocks (Assembly ordering option C)

3 3/4 in. ref. (95.3 mm)

PT Polypropylene Heads
Part No. Head Only PT-20 PT-30 RT-30-WHT Sensor Opening in. 2 2 1 2
1 1

Sensor Opening

Conduit Connection in. 2 4 3 4

1 3

The polypropylene head is the answer to many of the corrosion problems facing connection heads. The U.V. stabilized polypropylene head is impervious to practically all corrosive media and is rated for continuous operation up to 105C (220F). The PT-20 and PT-30 are black and the RT-30-WHT is white in color.

Conduit Connection

Terminal Blocks for PT Heads

Part No. 50500701 50500801 Description Single element block Dual element block

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 157

Accessories
Hardware
Sensor Mounting Fittings
Non-Adjustable Compression Type Non-adjustable compression type fittings allow the exact immersion length to be set in the field at the time the sensor is installed. However, because the compression sleeve and sheath are deformed in application, the fitting cannot be relocated along the sheath after tightening. When ordered as a part of a sensor for mounting the thermocouple, all compression type fittings are shipped finger-tight on the sheath.

Brass Compression Fitting, Non-Adjustable

Cap

Brass Compression Fitting, Assembled Sleeve Body

Part No. TH-185-2 TH-185-3 TH-185-4 TH-185-5 TH-185-6 TH-185-7 TH-185-9

Sheath O.D. in. 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.250 0.313 0.375 0.250

Material Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass

Bore +0.10, -0.000 in. 0.130 0.192 0.256 0.256 0.318 0.380 0.256

Male NPT in. 8 8 1 8 1 4

1 1

Length in. 1 1 18 1 316 1 38 1 38 1 716 1 34

4 4 1 2
1 1

Stainless Steel Compression Fitting, Non-Adjustable Made entirely of 303 stainless steel.

Style 1Single Threaded

Style 2Double Threaded

Cap

Ferrule

Body

Style 1Single Threaded Part No. Length in. TH-2745-063 TH-2745-125 TH-2745-188 TH-2745-250 1 14 1 14 1 516 1 516

Style 2Double Threaded Part No. Length in. TH-2749-063 TH-2749-125 TH-2749-188 TH-2749-250 1 1116 1 1116 1 1116 1 1116

Sheath O.D. in. 0.063 0.125 0.188 0.250

Bore 0.001 in. 0.067 0.129 0.194 0.257

Male NPT in. 8 8 1 8 1 8

1 1

Hex Across Flats in. 2 2 1 2 1 2

1 1

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 158

Accessories
Hardware
Sensor Mounting Fittings
Continued Adjustable Compression Type Adjustable compression type fittings can be relocated at different positions along the sheath whenever changes in the immersion length are necessary. To relocate an adjustable compression fitting simply loosen the cap, slide the fitting to the new Stainless Steel Adjustable Compression Fitting location and retighten the cap. It is recommended that lava sealant glands be replaced after each tightening. Neoprene and TFE sealant glands should withstand several relocations before replacement is necessary. Except for their sealant glands, these fittings are made entirely of 303 stainless steel. Sealant glands are available in neoprene, -40 to 95C (-40 to 200F); lava, -184 to 540C ( -300 to 1000F); TFE, -184 to 260C (-300 to 500F). Unless otherwise specified*, neoprene sealant glands will be furnished. Depending on temperature and sheath diameter, the fittings are pressure rated up to 3,000 psi.

Style 1Single Threaded

Style 2 - Double Threaded

Style 1 Cap Shown

Follower

Sealant Gland

Body

Accessories

Style 1Single Threaded Part No.* Length in. TH-2747-N-063 TH-2747-N-125 TH-2747-N-188 TH-2748-N-250 TH-2748-N-313 TH-2748-N-375 1 14 1 14 1 14 2 716 2 716 2 716

Style 2Double Threaded Part No.* Length in. TH-2751-N-063 TH-2751-N-125 TH-2751-N-188 TH-2752-N-250 TH-2752-N-313 TH-2752-N-375 1 58 1 58 1 58 3 14 3 14 3 14

Sheath O.D. Bore +0.002 Male NPT Hex Across Flats Replacement Sealant in. in. in. in. Glands, Neoprene 0.063 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.313 0.375 0.067 0.136 0.193 0.257 0.316 0.386 8 8 1 8
1 1

2 2 1 2
1 1

TH-279-N-063 TH-279-N-125 TH-279-N-188 TH-280-N-250 TH-280-N-313 TH-280-N-375

4 4 1 4
1 1

8 8 7 8
7 7

*If lava or TFE sealant glands are desired, substitute L or T in place of the N in the part number.

Adjustable Spring-Loaded Hex Fitting 316 SS

Body Process End Head End

The adjustable spring-loaded fitting has a stainless steel body and end cap, an Inconel X-750 spring. Designed for use with 0.250 inch O.D. sheath thermocouples and RTDs.

Inconel X-750 Spring

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities.

Inconel is a registered trademark of the Special Metals Corporation.

Part No. 6556-250

Length in. 2

Sheath O.D. in. 0.250

Material 316 SS

Male NPT in.

1

Hex Across Body Flats in.

7

Hex Across Cap Flats in.

9

16

159

Accessories
Hardware
Bayonet Fittings
Adjustable Bayonet Compression Fitting
Flared 3/16 in. (4.7 mm) O.D. Stainless Steel Support Tube Bayonet Lockcap Body Brass, TFE or Nylon Ferrule Cap

Spring 2 / in. (55.6 mm)

3 16

Nickel Plated Brass Compression Fitting

This fitting combines the features of the fixed bayonet fitting in a compact unit which does not require brazing to assemble. The fitting is designed for 0.125 in. (3 mm) O.D. sensor and is available with either brass, TFE or nylon ferrules. With either the TFE or nylon ferrules, this fitting may be relocated at different positions along the sheath whenever changes in the immersion length are necessary. Brass ferrules cannot be relocated once they are set.
Description

Part No. TH-2762-BR TH-2762-NY TH-2762-T

Adjustable bayonet fitting with brass ferrule Adjustable bayonet fitting with nylon ferrule Adjustable bayonet fitting with TFE ferrule

Fixed Bayonet Fitting

1.625 in. (41.3 mm)

Part No. TH-2760

Description Lockcap, spring and spring stop

Bayonet Lockcap and Spring

When used together, a bayonet fitting and bayonet adapter act as a springloading device for bottoming a thermocouple hot junction in a hole. The fitting is designed for use on 0.188 inch O.D. sensor. The TH-2760 includes the lockcap, spring and spring stop, which require brazing for assembly. The adapter requires a tapped 18 inch NPT or 38 24 hole for mounting. All components are nickel plated steel.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 160

Accessories
Hardware
Bayonet Fittings
Continued
7/16 in. (0.4375 mm)

Bayonet Adapter
Part No. TH-295-1 TH-295-2 TH-295-3 TH-295-4 TH-295-5 TH-298-1 TH-298-2 Description

L Length in. 1 78 1 1 12 2 2 12 1 78 1 12 1 2 3

Thread in. 8 8 1 8 1 8 1 8
1 1 3 3

Bayonet Adapter

8-24 8-24

Pipe Clamp with Bayonet Adapter

0.270 in. (7 mm) 0.270 in. (7 mm) nom.

1-2. Construction Code 90 = Pipe clamp band with bayonet adapter 3. D Clamp Band Diameter Range (inch) A = 1116 to 1 14 B = 1 14 to 2 14 C = 2 14 to 3 14 D = 3 14 to 4 14 E = 4 14 to 5 F = 5 to 6 G = 6 to 7 4. L Bayonet Adapter Length inches 1 = 1 (use with thermocouple that has B dimension = 2 inch) 2 = 2 (use with thermocouple that has B dimension = 3 inch)

The pipe clamp band with bayonet adapter is designed for use in conjunction with a bayonet style thermocouple. It allows temperature measurement without drilling or tapping. Thermocouple replacement is extremely fast and simple and is accomplished without disturbing the surroundings, such as pipe insulation.

Accessories

All combinations are available for next day shipment.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 161

Accessories
Hardware
Transition Fittings and Accessories
Watlows complete line of stainless steel transition fittings offers durable, potted connections between XACTPAK type sheathed thermocouple material and insulated wire. When the distance between the thermocouple and the instrument is known in advance, this type of assembly can be connected directly to your instrument, minimizing field installation time. When making a sensor with a transition fitting, the thermocouple and connecting wires are first securely brazed together. The appropriate transition body is then positioned over the splice and either crimped or brazed to the sheath material. The transition body is then filled with a potting compound which effectively insulates and strengthens the splice. A coiled spring strain relief on the 700 and 701 protects the connecting wire against sharp bends at the transition area.
702 Transition Fitting

700 or 701 Transition Fitting, Assembled U.S. Patent Number 3,811,958

703 Heavy Duty Transition

Part No. 702-020* 702-032 700-040* 702-040 700-063 701-063 702-063 700-125 701-125 701-188 701-250 703-250

Sheath O.D. in. 0.020 0.032 0.040 0.040 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.125 0.125 0.188 0.250 0.250

Max. Dia. Extension Wire Extension Wire 0.100 0.100 0.136 0.100 0.136 0.210 0.100 0.136 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.320

Transition Body inches O.D. 32 32 1 4 5 32 1 4 3 8 5 32 1 4 3 8 3 8 3 8 1 2

5 5

Length Less Spring (if any) 1 1 1 316 1 1 316 1 316 1 1 316 1 316 1 316 1 316 2

Spring Strain Relief no no yes no yes yes no yes yes yes yes no

Length Including Spring in. 2 14 2 14 2 12 2 14 2 12 2 12 2 12

Method of Attachment to Sheath Braze Braze Crimp or braze Braze Crimp or braze Crimp or braze Braze Crimp or braze Crimp or braze Crimp or braze Crimp or braze Braze

**Sleeved down from larger size to accept smaller O.D. sheath material.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 162

Accessories
Hardware
Transition Fittings and Accessories
Continued Flexible Tubing and Adapter Ferrule When it is desirable to protect the connection wire, either for a short distance at a connector or transition fitting, or for the full length, this stainless steel flexible tubing may be used. It can be used with either 700
Part No. TH-195 TH-195-PVC
TH-213 or TH-249 Screw on Adapter Ferrule

or 701 SERIES transition fittings. An adapter ferrule is used in place of the coiled spring strain relief to firmly secure the flexible tubing to the transition body.

TH-195 Stainless Steel Flexible Tubing

Description Stainless steel flexible tubing, 0.188 inch I.D. x 0.265 inch O.D. (0.175 inch maximum wire size) Same as the TH-195 with extruded PVC overall Screw on adapter ferrule for code no. 701 transition Screw on adapter ferrule for code no. 700 transition Crimp on adapter ferrule for code no. 700 transition (may be used as a combination transition fitting and adapter ferrule on 0.250 inch O.D. XACTPAK)

TH-213 TH-249 TH-524

TH-524 Crimp on Adapter Ferrule

Thermocouple Insulators and Accessories

Thermocouple insulators are usually selected for their ability to withstand elevated temperatures or to resist thermal shock. This listing groups SERV-RITE thermocouple insulators in these classifications for convenient selection. Some sizes and lengths are available in more than one classification. The thermocouple insulators listed below are generally carried in stock for quick delivery. Other sizes can be made to suit individual requirements. Prices and delivery quoted upon request.
OvalDouble Hole
Part No. 372 AWG Width 8 0.468 Dimensions inches* Thickness 0.281 Bore 0.156 Length 3

Accessories

Mullite Insulators High temperature Low thermal expansion Good mechanical strength Maximum continuous temperature 1450C (2640F) Maximum intermittent temperature 1650C (3000F)

RoundDouble Hole
Part No. 376-1 376-3 377-12 333-12 333-24 *Nominal AWG Diameter 18 18 16 22 22 0.156 0.156 0.250 0.125 0.125 Dimensions inches* Bore 0.046 0.046 0.062 0.031 0.031 Length 1 3 12 12 24

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 163

Accessories
Hardware
Thermocouple Insulators and Accessories
Mullite Insulators Continued
RoundFour Hole
Part No. 360 378 Dimensions inches* AWG 12 18 Diameter 0.312 0.187 Bore 0.093 0.046 Length 1 1

Accessories
Code No. 339 Dimensions inches* Description Mullite hot junction cup I.D. 0.375 O.D. 0.687

Steatite Insulators Excellent physical strength Poor heat shock resistance Good electrical properties Maximum continuous temperature 1000C (1830F) Maximum intermittent temperature 13000C (2370F)

OvalDouble Hole
Part No. 380 381-14 381-1 382-1 383-1 Dimensions inches* AWG 8 14 14 20 24 Width 0.500 0.313 0.313 0.172 0.144 Thickness 0.284 0.187 0.187 0.118 0.091 Bore 0.156 0.080 0.080 0.042 0.028 Length
1

1 4 1 1 1

RoundDouble Hole
Part No. 385-1 385-2 385-3 386 Dimensions inches* AWG 14 14 14 18 Diameter 0.245 0.245 0.245 0.150 Bore 0.073 0.073 0.073 0.046 Length 1 2 3 2

Ball and Socket InsulatorsFish Spine

Part No. 349 344 342 341 340-1 *Nominal Dimensions inches* AWG 4 8 14 16 17 Width 0.54 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.11 Bore 0.240 0.156 0.092 0.068 0.056 Length 0.54 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.11 No. Per lbs 160 1720 3100 5200 18160

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 164

Accessories
Hardware
Thermocouple Insulators and Accessories
Continued RoundSingle Hole
Part No. 316 Dimensions inches* AWG 8 Diameter 0.250 Bore 0.156 Length 3

Cordierite Insulators Excellent thermal shock resistance Fair physical strength and electrical properties Maximum continuous temperature 1250C (2280F) Maximum intermittent temperature 1300C (2370F)

RoundDouble Hole
Part No. 321 327 384 323 326 328 Dimensions inches* AWG 6 8 14 16 Diameter 0.505 0.375 0.490 0.281 0.250 0.187 Bore 0.188 0.140 0.156 0.080 0.080 0.062 Length 1 3 1 1 2 12 1

OvalDouble Hole
Part No. 300 306 301 302 303 311 304 305 309 *Nominal Dimensions inches* AWG 4 Width 0.718 0.531 0.531 0.531 0.437 0.437 0.375 0.375 0.313 Thickness 0.412 0.281 0.281 0.281 0.250 0.250 0.217 0.217 0.187 Bore 0.218 0.170 0.170 0.170 0.156 0.156 0.110 0.110 0.090 Length 1 3 1 1 38 1 1 38 1 5 3

6 8 11
12

Accessories

Alumina Insulators Excellent high temperature insulation Good electrical and mechanical properties Maximum continuous temperature 1650C (3000F) Maximum intermittent temperature 1815C (3300F)

RoundDouble Hole
Part No. 391-24 *Nominal Dimensions inches* AWG 22 Diameter 0.125 Bore 0.031 Length 24

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 165

Accessories
Connector Systems
Many varieties of thermocouple connectors are available from Watlow. Whether youre looking for high impact strength, fast installation, or high temperature capabilities, youll find the right connector system for your application at Watlow. Listed below are the various connectors and systems from which to choose: Standard thermocouple connectors Quick-attach thermocouple connectors High temperature connectors Three-pole connectors for RTD applications Miniature thermocouple connectors Watlow's standard line of connector systems are lightweight, rugged and accurate and features a clamping mechanism that is unique in the industry. The new, easy-to-use clamping connection will replace the traditional screw and wire wrap. This new device allows a straight-in application, which squeezes the wire and forms a tight connection assuring a clean, strong signal. US Patent Number D424016, additional patent pending.

Applications and Technical Data

To eliminate measuring errors, all Watlow connectors are made exclusively of matching metal alloys. If the connector material had different thermal EMF characteristics from the thermocouple or lead wire, a uniform temperature would have to be maintained across the connector. This is not always easily obtainable, nor is it practical. Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 166

If a temperature gradient did exist across the connector made of a third metal, unwanted EMFs generated between the thermoelectric materials and the extremities of the connectors would cause an error appearing at the thermocouple output. The larger the gradient the larger the error. In some cases and depending on the calibration, net errors may occur that are even larger than the gradient.

Features and Benefits ASTM color coded Assures easy identification Compensated alloys Provides accuracy in readings Glass-filled thermoplastic Provides high impact strength Captive cap screws Secure connection Connection hardware Redesigned to eliminate a number of components Meets requirements for ASTM E1129 Ensures adequate pin spacing, dimensions and contact resistance Rated to 215C (425F)

Accessories
Connector Systems
S SERIES Standard Connectors, 425F
17/16 in. (36.5 mm )

Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4

S C
1-2. S SERIES Standard Connector, 215C (425F) 3. Style M = Male (plug) F = Female (jack) 4. Calibration E = Type E J = Type J K = Type K S = Type S/Type R T = Type T U = Uncompensated 5. Name Plate W = With Watlow name N = Without name label (For J and K calibrations only)

1 2

(12.7 mm)

/ in.

13/32 in. (27.8 mm ) 17/16 in. (36.5 mm)

1 2

/ in. (12.7 mm)

13/32 in. (27.8 mm )

6-7. Color Code AT = ASTM E 230 color code/uncompensated = white

Cable Clamp Style for Male or Female SAC-220

Accessories

Crimp/Braze Style

S A B-

4-6. Sheath size 040 = 0.040 inches 063 = 0.063 inches 090 = 0.090 inches 125 = 0.125 inches 188 = 0.188 inches 250 = 0.250 inches 30M = 3.0 mm 60M = 6.0 mm

Compression Style

S A P-

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities.

4-6. Sheath size 063 = 0.063 inches 125 = 0.125 inches 188 = 0.188 inches 250 = 0.250 inches 30M = 3.0 mm 60M = 6.0 mm

167

Accessories
Connector Systems
Quick-Attach Thermocouple Connectors, 425F
Watlows time-saving thermocouple connectors are fast and convenient to use. No loose parts, no cap removal, no need to wrap wires around terminal screws. Simply insert stripped wire ends into plug or jack, tighten down two terminal screws, and youre finished. There is no need to remove Watlow cable clamp, either. Accepts solid or stranded wires to 16 gauge. Available in Type J, K and T calibrations, ASTM E 230 colorcoded. The connector is made of a high impact strength, 215C (425F) rated glass filled thermoplastic with matching thermocouple materials throughout. Other features and specifications are identical to standard Watlow S SERIES quick-disconnect connectors. Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

S K
1-2. S SERIES Standard Connector, 215C (425F) 3. Style M = Male (plug) F = Female (jack) 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T 5. Name Plate W = With Watlow name 6-7. Color Code AT = ASTM E 230 color code 8, 9, 10-11. ASSY = Comes with cap assembly on body

-W A T - A S S Y

Step 1.
Simply insert stripped wires into connector.

Step 2.
Tighten down two terminal screws, and you are finished.

Weatherproof Boots
Part No. 943
I.D. 2 3/8 in. (60.3 mm)

Used in pairs as illustrated, these flexible neoprene rubber boots add moisture protection to standard plugto-jack connections.
/ to 1/8 in. (4.8 to 3.2 mm) Tapered I.D.
3 16

15/16 in. (23.8 mm) I.D.

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 168

Accessories
Connector Systems
High Temperature Connectors, 1000F
The ASTM E 230 color-coded bodies of these high temperature ceramic connectors are practical for temperatures up to 540C (1000F). Colors are permanent and will not fade even after exposure to temperature. The positive-locking screw type terminals are captive for easy assembly. Solid plug pins and collet inserts are made of thermocouple alloys (except Types R/S which are compensated). Calibration must be specified when ordering. Both plug and jack are marked for polarity. Standard 716 inch pin spacing.

Code Number 912-* 913-* Part Number 925-125 925-188 925-250 926

Description Ceramic plug (specify calibration J, K, R/S or E) Ceramic jack (specify calibration J, K, R/S or E) Description XACTPAK adapter for plug or jack (0.125 inch sheath O.D.) XACTPAK adapter for plug or jack (0.188 inch sheath O.D.) XACTPAK adapter for plug or jack (0.250 inch sheath O.D.) Cable clamp for ceramic plug or jack

* Insert calibration letter for full part number 912-J

Three-Pole Connectors for RTD Applications, 400F

Three pins to accommodate most RTD sensor applications Rated to 200C (400F) continuous Jacks have spring-loaded inserts for positive contact Larger diameter negative pin prevents user from reversing polarity

Plug
1 / (36.5 mm)
7 16 in.

Jack
Oval Wire Entrance

Accessories

1 7/16 in. (36.5 mm)

1 2 in.

12.7 mm

7 16 in. 3 16 in.

/ Dia. 4.8 mm

(11.1 mm)

7 16 in.

(11.1 mm)

Collet Type Inserts

Large Head Terminal Screws Molded-in Polarity Symbols

Part Number TH-335 TH-336 TH-337-125 TH-337-188 TH-337-250 80701201

Description 3-pole connector plug with copper pins 3-pole connector jack with copper inserts Compression-type adapter for 0.125 inch tube Compression-type adapter for 0.188 inch tube Compression-type adapter for 0.250 inch tube Cable clamp for 3-pole connector

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 169

Accessories
Connector Systems
Miniature Thermocouple Connector System, 400F
Miniature designmates with other miniature size thermocouple connectors Molded-in pin contacts assure precise alignment (no loose, wobbly parts) Rugged, high quality, high performance connectors Employ matching thermocouple alloy materials Available in all standard calibrations and copper-copper, ASTM E 230 color-coded Exclusive channel design isolates the wires for clean, strong signals. Miniature Connectors Compared with Standard Connectors

1.75 in. (44.5 mm) 0.31 in. (7.9 mm)

0.9 x 0.3 x 0.50 in. (2.3 x 0.8 x 12.7 mm) 0.75 in. (19 mm) 0.31 in. (7.9 mm)

Connection Method Simply insert the stripped ends of your thermocouple wire between contact base and washer, tighten down the two terminal screws and youre finished. There are no loose parts to contend with. Do not wrap conductors around the terminal screws. Watlow miniature connectors can accommodate wire sizes up to 20 AWG, stranded. The connector is made of high impact strength, 200C (400F) rated, glass-filled thermoplastic. To maintain the highest measurement accuracy, matching thermocouple alloy materials are employed throughout. The same fine features and high quality performance characteristics found in Watlows standard connectors also apply with the miniature connectors.

0.12 x 0.3 x 0.50 in. (3 x 0.8 x 12.7 mm)

0.63 in. (16 mm)

0.63 in. (16 mm)

1.0 in. (25.4 mm)

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 170

Accessories
Connector Systems
Miniature Thermocouple Connector System, 400F
0.9 x 0.3 x 0.50 in. (2.3 x 0.8 x 12.7 mm) 0.75 in. (19 mm) 0.31 in. (7.9 mm)

Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4

M C
1-2. M SERIES Miniature Connector, 204C (400F) 3. Style M = Male (plug) F = Female (jack) 4. Calibration E = Type E J = Type J K = Type K N = Type N R = Type R S = Type S T = Type T U = Uncompensated 5. Name Plate W = With Watlow name N = Without name label 6-7. Color Code AT = ASTM E 230 color code/uncompensated = white

A T

0.12 x 0.3 x 0.50 in. (3 x 0.8 x 12.7 mm)

0.63 in. (16 mm)

0.63 in. (16 mm)

1.0 in. (25.4 mm)

Crimp Style

M B C-

Accessories

4-6. Sheath size 040 = 0.040 inches 063 = 0.063 inches

Braze Style

M B B-

4-6. Sheath size 040 = 0.040 inches 063 = 0.063 inches 125 = 0.125 inches

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 171

Accessories
Connector Systems
Panel Mount Hardware
Single Panel Mount Hardware, 425F Designed for use with Watlows S standard thermocouple connectors, these units fit panels up to 716 inch thick. Panel cutout: 1 18 inch to 1 532 inch hole. Units fit into standard 3 4 inch knockouts.
SKP Style Ordering InformationTo order, complete the part number on the right with the information below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

S K P1-2-3. SKP SERIES Single Panel Mount Standard Connector, 218C (425F) 4. Calibration J = Type J K = Type K T = Type T 5. Name Plate W = With Watlow name 6-7. Color Code AT = ASTM E 230 color code

-W A T

1.50 in. (38.1 mm)

1.50 in. (38.1 mm) Diameter x 0.057 in. (1.45 mm) Plate Thickness Single circuit panel mount with quick-disconnect jack included. Available calibrations J, K, T, R/S and Cu/cu.

SNP Style

1.50 in. (38.1 mm)

1.50 in. (38.1 mm) Diameter x 0.057 in. (1.45 mm) Plate Thickness Panel mount hardware only without Watlow name.*

Note: All accessories subject to minimum purchase quantities. 172

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple and Thermocouple Extension Wire

Manufactured to Exacting Specifications
Since 1914, SERV-RITE thermocouple wire and thermocouple extension wire have been known for premium performance and reliability. All stock and custom wire is manufactured in our plant where careful selection of materials, manufacturing equipment and quality controls assure superior uniformity. This section presents popular available and custom wire. Watlow can custom manufacture wire using alloys and insulation types to meet your specific application demands. All SERV-RITE thermocouple wire and thermocouple extension wire is manufactured under rigid quality controls. Watlows wire products are manufactured following ISO 9001 standards. In addition, all EMF vs. temperature calibration procedures follow one or more of the following standards: ASTM E 207 ASTM E 220 AMS 2750 All testing has NIST traceability. Unless otherwise specified, all SERV-RITE thermocouple wire and extension wire are supplied to meet standard tolerances of ASTM E 230. Special tolerances are also available.

Performance Capabilities Compliance with recognized agency tolerances Insulation temperature ranges from -200 to 1290C (-328 to 2350F) Tolerances from 0.5C or 0.4 percent NIST calibration certificates

Features and Benefits Usability Flexible Type E, J, K, N and T thermocouple wire can be used for virtually all applications Compensation extension wire Permits fine tuning of temperature measuring circuits Solid or stranded wire Meets specific application requirements Wide selection of insulation types Meet temperature, chemical, moisture and abrasion resistance objectives

Color coding Available to comply with United States, United Kingdom, German, Japanese and IEC standards Metallic overbraids and wraps Enhance abrasion resistance UL listed PLTC wire and cable

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

For applications needing agency compliance Stock RTD lead wire Meets virtually all industrial RTD applications
*Not an ASTM E 230 symbol. UL is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

173

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Wire Products By Calibration
Part Number Limits B20-5-304 Std. E20-1-304 Std. E20-1-507 Std. E20-5-502 Std. E20-5-510 Std. J16-5-313 Std. J16-5-502 Std. J16-5-509 Std. J16-5-510 Std. J16-5-510-UL Std. J16-7-515 Std. J20-1-304 Std. J20-2-304 Spc. J20-2-314 Spc. J20-1-321 Std. J20-2-321 Spc. J20-1-507 Std. J20-2-507 Spc. J20-1-508 Std. J20-2-508 Spc. J20-1-509 Std. J20-1-512 Std. J20-1-S-304 Std. J20-2-513 Spc. J20-3-304 Std. J20-3-507 Std. J20-3-512 Std. J20-3-S-304 Std. J20-5-502 Std. J20-5-507 Std. J20-5-509 Std. J20-5-510 Std. J20-5-510-UL Std. J20-5-1004 Std. J20-5-1008 Std. J20-7-502 Std. J20-7-510 Std. J24-1-304 Std. J24-2-304 Spc. J24-1-505 Std. J24-2-505 Spc. J24-1-507 Std. J24-2-507 Spc. J24-1-508 Std. J24-2-508 Spc. J24-2-511 Spc. J24-3-304 Std. J24-3-507 Std.

R ED FO STOCK E DAY SAM MENT SHIP

All stock constructions available in 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 foot spools.

Construction/ Description Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. FEP/FEP PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. PVC/PVC FEP/TWS/FEP PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC ETFE/TWS/ETFE Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd. HT Gls./TW Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. FEP/FEP FEP/FEP Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE FEP/TWS/FEP Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. FEP/FEP Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls./SS Brd. PVC/PVC FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. PVC/Ripcord PVC/Ripcord FEP/FEP FEP/FEP Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. P-mide/TW Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. FEP/FEP

Max. Rec. Opr. Temp C (F) 538 (1000*) 538 (1000) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 538 (1000*) 105 (221) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 199 (390) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 871 (1600) 871 (1600) 871 (1600) 260 (500) 260 (500) 316 (600) 316 (600) 260 (500) 427 (800) 538 (1000) 427 (800) 538 (1000) 260 (500) 427 (800) 538 (1000) 105 (221) 260 (500) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 105 (221) 105 (221) 260 (500) 260 (500) 316 (600) 316 (600) 427 (800) 538 (1000) 260 (500)

Part Number J24-3-516 J28-1-305 J28-2-305 J30-1-305 J30-2-305 J30-2-308-002 J30-2-506 K16-5-155 K16-5-157 K16-5-313 K16-5-502 K16-5-509 K16-5-510 K16-5-510-UL K16-7-155 K16-7-515 K18-7-503 K20-1-301 K20-2-301 K20-1-304 K20-2-304 K20-2-314 K20-1-321 K20-2-321 K20-1-350 K20-2-350 K20-1-355 K20-2-355 K20-1-365 K20-2-365 K20-1-507 K20-2-507 K20-1-508 K20-2-508 K20-1-509 K20-2-509 K20-1-S-304 K20-2-513 K20-1-517 K20-3-304 K20-3-507 K20-3-512 K20-3-S-304 K20-5-502 K20-5-507

Limits Std. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Spc. Spc. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Spc. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std.

Construction/ Description PFA/PFA Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Dbl. Wrp. Cot./Brd. Cot. FEP/FEP Brd. Gls./Brd. Stx. Tp. TFE, Brd. Gls./Brd.Stx Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. PVC/PVC FEP/TWS/FEP PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC Brd.Gls./Brd. Stx. ETFE/TWS/ETFE PVC/Cotton/PVC Brd. Sil./Brd. Sil Brd. Sil./Brd. Sil Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd. HT Gls./TW Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. C.Fbr./Brd. C.Fbr. Brd. C.Fbr./Brd. C.Fbr. Brd. C.Fbr./Brd. C.Fbr. Brd. C.Fbr./Brd. C.Fbr. Brd. Sil./Brd. Sil. Brd. Sil./Brd. Sil. FEP/FEP FEP/FEP Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide PFA/TWS/PFA Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. FEP/FEP Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls./SS Brd. PVC/PVC FEP/FEP

Max. Rec. Opr. Temp C (F) 288 (550) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 88 (190) 260 (500) 343 (650*) 343 (650*) 538 (1000*) 105 (221) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 343 (650*) 199 (390) 105 (221) 1093 (2000) 1093 (2000) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 871 (1600) 871 (1600) 871 (1600) 1427 (2600) 1427 (2600) 1427 (2600) 1427 (2600) 1093 (2000) 1093 (2000) 260 (500) 260 (500) 316 (600) 316 (600) 260 (500) 260 (500) 538 (1000) 427 (800) 288 (550) 538 (1000) 260 (500) 427 (800) 538 (1000) 105 (221) 260 (500)

CONTINUED

* Note: Recommended operating temperature limited to the extension grade alloy recommended temperature of 204C (400F).

174

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Wire Products By Calibration (cont)
Part Number Limits K20-5-509 Std. K20-5-510 Std. K20-5-510-UL Std. K20-5-1004 Std. K20-5-1008 Std. K20-7-502 Std. K20-7-510 Std. K24-1-304 Std. K24-2-304 Spc. K24-1-505 Std. K24-2-505 Spc. K24-1-507 Std. K24-2-507 Spc. K24-1-508 Std. K24-2-508 Spc. K24-2-306 Spc. K24-2-513 Spc. K24-2-516 Spc. K24-3-304 Std. K24-3-507 Std. K28-2-305 Spc. K30-1-305 Std. K30-2-305 Spc. K30-2-506 Spc. S16-5-157 Std. S20-5-304 Std. S20-5-502 Std. S20-5-507 Std. S20-5-510 Std. T16-5-510 Std. T20-1-304 Std. T20-1-507 Std. T20-2-507 Spc. T20-2-508 Spc. T20-1-509 Std. T20-3-507 Std. T20-5-502 Std. T20-5-510 Std. T20-5-1004 Std. T20-5-1008 Std. T20-7-502 Std. T24-1-304 Std. T24-1-505 Std. T24-2-505 Spc. T24-2-507 Spc. T24-1-508 Std. T24-2-508 Spc. T30-2-506 Spc.

R ED FO STOCK E DAY SAM MENT SHIP

All stock constructions available in 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 foot spools.

Construction/ Description FEP/TWS/FEP PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. PVC/Ripcord PVC/Ripcord FEP/FEP FEP/FEP Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide PFA/PFA Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. FEP/FEP Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. FEP/FEP Tp. TFE, Brd. Gls./Brd.Stx Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. PVC/PVC FEP/FEP PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC Brd.Gls./Brd.Gls. FEP/FEP FEP/FEP Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/PVC Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. PVC/Ripcord PVC/Ripcord FEP/FEP Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE Tp.TFE/Tp. TFE FEP/FEP

Max. Rec. Opr. Temp C (F) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 105 (221) 105 (221) 260 (500) 260 (500) 316 (600) 316 (600) 538 (1000) 427 (800) 288 (550) 538 (1000) 260 (500) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 538 (1000) 260 (500) 343 (650*) 538 (1000) 105 (221) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 538 (1000) 260 (500) 260 (500) 316 (600) 260 (500) 260 (500) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 105 (221) 538 (1000) 105 (221) 105 (221) 260 (500) 316 (600) 316 (600) 260 (500)

RTD Lead Wire

Part Number RT3-22-4-701 RT3-22-8-704 RT3-24-8-705 Construction/Description PVC/TW/PVC FEP/TW/FEP Brd. Gls./TW/Brd. Gls. Max. Rec. Opr. Temp C (F) 105 (221) 260 (500) 538 (1000)

* Note: Recommended operating temperature limited to the extension grade alloy recommended temperature of 204C (400F).

Legend: Brd. = Braided Gls. = Fiberglass TWS. = Twisted and shielded HT = High temperature Tp. = Taped P-mide = Polyimide Cbl. = Cable TW. = Twisted Wrp. = Wrapped Dbl. = Double Cot. = Cotton Stx. = SERV TEX synthetic braid C.Fbr = Ceramic fiber Sil. = Vitreous silica pr. = Pair Std. = Standard Spc = Special

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

175

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Wire Products By Temperature
Thermocouple Wire Max. Op. Temp. (F) Insulation C Part Number K20-1-350 1427 (2600) Ceramic K20-1-355 K20-2-350 K20-2-355 K20-1-301 K20-1-365 K20-2-301 K20-2-365 J20-1-321 J20-2-314 J20-2-321 K20-1-321 K20-2-314 K20-2-321 B20-5-304* E20-1-304 J16-5-313 J20-1-304 J20-2-304 J20-3-304 J24-1-304 J24-2-304 J24-3-304 538 (1000) Standard Fiberglass J28-1-305 J28-2-305 J30-1-305 J30-2-305 K16-5-313* K20-1-304 K20-2-304 K20-3-304 K24-1-304 K24-2-304 K24-2-306 K24-3-304

R ED FO STOCK E DAY SAM MENT SHIP

All stock constructions available in 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 foot spools.

Limits of Error Standard Standard Special Special Standard Standard Special Special Standard Special Special Standard Special Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Special Special Standard

Description
Brd. C. Fbr./Brd. C. Fbr. (heavy build) Brd. C. Fbr./Brd. C. Fbr. Brd.C. Fbr./Brd. C. Fbr. (heavy build) Brd. C. Fbr./Brd. C. Fbr. Brd. Sil./Brd.Sil. (heavy build) Brd. Sil./Brd.Sil. Brd. Sil/Brd.Sil. (heavy build) Brd. Sil./Brd.Sil. Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. HT Gls./TW Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. HT Gls./TW Brd. HT Gls./Brd. HT Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls./SS Brd. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls./SS Brd. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls.

Physical Properties Abrasion Moisture Chemical Resistance Resistance Resistance Good Good Good Good Fair Fair Fair Fair Good Good Good Good Good Good Fair Fair Good Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Good Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good

Page No. 191 191 191 191 186 186 186 186 190 189 190 190 189 190 187 187 N/A 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 188 188 188 188 N/A 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 N/A 187

1093

(2000)

Vitreous Silica

871

(1600)

High Temp. Fiberglass

J20-1-S-304 Standard

J20-3-S-304 Standard

K20-1-S-304 Standard

K20-3-S-304 Standard

CONTINUED
*Note: Recommended operating temperature limited to the extension grade alloy recommended temperature of 204C (400F).

176

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Wire Products By Temperature
Thermocouple Wire Max. Op. Temp. (F) Insulation C Part Number K28-2-305 K30-1-305 538 (1000) Standard Fiberglass K30-2-305 S20-5-304* T20-1-304 T24-1-304 J20-1-512 J20-2-513 J20-3-512 427 (800) Polyimide Tape J24-2-511 K20-2-513 K20-3-512 K24-2-513 K16-5-155* 343 (650) SERV TEX K16-5-157* K16-7-155* S16-5-157* J20-1-508 J20-2-508 J24-1-508 J24-2-508 K20-1-508 316 (600) TFE Tape K20-2-508 K24-1-508 K24-2-508 T20-2-508 T24-1-508 T24-2-508 J24-3-516 288 (550) PFA K20-1-517 K24-2-516 E20-1-507 J16-5-509 J20-1-507 J20-1-509 260 (500) FEP J20-2-507 J20-3-507 J20-5-507 J20-5-509 J24-1-507

R ED FO STOCK E DAY SAM MENT SHIP

All stock constructions available in 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 foot spools.

Limits of Error Special Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Special Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Standard

Description
Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Wrp. Dbl. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Brd. Gls./Brd. Gls. Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Tp. P-mide/TW Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Tp. P-mide/Tp. P-mide Brd. Gls./Brd. Stx. Tp. TFE/Brd. Gls./Brd. Stx. Brd. Gls./Brd. Stx. Tp. TFE/Brd. Gls./Brd. Stx. Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE Tp. TFE/Tp. TFE PFA/PFA PFA/TWS/PFA PFA/PFA FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP

Physical Properties Abrasion Moisture Chemical Resistance Resistance Resistance Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent

Page No. 188 188 188 187 187 187 204 205 204 203 205 204 205 184 185 184 185 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 206 N/A 206 196 199 196 199 196 196 196 199 196

Special Dbl. Tp. P-mide/Dbl. Tp. P-mide

Special Dbl. Tp. P-mide/Dbl. Tp. P-mide

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

CONTINUED
*Note: Recommended operating temperature limited to the extension grade alloy recommended temperature of 204C (400F).

177

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Wire Products By Temperature
Thermocouple Wire Max. Op. Temp. (F) Insulation C Part Number J24-2-507 J24-3-507 J30-2-506 K16-5-509 K20-1-507 K20-1-509 K20-2-507 K20-2-509 K20-3-507 K20-5-507 260 (500) FEP K20-5-509 K24-1-507 K24-2-507 K24-3-507 K30-2-506 S20-5-507 T20-1-507 T20-1-509 T20-2-507 T20-3-507 T24-2-507 T30-2-506 199 (390) ETFE J16-7-515 K16-7-515 E20-5-502 E20-5-510 J16-5-502 J16-5-510 J20-5-1004 105 (221) PVC J20-5-1008 J20-5-502 J20-5-510 J20-7-502 J20-7-510 J24-1-505 J24-2-505

R ED FO STOCK E DAY SAM MENT SHIP

All stock constructions available in 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 foot spools.

Limits of Error Special Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Special Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Special Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Special

Description
FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/TWS/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP FEP/FEP ETFE/TWS/ETFE ETFE/TWS/ETFE PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/Ripcord PVC/Ripcord

Physical Properties Abrasion Moisture Chemical Resistance Resistance Resistance Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good

Page No. 196 196 195 199 196 199 196 199 196 196 199 196 196 196 195 196 196 199 196 196 196 195 N/A N/A 192 201 192 201 202 209 209 192 201 202 192 201 194 194

J16-5-510-UL Standard

J20-5-510-UL Standard

CONTINUED
*Note: Recommended operating temperature limited to the extension grade alloy recommended temperature of 204C (400F).

178

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Stock Wire Products By Temperature
Thermocouple Wire Max. Op. Temp. (F) Insulation C Part Number K16-5-502 K16-5-510 K20-5-1004 K20-5-1008 K20-5-502 K20-5-510 K20-7-502 K20-7-510 105 (221) PVC K24-1-505 K24-2-505 S20-5-502 S20-5-510 T16-5-510 T20-5-1004 T20-5-1008 T20-5-502 T20-5-510 T20-7-502 T24-1-505 T24-2-505 88 (190) RTD Lead Wire 538 260 105 (1000) (500) (221) Cotton

R ED FO STOCK E DAY SAM MENT SHIP

All stock constructions available in 100, 250, 500 and 1,000 foot spools.

Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Special

Description
PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/Ripcord PVC/Ripcord PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/TWS pr./PVC Cbl. PVC/PVC PVC/TWS/PVC PVC/PVC PVC/Ripcord PVC/Ripcord Dbl. Wrp. Cot./Brd. Cot. Brd. Gls./TW/Brd. Gls. FEP/TW/FEP PVC/TW/PVC

Physical Properties Abrasion Moisture Chemical Resistance Resistance Resistance Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Fair Fair Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Poor Good Excellent Good

Page No. 192 201 202 209 209 192 201 202 192 201 194 194 192 201 201 209 209 192 201 192 194 194 N/A 210 210 210

K16-5-510-UL Standard

K20-5-510-UL Standard

J30-2-308-002 Special N/A N/A N/A

Standard RT3-24-8-705 Fiberglass FEP PVC RT3-22-8-704 RT3-22-4-701

*Note: Recommended operating temperature limited to the extension grade alloy recommended temperature of 204C (400F).

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Legend: Brd. = Braided Gls. = Fiberglass TWS. = Twisted and shielded HT = High temperature Tp. = Taped P-mide = Polyimide

Cbl. = Cable TW. = Twisted Wrp. = Wrapped Dbl. = Double Cot. = Cotton Stx. = SERV TEX synthetic braid

C.Fbr = Ceramic fiber Sil. = Vitreous silica pr. = Pair Std. = Standard Spc. = Special

179

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

How to Order
When ordering SERV-RITE thermocouple and extension wire, remember to include the following information: Calibration B, C*, E, J, K, N, R, S or T Gauge size AWG gauge Solid or stranded conductors Stranded conductors will be seven strand constructions. If your requirements need other configurations, please consult the factory. Thermocouple or extension grade Determine whether this will be used for the actual sensor or just to extend the signal at lower temperatures. Standard or special limits of error This will determine the accuracy of your sensor. Limits of error is determined by testing at a predefined Watlow standard test point. To guarantee limits of error at other temperature points please contact the factory to arrange special testing. Insulation on singles and duplex These are usually the same material which is chosen for the environment in which the sensor will be used. If special designs are required, consult factory for details. Color coding Unless specified, all color coding will be to ASTM E 230 standards. Spool lengths Spool lengths should be specified as to your requirements. Watlow tries to maintain a policy of shipping 1,000 foot spools. However, if not specified, random lengths may be shipped. If you have special packaging requirements, please consult factory. Variation in quantity Watlow follows the industry standard of shipping and invoicing at plus or minus ten percent of any ordered item. If your requirements dictate anything other than plus or minus ten percent, consult factory as there may be additional charges. Overbraid options If an overbraid is required, the options are presented below. Overbraid selection code SStainless Steel Wire Braid CTinned Copper Wire Braid WFlat Stainless Steel Spiral Wrap NAlloy 600 Wire Braid Each SERIES page lists these options. Special requirements and testing are available at additional cost. Consult factory for details. These include: Shielding Some constructions are available with shielding possibilities. Calibration Tests If calibration is required, please specify the temperatures. Certificate of Compliance These may be provided to various specifications. When ordering, please provide specification requirements. Special Requirements Please consult the factory for any requirements not covered above.

Availability Stock constructions: Many constructions available for same day shipment Stock constructions with options: Shipment generally in five working days or less Stock constructions requiring calibration or other laboratory services: Shipment generally in five working days or less Made-to-order: Consult factory for details

*Not an ASTM E 230 symbol

180

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire and Thermocouple Extension Wire
Technical Data
How to Select Wire to Suit Your Requirements The following information will acquaint you with some of the nomenclature involved with thermocouple wire and thermocouple extension wire. By spending a few minutes reading this information orders can be placed quickly and accurately.
Thermocouple Wire or Thermocouple Extension Wire There are some significant differences between the wire used to actually measure temperature and the wire used to carry the millivoltage signal to an instrument. The most obvious difference is the color-code used to identify the wire itself. In most cases, thermocouple grade wire is identified by its overall brown color. The exceptions in the SERV-RITE wire product line are the very high temperature yarns such as those used in the SERIES 301 and 350. Of course, the overall color code is not used when there is no overall covering as in SERV-RITE wire SERIES 505, 511 and 314. The working differences between the two wires is that the thermocouple extension wire is not calibrated above 204C (400F). The temperature rating of the insulations used on some extension grade wire exceeds this 204C (400F) temperature. This is to allow the wire to survive occasional contact with hot parts or furnace walls. The following explains the meanings of the terms used in the tables of this section. Single Conductor Insulation This item identifies the type of insulation used on the individual thermoelements. Certain part numbers use a combination of insulations. When there is a combination, the insulations are listed in their order of application. Duplex Conductor Insulation This item lists the overall insulation when one is used. Some constructions which have no overall insulation use this area to describe the duplexing methodi.e. twisting, ripcord, etc. Temperature Rating Most constructions are rated for both continuous use and for single reading applications. The continuous use temperature is considered to be the highest temperature at which that particular construction will survive indefinitely. The single reading temperature has been determined by actual tests. Each insulation system will perform differently when exposed to this temperature. Generally, the construction will perform at this temperature and produce an accurate reading. However, after exposure to this temperature, the wire will exhibit less flexibility and/or abrasion resistance. Because of this, it is unlikely that the wire could be removed from the application and then replaced after exposure to the single reading temperature.

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

181

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire and Thermocouple Extension Wire
Technical Data
How to Select Wire to Suit Your Requirements
ASTM E 230 Color Code Generally, SERV-RITE wire has color codes wherever possible. The exceptions are the high temperature yarn constructions such as the SERIES 301 and 350. Color coding of the SERIES 511 and 512 is accomplished by including a colored thread or tracer under the tape. Physical Properties Abrasion Resistance is rated fair, good, or excellent and is based on the wall thickness of the construction and how well it survives with other insulations of similar thicknesses. The 511 SERIES receives an excellent rating because the thin wall of polyimide tape will survive better than almost any other insulation applied in the same wall thickness. The absolute abrasion resistance of a construction will depend not only on the type of insulation but on thickness at which it is applied. Moisture Resistance ratings are given for the wire in the as received condition. In the case of fiberglass insulated wire, the moisture resistance is achieved by the use of impregnations or spirally applied tapes called moisture barriers. The impregnations and/or tapes will burn off at temperatures below the upper useful operating temperatures of the fiberglass. The thermoplastic insulations (PVC and the fluoroplastics) and the polyimide insulated constructions will maintain their moisture resistance up to their continuous temperature rating. Chemical Resistance ratings are given as they relate to most common chemicals. These ratings apply to the insulation types and not necessarily to the type of impregnation used. Consult factory for specific applications. UL Listed PLTC Wire And Cable Watlow offers UL listed SERV-RITE thermocouple and extension wire and cable for PLTC (Power Limited Tray Cable) applications. The following insulation SERIES have these approvals: 502 507 509 510 900 1000 All these insulation SERIES have the following physical characteristics: UL listed Type PLTC300 Volt

Stainless Steel Wire Braid (S) This, the most popular of the overbraids, uses 300 series stainless steel and is available on virtually all standard SERV-RITE wire offerings. It is an economical method of extending the life of thermocouple and extension wire. Several of our standard wire items are available from stock with a stainless overbraid. Non-stock items are available on a special order basis. Alloy 600 Wire Braid (N) Most commonly specified on high temperature SERV-RITE wire yarn insulations, the Inconel braid offers a higher operating temperature than the series 300 stainless steel overbraid. When this braid is specified on SERV-RITE SERIES 350, the performance of the material is only surpassed by metal-sheathed cables. Consult factory for availability on specific wire items.

Passes IEEE 383 70,000 BTU/Hr flame test Passes VW-1 flame test UL listed under Subject 13 Non-propagating Flame retardant UV light resistant

Metallic Overbraids and Wraps Although standard SERV-RITE wire products are designed to yield a high degree of abrasion resistance, it is sometimes necessary to add an additional metallic covering to further enhance this property. The following are the available overbraids and wraps.

Tinned Copper Wire Overbraid (C) When there is a possibility of electrical interference in the area of the thermocouple installation, it may be necessary to shield the wire from electrical noise. Several of our standard products use aluminized tapes as an intrinsic shield. However, when shielding is needed on other constructions, a tinned copper shield can be specified on special order. Stainless Steel Spiral Wrap (W) Certain constructions are available with a spirally applied stainless steel wrap. The wrap yields a tough mechanical coating that survives well in most outdoor applications. Consult factory for the availability on specific catalog items. To add a metallic overbraid or wrap, insert the letter designator as follows:

Inconel is a registered trademark of Special Metals Corporation.

182

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire and Thermocouple Extension Wire
Technical Data
How to Select Wire Code Number
a

1 2 -00

9 10 11

1. ASTM E 230 Calibration B J S C* K T E N 2-3. AWG 14 to 36 b 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5. Metallic Overbraids (optional) S = Stainless steel N = Alloy 600 C = Tinned copper 6-8. Insulation Series Refer to Insulation chart below. 9-11. Color Code Blank = ASTM E 230 (formally ANSI MC96.1) BSC = BS 1843 DIN = DIN 43710 JIS = JIS C 1610-1981 IEC = IEC 584-3 *Not an ASTM E 230 symbol.
a b

Color coding will be to ASTM E 230 standards, unless specified. Stranded conductors will be seven strand constructions. Consult factory for other configurations.

Made-to-order

If you are unable to locate the stock SERV-RITE wire product that meets your unique application, Watlow can manufacture the exact wire product that does. With short lead times, Watlow can make-to-order any combination of wire type and insulation with metallic overbraids,

wraps or shielding, in designated standards. Simply review How to Order, on page 180 of this section, define your requirements and call your Watlow representative to place your order and confirm specifications.

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

183

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
SERV TEX Insulated Extension Wire SERIES 155
Popular Constructions
Grade Extension AWG 16 Wire Type Solid Stranded Limits of Error Standard Standard Type K K16-5-155 K16-7-155 Type J J16-5-155 J16-7-155 Type S S16-5-155 S16-7-155

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-1

The SERIES 155 is a tough wire especially suited to applications involving momentary contact with molten metals, hot surfaces as found in heat treating, steel, aluminum plants, glass ceramic and brick manufacturing. The conductors are insulated with braided fiberglass and then impregnated with a resin. Insulated conductors are then laid parallel and a SERV TEX braid is woven over them and a final impregnation is applied.
Continuous Use Temp. Single Use Temp.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 20 16 20 stranded (7/28) 16 stranded (7/24)

14 14 stranded (7/22)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

290C (550F) 340C (650F) Resin retained to 204C ( 400F) Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating: 290C (550F) SERV TEX heavy braided jacket Fiberglass braided insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Heat treating Molten metal Foundry

Moisture Good

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 20 20 S* (7/28) 16 16 S* (7/24) 14 14 S* (7/22) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.038 0.051 0.060 0.064 0.076 (0.813) (0.965) (1.290) (1.524) (1.628) (1.930) Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) Overall in. (mm) 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.136 x 0.178 0.144 x 0.196 0.158 x 0.226 0.170 x 0.244 0.180 x 0.252 0.205 x 0.270 (3.45 x 4.52) (3.66 x 4.98) (4.01 x 5.74) (4.32 x 6.20) (4.57 x 6.40) (5.21 x 6.86) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 15 16 29 31 40 46 (22.4) (23.8) (43.2) (46.2) (59.6) (68.5)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 20 S (7/28) is seven strands of 28 gauge wire to make a 20 gauge stranded conductor.

184

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
SERV TEX and TFE Tape Extension Wire SERIES 157
Popular Constructions
Grade Extension AWG 16 Wire Type Solid Stranded Limits of Error Standard Standard Type K K16-5-157 K16-7-157 Type J J16-5-157 J16-7-157 Type S S16-5-157 S16-7-157

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-1

5 7

The SERIES 157 is an improved version of SERIES 155. The SERIES 157 uses tape over the conductors to improve moisture resistance. The SERIES 157 conductors are first wrapped with a TFE tape, braided with fiberglass, and then impregnated with a resin. The insulated single conductors are then laid parallel and braided with SERV TEX yarn. The final coat is a resin impregnation.
Continuous Use Temp. Single Use Temp.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 20 16 20 stranded (7/28) 16 stranded (7/24)

14 14 stranded (7/22)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

290C (550F) 340C (650F) Resin retained to 204C ( 400F) Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Moisture Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 290C (550F) SERV TEX heavy braided jacket Fiberglass braided insulation TFE taped conductors Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Heat treating Molten metal Foundry

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 20 20 S* (7/28) 16 16 S* (7/24) 14 14 S* (7/22) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.038 0.051 0.060 0.064 0.076 (0.813) (0.965) (1.290) (1.524) (1.628) (1.930) Conductor in. (mm) 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) Overall in. (mm) 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) (0.762) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.146 x 0.192 0.154 x 0.210 0.168 x 0.240 0.180 x 0.258 0.190 x 0.266 0.225 x 0.302 (3.71 x 4.87) (3.91 x 5.33) (4.27 x 6.10) (4.57 x 6.55) (4.57 x 6.76) (5.72 x 7.67) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 16 17 30 32 42 48 (23.8) (25.3) (44.7) (47.7) (62.6) (71.5)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 20 S (7/28) is seven strands of 28 gauge wire to make a 20 gauge stranded conductor.

185

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
High Temperature Vitreous Silica Braided Thermocouple Wire SERIES 301 and 365
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG Wire Type Solid Insulation Heavy Medium Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Special Type K K20-1-301 K20-2-301 K20-1-365 K20-2-365

Thermocouple

20

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

Both the SERIES 301 and 365 use vitreous silica yarn as the insulation on both the conductors and duplex. This yarn retains its flexibility after exposure to high temperatures. The vitreous silica yarns greater purity performs better at high temperatures than other fibrous glass products. Testing has indicated that contamination will compromise this materials upper use temperature. For this reason, our standard offering is supplied without color coding or impregnations. The 365 construction is a cost-effective, medium insulation build of the popular heavy duty 301 construction. For higher temperatures consider SERIES 350 (see page 191).
Continuous Use Temp. 980C (1800F) Moisture Fair Single Use Temp. 1093C (2000F)

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K J N 2-3. AWG 20 16 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 5-7. Insulation Type 301 = Heavy build 365 = Medium build Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 982C (1800F) Vitreous silica braided yarn insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Heat treating Oven and furnace Survey and load

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Fair

Wire Specifications - SERIES 301 and SERIES 365

Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 20a 18a 16a 202 aSERIES 301 2SERIES 365 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.040 0.051 0.032 (0.813) (1.020) (1.290) (0.813) Conductor in. (mm) 0.018 0.018 0.016 0.015 (0.457) (0.457) (0.406) (0.381) Overall in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.012 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.305) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.098 x 0.154 0.110 x 0.180 0.118 x 0.198 0.090 x 0.140 (2.49 x 3.91) (2.79 x 4.57) (3.00 x 5.03) (2.29 x 3.56) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 15 19 25 13 (22.4) (28.3) (37.3) (19.4)

* Lack of binders or impregnations may cause insulation to flower when stripped.

186

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
Fiberglass Braided Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 304
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 Thermocouple 24 Grade AWG Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Type K K20-1-304* K20-2-304 K20-3-304* K24-1-304 K24-2-304 K24-3-304 Type E E20-1-304 E20-2-304 E20-3-304 Type J J20-1-304* J20-2-304 J20-3-304* J24-1-304 J24-2-304 J24-3-304 Type B Type T T20-1-304 T20-2-304 T20-3-304 T24-1-304 T24-2-304

Thermocouple 20 Extension 20 24

B20-5-304

The uniform quality and availability of the SERIES 304 make it the ideal wire for general applications requiring moderate abrasion and moisture resistance, wide temperature capabilities and economy. Each conductor is covered with a color coded glass braid. This braid is impregnated to enhance abrasion resistance and reduce fraying. The insulated single conductors are laid parallel and covered with another layer of woven glass. A final impregnation is then applied to the glass. For higher temperatures, consider SERIES 321 (see page 190).
Continuous Use Temp. Single Use Temp.

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools. *These constructions stocked with a stainless steel overbraid (order overbraid by adding -S in front of construction type (i.e. K20-1-S-304). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Available Constructions

-3

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 30 24 20 28 24 stranded (7/32) 20 stranded (7/28) 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

480C (900F) 540C (1000F) Resin retained to 204C ( 400F) Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Fair

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Moisture Good

Wire Specifications
AWG 30 28 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.010 0.013 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 (0.254) (0.320) (1.508) (1.610) (1.813) (1.965)

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 482C (900F) Fiberglass braided yarn insulation Available with optional metallic
Nominal Insulation Thickness Conductor in. (mm) 0.007 0.007 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.006 (0.178) (0.178) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.152) Overall in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 (0.203) (0.203) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152)

overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Heat treating Oven General use

Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 3 3 7 8 9 10 (4.5) (4.5) (10.4) (11.9) (13.4) (14.9)

Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.043 x 0.064 0.043 x 0.070 0.045 x 0.072 0.048 x 0.080 0.056 x 0.096 0.064 x 0.112 (1.09 x 1.63) (1.09 x 1.78) (1.14 x 1.83) (1.22 x 2.03) (1.42 x 2.44) (1.63 x 2.84)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 20 S (7/28) is seven strands of 28 gauge wire to make a 20 gauge stranded conductor.

187

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
Fiberglass Wrapped Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 305
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 24 Thermocouple 28 30 Wire Type Solid Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Type K K24-1-305 K24-2-305 K28-1-305 K28-2-305 K30-1-305 K30-2-305 Type J J24-1-305 J24-2-305 J28-1-305 J28-2-305 J30-1-305 J30-2-305

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-3

SERIES 305 is specifically constructed for light duty applications where size is a critical factor. The single conductors are insulated using a specialized yarn wrapped on the conductors in layers. This yarn is then impregnated to add abrasion resistance and enhance electrical properties. The insulated single conductors are then laid parallel and covered with a layer of braided glass. A final impregnation is applied to the braid. For higher temperature applications, use SERIES 321 (see page 190).
Continuous Use Temp. Single Use Temp.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 30 24 28 24 stranded (7/32)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

480C (900F) 540C (1000F) Resin retained to 204C ( 400F) Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Fair

Moisture Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 482C (900F) Fiberglass braided yarn insulation Yarn wrapped conductors for superior coverage on small gauge wires Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance
Nominal Insulation Thickness

Applications Heat treating Oven General use

Wire Specifications
AWG 30 28 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.010 0.013 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 (0.254) (0.320) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) Conductor in. (mm) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) Overall in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 (0.203) (0.203) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.036 x 0.056 (0.914 x 1.42) 0.040 x 0.062 (1.02 x 1.57) 0.042 x 0.072 (1.07 x 1.83) 0.048 x 0.080 (1.22 x 2.03) 0.054 x 0.096 (1.37 x 2.44) 0.060 x 0.108 (1.52 x 2.74) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 3 3 7 8 9 10 (4.5) (4.5) (10.4) (11.9) (13.4) (14.9)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

188

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
High Temperature Fiberglass Twisted Thermocouple Wire SERIES 314
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Special Type K K20-1-314 K20-2-314 K24-1-314 K24-2-314 Type J J20-1-314 J20-2-314 J24-1-314 J24-2-314

Thermocouple

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-3

1 4

The SERIES 314 is an economical construction for general, high temperature applications. The braided high temperature yarn is applied in a unique manner that allows SERIES 314 to be competitively priced with other fiberglass constructions. It produces a finished wire that performs at temperatures to 870C (1600F). The conductors are insulated with braided high strength fiberglass and impregnated to improve abrasion resistance. The impregnation is tinted to impart color coding to primary insulations. The insulated single conductors are then twisted together to yield a construction flexible enough for most any application.
Continuous Use Temp. Single Use Temp.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K T J N 2-3. AWG 24 16 20 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 705C (1300F) Fiberglass braided yarn insulation Twisted design has no jacket Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Heat treating Aluminum stress relieving Steel annealing

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

705C (1300F) 870C (1600F) Resin retained to 204C ( 400F) Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Moisture Good

Wire Specifications
AWG 24 20 18 16 14 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.020 0.032 0.040 0.051 0.064 (0.508) (0.965) (1.02) (1.29) (1.63) Nominal Conductor Insulation Thickness in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.018 0.018 0.018 (0.381) (0.381) (0.457) (0.457) (0.457) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.100 0.124 0.152 0.174 0.200 (2.54) (3.15) (3.56) (4.42) (5.08) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 6 10 16 21 32 (8.9) (14.9) (23.8) (31.3) (47.7)

189

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
High Temperature Braided Fiberglass Thermocouple Wire SERIES 321
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Special Type K K20-1-321 K20-2-321 K24-1-321 K24-2-321 Type J J20-1-321 J20-2-321 J24-1-321 J24-2-321

Thermocouple

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-3

2 1

The addition of color coding and impregnation to the high temperature fiberglass make this the logical next step for systems which have exceeded the temperature capabilities of standard glass insulated series. Each conductor is covered with a color coded, high temperature fiberglass braid. This braid is then impregnated to enhance abrasion resistance and reduce fraying. The insulated conductors are laid parallel and covered with another braid of high temperature fiberglass and impregnation.
Continuous Use Temp. Single Use Temp.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K T J N 2-3. AWG 24 16 20 14 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

705C (1300F) 870C (1600F) Resin retained to 204C ( 400F) Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 705C (1300F) Heavy fiberglass braided yarn insulation Twisted design has no jacket Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Heat treating Aluminum and steel

Moisture Good

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 24 20 18 16 14 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.020 0.032 0.040 0.051 0.064 (0.508) (0.965) (1.02) (1.29) (1.63) Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) Overall in. (mm) 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.072 x 0.120 0.082 x 0.140 0.090 x 0.156 0.100 x 0.174 0.114 x 0.200 (1.83 x 3.05) (2.08 x 3.56) (2.29 x 3.96) (2.54 x 4.42) (2.90 x 5.08) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 10 13 18 25 34 (14.9) (19.4) (26.8) (37.3) (50.7)

190

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
High Temperature Ceramic Fiber Thermocouple Wire SERIES 350 and 355
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG Wire Type Solid Insulation Heavy Medium Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Special Type K K20-1-350 K20-2-350 K20-1-355 K20-2-355 7

Thermocouple

20

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Available Constructions

The SERIES 350 uses the ultimate high-temperature flexible insulating system. The ceramic fiber yarns upper temperature limit often exceeds the melting point of the material its insulating. When an application requires flexible insulation, while pushing Type K or Type N to their extreme limits, ceramic fiber insulation is the only choice. Watlow supplies standard SERIES 350 without color coding or impregnations.* This minimizes contaminating the pure ceramic fiber yarn. Laboratory testing indicates the impregnation can decrease the upper use temperature by as much as 540C (1000F). The 355 construction is a costeffective, medium insulation build of the popular 350 heavy duty construction. If application temperatures exceed SERIES 350 construction, specify XACTPAK mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K J N 2-3. AWG 24 16 20 14 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5-7. Insulation Type 350 = Heavy build 355 = Medium build Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 1205C (2200F) Ceramic fiber braided yarn insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance
Continuous Use Temp. 1205C (2200F) Moisture Fair Single Use Temp. 1430C (2600F)

Applications Heat treating Oven and furnace survey Load thermocouple

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Wire Specifications - SERIES 350 and SERIES 355

Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) Conductor in. (mm) Overall in. (mm) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) (2.24 x 3.35) (2.54 x 3.91) (3.02 x 4.88) (3.35 x 5.54) (1.98 x 2.95) (2.29 x 3.50) (2.82 x 4.47) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 13 16 32 44 13 16 32 (19.4) (23.8) (47.7) (65.6) (19.4) (23.8) (47.7)

24a 0.020 (0.508) 0.016 (0.406) 0.016 (0.406) 0.088 x 0.132 20a 0.032 (0.965) 0.016 (0.406) 0.016 (0.406) 0.100 x 0.154 16a 0.051 (1.29) 0.016 (0.406) 0.016 (0.406) 0.119 x 0.192 14a 0.064 (1.63) 0.016 (0.406) 0.016 (0.406) 0.132 x 0.218 242 0.020 (0.508) 0.012 (0.305) 0.016 (0.406) 0.078 x 0.116 202 0.032 (0.965) 0.012 (0.305) 0.016 (0.406) 0.090 x 0.138 162 0.051 (1.29) 0.012 (0.305) 0.016 (0.406) 0.111 x 0.176 aSERIES 350 2SERIES 355 * Because this insulation has no binders or impregnations, it may flower when stripped.

191

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
PVC Insulated Extension Wire SERIES 502
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 16 Extension 20 24 Grade Extension AWG 20 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Wire Type Solid Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Limits of Error Standard Type K K16-5-502 K16-7-502 K20-5-502 K20-7-502 K24-5-502 K24-7-502 Type E E20-5-502 Type J J16-5-502 J16-7-502 J20-5-502 J20-7-502 J24-5-502 J24-7-502 Type S S20-5-502 Type T

T20-5-502 T20-7-502 T24-5-502 T24-7-502

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

SERIES 502 is an economical wire thats also available in UL listings for PLTC (Power Limited Tray Cable) applications. The primary and duplex insulation is PVC. It yields a construction thats inexpensive while performing continuously at temperatures to 105C (220F). SERIES 502 is often used in conduit and wiring trays where its flexibility allows for easy installation. The SERIES 502 can be easily stripped using hand tools or mechanical methods. The SERIES 502 is also available as a UL PLTC construction (see page 193).

Available Constructions

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 24 20 24 stranded (7/28) 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

14 14 stranded (7/22)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F) Flexible PVC plastic insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications General use extension wire

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) 14 14 S* (7/22) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 0.064 0.076 (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52) (1.628) (1.930) Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) Overall in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.025 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.635) (0.635) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.080 x 0.130 0.084 x 0.138 0.092 x 0.154 0.098 x 0.166 0.120 x 0.200 0.128 x 0.216 0.131 x 0.222 0.140 x 0.240 0.144 x 0.248 0.166 x 0.282 (2.03 x 3.30) (2.13 x 3.51) (2.34 x 3.91) (2.49 x 4.22) (3.05 x 5.08) (3.25 x 5.49) (3.33 x 5.64) (3.56 x 6.10) (3.66 x 6.30) (4.22 x 7.16) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 10 11 14 16 21 23 28 30 44 48 (14.9) (16.4) (20.9) (23.8) (31.3) (34.3) (41.7) (44.7) (65.6) (71.5)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

192

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
PVC Insulated Extension Wire SERIES 502 UL

Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 16 20 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Type K K16-5-502-UL K16-7-502-UL K20-5-502-UL K20-7-502-UL 1 2 Type J Type T J16-5-502-UL J16-7-502-UL J20-5-502-UL T20-5-502-UL J20-7-502-UL T20-7-502-UL 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Extension

Available Constructions

-5

2 -U L

UL SERIES 502 is an economical wire available in UL listings for Power Limited Tray Cable (PLTC) applications. The primary and duplex insulation is PVC. It yields a construction thats in-expensive while performing continuously at temperatures to 105C (220F). UL SERIES 502 is often used in conduit and wiring trays where its flexibility allows for easy installation. The UL SERIES 502 can be easily stripped using hand tools or mechanical methods.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 20 16 20 stranded (7/28) 16 stranded (7/28) 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F) Flexible PVC plastic insulation UL listed 300V PLTC Listed under UL Subject 13, File Number E116321 Passes IEEE 383 70,000 BTU/hour flame test Passes VW-1 flame test Non-propagating UV light resistant

Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications General Use extension wire

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52) Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 (0.381) (0.381) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) Overall in. (mm) 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.132 x 0.194 0.138 x 0.206 0.158 x 0.230 0.158 x 0.246 0.161 x 0.252 0.170 x 0.270 (3.35 x 4.93) (3.50 x 5.23) (3.81 x 5.48) (4.01 x 6.25) (4.09 x 6.40) (4.32 x 6.86) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 23 25 31 32 38 40 (34.3) (37.3) (46.2) (47.7) (56.6) (59.6)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 20 S (7/28) is seven strands of 28 gauge wire to make a 20 gauge stranded conductor.

193

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
PVC Insulated RIPCORD SERIES 505
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG Wire Type Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Type K K24-1-505 K24-2-505 Type J J24-1-505 J24-2-505 Type T T24-1-505 T24-2-505

Thermocouple 24

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

The SERIES 505 is the most economical wire produced. Unlike some competitive ripcord type constructions which use only a stripe to establish polarity, SERIES 505 single conductors are fully color coded. The conductors are individually insulated with the proper colored PVC and fused into ripcord using a proprietary process. The insulated conductors can be easily separated by hand once the bond between conductors has been slit. As with other PVC insulated products, SERIES 505 lends itself well to both manual and mechanical stripping methods.
Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 26 24 24 stranded (7/32)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F) Flexible PVC plastic insulation Ripcord peelable construction Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Laboratory Test stand Automotive

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Wire Specifications
AWG 26 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.016 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 (0.406) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) Nominal Conductor Insulation Thickness in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.046 x 0.088 0.050 x 0.096 0.054 x 0.104 0.062 x 0.120 0.068 x 0.132 (1.17 x 2.24) (1.27 x 2.44) (1.37 x 2.64) (1.57 x 3.05) (1.73 x 3.35) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 4 5 6 10 11 (6.0) (7.5) (8.9) (14.9) (16.4)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

194

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
Small Gauge FEP Insulated SERIES 506
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 28 Thermocouple 30 36 Wire Type Solid Solid Solid Limits of Error Special Special Special Type K K28-2-506 K30-2-506 K36-2-506 Type J J28-2-506 J30-2-506 J36-2-506 Type T T28-2-506 T30-2-506 T36-2-506

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

The SERIES 506 is the smallest standard insulated wire construction. The thin FEP wall on both primary and duplex insulation yields a construction that can operate safely at temperatures far beyond common PVC and nylon insulations. The SERIES 506 is fully color coded for ease of installation. Its small size allows use in high density circuits. Response time is minimized by small diameter conductors. SERIES 506 is available only in gauge sizes of #26 and smaller. For gauge sizes larger than #26 specify SERIES 507 (see page 196).
Continuous Use Temp. 204C (400F) Moisture Excellent Single Use Temp. 260C (500F)

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 36 30 28

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 204C (400F) Flexible FEP plastic insulation Thin insulation wall for a compact construction Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Laboratory Test stand Industrial equipment testing

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Excellent

Excellent

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 36 32 30 28 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.005 0.008 0.010 0.013 (0.127) (0.203) (0.254) (0.330) Conductor in. (mm) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) Overall in. (mm) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.025 x 0.040 0.028 x 0.046 0.030 x 0.050 0.033 x 0.056 (0.635 x 1.02) (0.711 x 1.17) (0.762 x 1.27) (0.838 x 1.42) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 2 2 3 3 (3.0) (3.0) (4.5) (4.5)

195

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
FEP Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 507
Popular Constructions
Grade Extension AWG 20 20 Thermocouple 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Stranded Solid Solid Stranded Solid Wire Type Solid Solid Stranded Solid Solid Solid Stranded Solid Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Special Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Standard Special Type K K20-5-507 K20-1-507 K20-3-507 K20-2-507 K24-1-507 K24-3-507 K24-2-507 Type E E20-5-507 E20-1-507 E20-3-507 E20-2-507 E24-1-507 E24-3-507 E24-2-507 Type J J20-5-507 J20-1-507 J20-3-507 J20-2-507 J24-1-507 J24-3-507 J24-2-507 Type S S20-5-507 Type T T20-5-507 T20-1-507 T20-3-507 T20-2-507 T24-1-507 T24-3-507 T24-2-507

Grade Extension

AWG 20

Thermocouple 20

The SERIES 507 is the most economical fluoroplastic insulated wire. SERIES 507 is also available as UL listed PLTC. Individual conductors are coated with a layer of color coded FEP. The insulated conductors are then parallel duplexed with an additional layer of color coded FEP. The finished construction has a temperature rating of 260C (500F). Abrasion, moisture and chemical resistance are far in excess of most other insulations. This construction is widely used when pulling long lengths of wire through conduit. FEPs low friction coefficient and abrasion resistance make it ideally suited for these applications. For higher abrasion resistance consider Tefzel insulated constructions, the SERIES 514. For higher temperatures specify SERIES 508 (see page 198).

Extension

24

S24-5-507

Thermocouple 24

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 24 22 24 stranded (7/32) 22 stranded (7/30)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Continuous Use Temp. 204C (400F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 260C (500F)

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 204C (400F) Flexible FEP plastic insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications General use extension wire

Tefzel is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Company.

196

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
FEP Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 507 (cont)
Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 24 24 S* (7/32) 22 22 S* (7/30) 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.020 0.024 0.025 0.030 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 (0.508) (0.610) (0.635) (0.762) (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52) Conductor in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) Overall in. (mm) 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.012 0.012 (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.305) (0.305) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.056 x 0.096 0.060 x 0.104 0.061 x 0.106 0.066 x 0.116 0.068 x 0.120 0.074 x 0.132 0.076 x 0.136 0.084 x 0.152 0.091 x 0.162 0.100 x 0.186 (1.42 x 2.44) (1.52 x 2.64) (1.55 x 2.69) (1.68 x 2.95) (1.73 x 3.05) (1.88 x 3.35) (1.93 x 3.45) (2.13 x 3.86) (2.31 x 4.11) (2.54 x 4.72) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 8 9 10 11 12 14 18 20 28 30 (11.9) (13.4) (14.9) (16.4) (17.9) (20.9) (26.8) (29.8) (41.7) (44.7)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

197

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
TFE Insulated SERIES 508
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Solid Stranded Solid Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Solid Stranded Solid Limits of Error Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Special Limits of Error Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Special Type K K20-1-508 K20-3-508 K20-2-508 K24-1-508 K24-3-508 K24-2-508 Type E E20-1-508 E20-3-508 E20-2-508 E24-1-508 E24-3-508 E24-2-508 Type J J20-1-508 J20-3-508 J20-2-508 J24-1-508 J24-3-508 J24-2-508 Type T T20-1-508 T20-3-508 T20-2-508 T24-1-508 T24-3-508 T24-2-508

20 Thermocouple 24 Grade AWG

The primary and duplex insulation of SERIES 508 is fused TFE tape. The tape is spirally applied to the conductor and heated. This process, called sintering, forms the tape into a homogeneous layer. When sintered, the tape exhibits all of the advantages of extruded TFE insulation, while eliminating the concentricity problems associated with TFE extrusions. The SERIES 508 is fully color coded and capable of continuous operation in excess of 260C (500F). Because the fusing process causes the duplex tape to fuse with the primary insulation, SERIES 508 is not recommended for applications where its necessary to remove the outer tape while leaving the primary insulation intact.
Continuous Use Temp. 260C (500F) Moisture Excellent Single Use Temp. 315C (600F)

Thermocouple

20 24

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 26 24 24 stranded (7/32)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Good

Wire Specifications
AWG 26 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.016 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 (0.406) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52)

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 260C (500F) Fused TFE tape insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance
Nominal Insulation Thickness Conductor in. (mm) 0.006 (0.152) 0.006 (0.152) 0.006 (0.152) 0.006 (0.152) 0.006 (0.152) 0.006 (0.152) 0.006 (0.152) 0.010 (0.254) 0.010 (0.254)) Overall in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203)

Applications Aircraft Petroleum processing

Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.044 x 0.072 0.047 x 0.077 0.049 x 0.084 0.061 x 0.106 0.064 x 0.112 0.068 x 0.120 0.076 x 0.136 0.087 x 0.158 0.096 x 0.176 (1.12 x 1.83) (1.19 x 1.95) (1.24 x 2.13) (1.55 x 2.69) (1.63 x 2.84) (1.73 x 3.05) (1.93 x 3.45) (2.21 x 4.01) (2.44 x 4.47)

Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 4 5 6 11 12 16 18 25 27 (6.0) (7.5) (8.9) (16.4) (17.9) (23.8) (26.8) (37.3) (40.2)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

198

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
FEP Insulated and Shielded Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 509
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 16 Extension 20 20 Thermocouple 24 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Solid Solid Solid Stranded Wire Type Solid Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Special Standard Standard Limits of Error Standard Type K K16-5-509 K16-7-509 K20-5-509 K20-7-509 K20-1-509 K20-2-509 K24-1-509 K24-3-509 Type E E20-5-509 Type J J16-5-509 J16-7-509 J20-5-509 J20-7-509 J20-1-509 J20-2-509 J24-1-509 J24-3-509 Type S S20-5-509 Type T

T20-5-509 T20-7-509 T20-1-509 T20-2-509 T24-1-509 T24-3-509

Grade Extension

AWG 20

The SERIES 509 was developed especially for use with microprocessor based systems. SERIES 509 (see page 200) is also available as UL listed PLTC . The conductors are insulated with color coded FEP. They are then twisted with a copper drain wire. An aluminized polyester tape is wrapped around the conductors and drain wire. Finally, FEP is applied. The finished construction can withstand temperatures in excess of 204C (400F). Twisted conductors minimize EMI and the taped shield eliminates most problems associated with AC noise.

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 24 20 24 stranded (7/32) 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

Continuous Use Temp. 204C (400F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 260C (500F)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent

Wire Specifications
AWG 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52)

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 204C (400F) Flexible FEP plastic insulation Twisted and shielded construction to reduce electrical noise interference
Nominal Insulation Thickness Conductor in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) Overall in. (mm) 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381)

Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Applications General use extension wire

Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.104 0.112 0.128 0.140 0.152 0.168 0.174 0.192 (2.64) (2.84) (3.25) (3.56) (3.86) (4.27) (4.42) (4.88)

Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 12 13 18 20 25 27 33 35 (17.9) (19.4) (26.8) (29.8) (37.3) (40.2) (49.2) (52.2)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

199

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
FEP Insulated with Shield and Drain 300V UL Listed PLTC Extension Cable SERIES 509 UL

Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 16 Extension 20 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Type K K16-5-509-UL K16-7-509-UL K20-5-509-UL K20-7-509-UL 1 2 Type J Type T J16-5-509-UL J16-7-509-UL J20-5-509-UL T20-5-509-UL J20-7-509-UL T20-7-509-UL 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Available Constructions

-5

9 -U L

The SERIES 509 UL is one of a family of constructions developed especially for use with microprocessor based systems. SERIES 509 UL has UL listings for Power Limited Tray Cable (PLTC) applications. The conductors are first insulated with color coded FEP. The conductors are then twisted with a copper drain wire. An aluminized polyester tape is wrapped around the two conductors and drain wire. Finally, an FEP layer is applied over the taped conductors. The finished construction can withstand temperatures in excess of 204C (400F). The twisted conductors minimizes electromagnetic interference and the taped shield eliminates most problems associated with AC noise in the sensing circuit.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 20 16 20 stranded (7/28) 16 stranded (7/24) 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities UL listed 300V PLTC Listed under UL Subject 13, File Number E116321 Passes IEEE 383 70,000 BTU/hour flame test Passes VW-1 flame test Non-propagating UV light resistant

Continuous temperature rating 204C (400F) Flexible FEP plastic insulation Twisted and shielded construction to reduce electrical noise interference Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Continuous Use Temp. 204C (400F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 260C (500F)

Applications General use extension wire

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.142 0.158 0.180 0.198 (3.61) (3.91) (4.57) (5.03) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 22 24 38 41 (32.8) (35.8) (56.6) (61.1)

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 20 20 S* (7/28) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.038 0.051 0.060 (0.813) (0.965) (1.29) (1.52) Conductor in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) Overall in. (mm) 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 (0.457) (0.457) (0.457) (0.457)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 20 S (7/28) is seven strands of 28 gauge wire to make a 20 gauge stranded conductor.

200

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
PVC Insulated and Shielded Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 510
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 16 Extension 20 24 Grade Extension AWG 20 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Wire Type Solid Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Limits of Error Standard Type K K16-5-510 K16-7-510 K20-5-510 K20-7-510 K24-5-510 K24-7-510 Type E E20-5-510 Type J J16-5-510 J16-7-510 J20-5-510 J20-7-510 J24-5-510 J24-7-510 Type S S20-5-510 Type T T16-5-510 T16-7-510 T20-5-510 T20-7-510 T24-5-510 T24-7-510

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

The SERIES 510 is a PVC insulated, twisted and shielded construction for systems sensitive to induced voltages and noise. SERIES 510 (see page 202) is also available as UL listed PLTC. The conductors are insulated with color coded PVC. The next operation twists the two insulated conductors with a copper drain wire. An aluminized polyester tape is wrapped around the wires to impart 100 percent shielding. Lastly, another layer of PVC is applied. The twisting eliminates most EMI while the shield tape minimizes AC noise.

Available Constructions

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 24 20 24 stranded (7/32) 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

14 14 stranded (7/22)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Wire Specifications
AWG 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) 14 14 S* (7/22) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 0.064 0.076 (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52) (1.63) (1.93)

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F) Flexible PVC plastic insulation Twisted and shielded construction to reduce electrical noise interference
Nominal Insulation Thickness Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) Overall in. (mm) 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.025 (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.635) (0.635)

Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications General use extension wire

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.140 0.148 0.164 0.176 0.200 0.216 0.222 0.240 0.258 0.282 (3.56) (3.76) (4.17) (4.47) (5.08) (5.49) (5.64) (6.10) (6.55) (7.16)

Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 13 14 22 24 30 32 39 41 55 58 (19.4) (20.9) (32.8) (35.8) (44.7) (47.7) (58.1) (61.1) (82.0) (86.4)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

201

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

PVC Insulated and Shielded 300 V UL Listed PLTC Extension Cable SERIES 510 UL

Thermocouple Wire

Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 16 20 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Stranded Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Type K Type J Type T K16-5-510-UL J16-5-510-UL K16-7-510-UL J16-7-510-UL K20-5-510-UL J20-5-510-UL T20-5-510-UL K20-7-510-UL J20-7-510-UL T20-7-510-UL

Extension

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

0 -U L

The SERIES 510 UL is UL listed for Power Limited Tray Cable (PLTC) applications. Its an economical PVC insulated, twisted and shielded construction for microprocessor based systems and others that are sensitive to induced voltages and noise. The conductors are first insulated with color coded PVC. The next operation consists of twisting the two insulated conductors with a copper drain wire. An aluminized polyester tape is then wrapped around the wires to impart 100 percent shielding. Lastly, another layer of PVC is applied. The twisting eliminates most electromagnetic interference while the shield tape minimizes AC noise interference.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 20 16 20 stranded (7/28) 16 stranded (7/24) 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities UL listed 300V PLTC Listed under UL Subject 13, File Number E116321 Passes IEEE 383 70,000 BTU/hour flame test Passes VW-1 flame test

Non-propagating UV light resistant Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F) Flexible PVC plastic insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Applications General use extension wire

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 20 20 S* (7/28) 18 18 S* (7/26) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.038 0.040 0.048 0.051 0.060 (0.813) (0.965) (1.02) (1.22) (1.29) (1.52) Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 (0.381) (0.381) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) (0.508) Overall in. (mm) 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) (0.889) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.198 0.210 0.234 0.250 0.256 0.274 (5.03) (5.33) (5.94) (6.35) (6.50) (6.96) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 27 29 35 37 48 51 (40.2) (43.2) (52.2) (55.1) (71.5) (76.0)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 20 S (7/28) is seven strands of 28 gauge wire to make a 20 gauge stranded conductor.

202

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
Polyimide Insulated and Twisted SERIES 511
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Special Type K K20-1-511 K20-2-511 K24-1-511 K24-2-511 Type J J20-1-511 J20-2-511 J24-1-511 J24-2-511

Thermocouple

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

SERIES 511 is the most economical polyimide taped construction. The polyimide film applied to the conductors is considered to be the ultimate soft insulation. The tape maintains its strength at temperatures to 315C (600F). The FEP laminate serves as a moisture barrier and allows the tape to fused with itself. The finished construction will not unravel when cut. The SERIES 511 conductors are wrapped with the polyimide tape which is fused to itself. Each conductor is color coded with a colored thread under the tape. The final operation is twisting the insulated conductors into a duplex construction, thereby eliminating the overall duplex insulation and minimizing cost.

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K T J N 2-3. AWG 30 24 24 stranded (7/32)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

16

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock construction.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 315C (600F) Polyimide fused tape insulation Twisted design has no outer jacket Colored tracer used to indicate calibration type
*Continuous Use Temp. 315C (600F) Moisture Excellent *Single Use Temp. 430C (800F)

Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Aerospace Petrochemical Plastics

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent

Wire Specifications
AWG 30 24 24 S** (7/32) 20 20 S** (7/28) 16 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.010 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.051 (0.254) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.29) Nominal Conductor Insulation Thickness in. (mm) 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (0.102) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) Nominal Overall Size in (mm) 0.040 0.060 0.068 0.084 0.094 0.122 (1.02) (1.52) (1.73) (2.13) (2.39) (3.10) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 3 4 5 8 9 19 (4.5) (6.0) (7.5) (11.9) (13.4) (28.3)

* FEP laminate melts at approximately 260C (500F). ** S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

203

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
Polyimide Insulated SERIES 512
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 Thermocouple 24 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Standard Special Type K K20-1-512 K20-2-512 K20-3-512 K24-1-512 K24-2-512 Type J J20-1-512 J20-2-512 J20-3-512 J24-1-512 J24-2-512

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

The SERIES 512 is a heavier duty version of SERIES 511 construction, using the same polyimide insulation. Color coding is accomplished using the same colored thread tracers. However, the SERIES 512 has a duplex insulation of polyimide tape. The extra wall of tape yields a construction with increased abrasion resistance. For higher temperature requirements, choose one of our fiberglass insulated wires. For improved abrasion resistance, and easier color identification of conductors, specify SERIES 513 (see page 205) when consulting the factory.
*Continuous Use Temp. 315C (600F) Moisture Excellent *Single Use Temp. 430C (800F)

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K T J N 2-3. AWG 30 24 24 stranded (7/32)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 315C (600F) Polyimide fused tape insulation Colored tracer used to indicate calibration type Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Aerospace Petrochemical Plastics

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 30 24 24 S** (7/32) 20 20 S** (7/28) 16 16 S** (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.010 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.051 0.060 (0.254) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.29) (1.52) Conductor in. (mm) 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (0.102) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) Overall in. (mm) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) (0.127) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.026 x 0.044 0.036 x 0.064 0.043 x 0.066 0.048 x 0.088 0.056 x 0.098 0.071 x 0.132 0.084 x 0.148 (0.660 x 1.18) (0.914 x 1.626) (1.092 x 1.676) (1.219 x 2.235) (1.42 x 2.490) (1.80 x 3.35) (2.134 x 3.760) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 3 5 6 8 9 19 21 (4.5) (7.5) (8.9) (11.9) (13.4) (28.3) (31.3)

*FEP laminate melts at approximately 260C (500F). ** S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

204

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
Double Polyimide Insulated SERIES 513
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 Thermocouple 24 30 Wire Type Solid Stranded Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Standard Special Special Type K K20-1-513 K20-2-513 K20-3-513 K24-1-513 K24-2-513 K30-2-513 Type J J20-1-513 J20-2-513 J20-3-513 J24-1-513 J24-2-513 J24-2-513

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions
The SERIES 513 is the ultimate polyimide insulated wire. The multiple polyimide tape layers along with fully color coded conductors make this insulation system the choice for high reliability circuits. Abrasion, moisture and chemical resistance are all enhanced by additional layers of tape and application of polyimide varnish. The actual construction consists of a double polyimide tape layer applied to each conductor. The tape is fused by heating. Each insulated single conductor is then coated to impart the proper color code. Finally, the insulated conductors are laid parallel and covered by a double, heat fused layer of polyimide tape. When applications require higher heat resistance, it is necessary to specify fiberglass insulation.

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K T J N 2-3. AWG 30 24 24 stranded (7/32)

20 20 stranded (7/28)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 315C (600F) Double polyimide fused tape insulation Colored coated conductors used to indicate calibration type
*Continuous Use Temp. 315C (600F) Moisture Excellent *Single Use Temp. 430C (800F)

Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications Aerospace Petrochemical Plastics

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent

Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 30 24 24 S** (7/32) 20 20 S** (7/28) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.010 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 (0.254) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) Conductor in. (mm) 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) Overall in. (mm) 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.038 x 0.058 (0.097 x 1.47) 0.054 x 0.076 (1.37 x 1.93) 0.056 x 0.084 (1.42 x 2.13) 0.065 x 0.100 (1.65 x 2.54) 0.070 x 0.112 (1.78 x 2.84) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 3 5 6 10 11 (4.5) (7.5) (8.9) (14.9) (16.4)

*FEP laminate melts at approximately 260C (500F). ** S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

205

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
PFA Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 516
Popular Constructions
Grade AWG 20 Thermocouple 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Stranded Solid Solid Stranded Wire Type Solid Solid Stranded Solid Solid Stranded Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Limits of Error Standard Special Standard Standard Special Standard Type K K20-1-516 K20-2-516 K20-3-516 K24-1-516 K24-2-516 K24-3-516 Type E E20-1-516 E20-2-516 E20-3-516 E24-1-516 E24-2-516 E24-3-516 Type J J20-1-516 J20-2-516 J20-3-516 J24-1-516 J24-2-516 J24-3-516 Type T T20-1-516 T20-2-516 T20-3-516 T20-1-516 T20-2-516 T20-3-516

Grade

AWG

20 Thermocouple 24

A relatively new fluoroplastic, PFA, is the insulation on SERIES 516. PFAs temperature rating is only slightly less than TFE. However, PFA can be applied using conventional extrusion techniques. This produces a smooth finish, as opposed to the spiral usually associated with TFE tape constructions. This is important in the food industry where taped constructions present cleaning problems. The smooth surface also allows this construction to be pulled through conduits and cut-outs more easily. Once each conductor has been coated with a color coded PFA layer, they are laid parallel and again coated with PFA.
Continuous Use Temp. 260C (500F) Moisture Excellent Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

-5

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations B E K S C J N T 2-3. AWG 36 24 20 30 24 stranded (7/32) 20 stranded (7/28)

16 16 stranded (7/24)

4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 1 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 2 = Thermocouple grade, solid wire, special tolerance 3 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 4 = Thermocouple grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 260C (500F) Flexible TFE plastic insulation Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications General use extension wire

206

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Thermocouple Wire
PFA Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire SERIES 516 (cont)
Wire Specifications
Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 36 30 24 24 S* (7/32) 20 20 S* (7/28) 16 16 S* (7/24) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.005 0.010 0.020 0.024 0.032 0.038 0.051 0.060 (0.127) (0.254) (0.508) (0.610) (0.813) (0.965) (1.29) (1.52) Conductor in. (mm) 0.003 0.003 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.010 0.010 (0.076) (0.076) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.254) (0.254) Overall in. (mm) 0.003 0.003 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.012 0.012 (0.076) (0.076) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.254) (0.305) (0.305) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.017 x 0.028 (0.432 x 0.711) 0.022 x 0.038 (0.559 x 0.965) 0.056 x 0.092 (1.42 x 2.34) 0.060 x 0.100 (1.52 x 2.54) 0.068 x 0.116 (1.73 x 2.95) 0.074 x 0.128 (1.88 x 3.25) 0.095 x 0.166 (2.41 x 4.22) 0.104 x 0.184 (2.64 x 4.67) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 3.0 4.5 11.9 13.4 17.9 20.9 40.2 43.2 (2) (3) (8) (9) (12) (14) (27) (29)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

207

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Multi-Pair Cable
PVC Insulated Multi- Pair 300 V UL Listed PLTC Extension Cable SERIES 900 UL and 900

Popular Constructions
Grade Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) Grade Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) AWG 20 20 24 24 AWG 20 20 24 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Solid Solid

Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard

Type K K20-5-904 K20-5-908 K24-5-904 K24-5-908 Type K K20-5-904-UL K20-5-908-UL K24-5-904-UL K24-5-908-UL 1 2

Type J J20-5-904 J20-5-908 J24-5-904 J24-5-908 Type J J20-5-904-UL J20-5-908-UL J24-5-904-UL J24-5-908-UL 3 4 5 6

Type T T20-5-904 T20-5-908 T24-5-904 T24-5-908 Type T T20-5-904-UL T20-5-908-UL T24-5-904-UL T24-5-908-UL 7 8 9

Popular Constructions UL Listed

Wire Type Solid Solid Solid Solid

Available Constructions
SERIES 900 UL is our family of multi-pair cables for UL PLTC applications. Standard SERIES 900 UL cables of different pair counts in most calibrations can be shipped quickly. SERIES 900 UL and 900 cable starts by insulating conductors with 105C (220F) PVC. For identification, one conductor of each pair is numbered and twisted with its counterpart. These twisted pairs are cabled with an additional insulated copper wire for communication use. The entire cable is wrapped with clear polyester tape to minimize the chance of short circuits to the cables shield. An aluminized polyester tape shield is then spirally applied. A copper drain wire and heavy ripcord are longitudinally applied under the final jacket of color coded PVC.

/9

/U L

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 24 20 16 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5. SERIES 900 6-7. Pair Counts 02 04 06 08 10 12 16 20

24

Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F)

Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Flexible PVC plastic insulation Multipair cable with overall shield Available in UL listed 300V PLTC design also Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Wire Specifications
No. of Pairs 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 AWG 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813)

Excellent

Applications General use extension wire

Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.290 0.350 0.405 0.440 0.490 0.535 0.610 0.650 0.710 (7.37) (8.89) (10.29) (11.18) (12.45) (13.59) (15.49) (16.51) (18.03) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 72 94 116 140 164 188 240 292 344 (107.3) (140.1) (172.8) (208.6) (244.4) (280.1) (357.6) (435.1) (512.6)

Nominal Insulation Thickness Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) Overall in. (mm) 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 (1.27) (1.27) (1.27) (1.27) (1.27) (1.52) (1.52) (1.52) (1.52)

208

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Multi-Pair Cable
PVC Insulated Multi-Pair 300 V UL Listed PLTC Extension Cable with Individual and Overall Shield SERIES 1000 UL and 1000

Popular Constructions
Grade Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) Grade Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) Extension (4 pr) Extension (8 pr) AWG 20 20 24 24 AWG 20 20 24 24 Wire Type Solid Solid Solid Solid Wire Type Solid Solid Solid Solid Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Limits of Error Standard Standard Standard Standard Type K K20-5-1004 K20-5-1008 K24-5-1004 K24-5-1008 Type K K20-5-1004-UL K20-5-1008-UL K24-5-1004-UL K24-5-1008-UL Type J J20-5-1004 J20-5-1008 J24-5-1004 J24-5-1008 Type J J20-5-1004-UL J20-5-1008-UL J24-5-1004-UL J24-5-1008-UL Type T T20-5-1004 T20-5-1008 T24-5-1004 T24-5-1008 Type T T20-5-1004-UL T20-5-1008-UL T24-5-1004-UL T24-5-1008-UL

Popular Constructions UL Listed

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

SERIES 1000 UL is our family of individually shielded and isolated multipair cables* for UL PLTC applications. SERIES 1000 is the non UL equivalent. SERIES 1000 UL cables are made by insulating conductors with 105C (220F) PVC. For identification, one conductor of each pair is numbered and twisted with its counterpart. The pairs are then spirally wrapped with an aluminized polyester tape and drain wire to isolate them in the cable. This eliminates noise that can exist in a circuit. Individual pairs are then cabled with an additional insulated copper wire for communication use. These cables are ideal for data signals.

Available Constructions

9 10

-1

-U L

1. ASTM E 230 Calibrations E K S J N T 2-3. AWG 24 20 16 4. Conductor Type/Tolerance 5 = Extension grade, solid wire, standard tolerance 6 = Extension grade, solid wire, special tolerance 7 = Extension grade, stranded wire, standard tolerance 8 = Extension grade, stranded wire, special tolerance 5-6. SERIES 1000 7-8. Pair Counts 02 04 06 08 10 12 16 20 9-10. UL Listed Leave blank for no UL

24

Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent

Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good

Wire Specifications
No. of Pairs 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 AWG 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813) (0.813)

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105C (220F) Flexible PVC plastic insulation Multipair cable with individual pair and overall shields Available in UL listed 300V PLTC design

Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Applications General use extension wire

Nominal Insulation Thickness Conductor in. (mm) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) (0.381) Overall in. (mm) 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 0.060 (1.27) (1.27) (1.27) (1.27) (1.52) (1.52) (1.52) (1.52) (1.52)

Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.305 0.385 0.445 0.490 0.560 0.610 0.640 0.710 0.805 (7.75) (9.78) (11.30) (12.45) (14.22) (15.49) (16.26) (18.03) (20.45)

Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 77 104 131 160 189 218 280 342 404 (114.7) (155.0) (195.2) (238.4) (281.6) (324.8) (417.2) (509.6) (602.0)

209

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

RTD Lead Wire
SERIES 701, 704 and 705
Popular Constructions
No. of Conductors AWG Wire Type* Tinned copper Nickel plated copper Tinned copper Nickel plated copper Tinned copper Nickel plated copper Tinned copper Nickel plated copper Tinned copper Nickel plated copper Tinned copper Nickel plated copper PVC (220F) RT2-22-4-701 RT2-22-8-701 RT2-24-4-701 RT2-24-8-701 RT3-22-4-701 RT3-22-8-701 RT3-24-4-701 RT3-24-8-701 RT4-22-4-701 RT4-22-8-701 RT4-24-4-701 RT4-24-8-701 Insulation Material FEP (400F) RT2-22-4-704 RT2-22-8-704 RT2-24-4-704 RT2-24-8-704 RT3-22-4-704 RT3-22-8-704 RT3-24-4-704 RT3-24-8-704 RT4-22-4-704 RT4-22-8-704 RT4-24-4-704 RT4-24-8-704 Fiberglass (900F) RT2-22-4-705 RT2-22-8-705 RT2-24-4-705 RT2-24-8-705 RT3-22-4-705 RT3-22-8-705 RT3-24-4-705 RT3-24-8-705 RT4-22-4-705 RT4-22-8-705 RT4-24-4-705 RT4-24-8-705

22 2 24 22 3 24 22 4 24

Note: Bolded products are stocked and shipped in 100, 250, 500 and 1000 foot spools.

Available Constructions

R T

Watlows quality, experience and versatility carry over from insulated thermocouple and extension wire to RTD Lead Wire and fiberglass wire. PVC
Continuous Use Temp. 105C (220F) Moisture Excellent Single Use Temp. 105C (220F)

3. Number of Conductors 2 3 4 4-5. AWG 24 22 20 18 16 6. Conductor Type/Tolerance 4 = Stranded tinned copper 8 = Stranded nickel plated copper 7-9. Insulation Type 701 = PVC 704 = FEP 705 = Fiberglass Note: Minimum order sizes apply for non-stock constructions.

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Good Single Use Temp. 260C (500F)

FEP
Continuous Use Temp. 204C (400F) Moisture Excellent

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Excellent Excellent Single Use Temp. 540C (1000F)

Fiberglass
Continuous Use Temp. 480C (900F) Moisture Good

Performance Capabilities Continuous temperature rating 105 to 480C (220 to 900F) depending upon construction Available with optional metallic overbraid for additional abrasion resistance

Applications General use RTD sensor wire

Resistance Properties Chemical Abrasion Good Fair

210

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

RTD Lead Wire
SERIES 701, 704 and 705
Wire Specifications - SERIES 701 - PVC
No. of Conductors 2 Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) Conductor in. (mm) Overall in. (mm) 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.020 0.020 0.025 (0.508) (0.508) (0.635) (0.508) (0.508) (0.635) (0.508) (0.508) (0.635) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.160 0.176 0.226 0.172 0.190 0.244 0.184 0.204 0.262 (4.06) (4.47) (5.74) (4.37) (4.83) (6.20) (4.67) (5.18) (6.65) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 17 19 22 20 25 30 23 30 37 (25.3) (28.3) (32.8) (29.8) (37.3) (44.7) (34.3) (44.7) (55.1)

22S** (7/30) 0.030 (0.762) 0.015 (0.381) 20S** (7/28) 0.038 (0.965) 0.015 (0.381) 18S** (7/26) 0.048 (1.22) 0.020 (0.508) 22S** (7/30) 0.030 (0.762) 0.015 (0.381) 3 20S** (7/28) 0.038 (0.965) 0.015 (0.381) 18S** (7/26) 0.048 (1.22) 0.020 (0.508) 22S** (7/30) 0.030 (0.762) 0.015 (0.381) 4 20S** (7/28) 0.038 (0.965) 0.015 (0.381) 18S** (7/26) 0.048 (1.22) 0.020 (0.508) ** 24 and 16 gauge constructions also available, consult factory for details.

** S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 22 S (7/30) is seven strands of 30 gauge wire to make a 22 gauge stranded conductor.

Wire Specifications - SERIES 704 - FEP

No. of Conductors 2 Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 24S* (7/32) 22S* (7/30) 20S* (7/28) 24S* (7/32) 22S* (7/30) 20S* (7/28) 24S* (7/32) 22S* (7/30) 20S* (7/28) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.024 0.030 0.038 0.024 0.030 0.038 0.024 0.030 0.038 (0.610) (0.762) (0.965) (0.610) (0.762) (0.965) (0.610) (0.762) (0.965) Conductor in. (mm) 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) (0.203) Overall in. (mm) 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012 (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) (0.305) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.118 0.130 0.146 0.126 0.140 0.158 0.136 0.150 0.170 (3.00) (3.30) (3.71) (3.20) (3.56) (4.01) (3.46) (3.81) (4.32) Approximate Shipping Weight lbs/1000 ft (kg/km) 12 14 17 16 20 24 19 23 27 (17.9) (20.9) (25.3) (23.8) (29.8) (35.8) (28.3) (34.3) (40.2)

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

Wire Specifications - SERIES 705 - Fiberglass

No. of Conductors 2 Nominal Insulation Thickness AWG 24S* (7/32) 22S* (7/30) 20S* (7/28) 24S* (7/32) 22S* (7/30) 20S* (7/28) 24S* (7/32) 22S* (7/30) 20S* (7/28) Nominal Conductor Size in. (mm) 0.024 0.030 0.038 0.024 0.030 0.038 0.024 0.030 0.038 (0.610) (0.762) (0.965) (0.610) (0.762) (0.965) (0.610) (0.762) (0.965) Conductor in. (mm) 0.005 0.005 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.006 (0.127) (0.127) (0.152) (0.127) (0.127) (0.152) (0.127) (0.127) (0.152) Overall in. (mm) 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) (0.152) Nominal Overall Size in. (mm) 0.080 0.092 0.112 0.086 0.098 0.120 0.092 0.106 0.130 (2.03) (2.34) (2.84) (2.18) (2.49) (3.05) (2.34) (2.69) (3.30) Approximate Shipping Weight kg/km (lbs/1000 ft) 6 7 9 8 9 12 10 12 16 (8.9) (10.4) (13.4) (11.9) (13.4) (17.9) (14.9) (17.9) (23.8)

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

* S denotes stranded wire: e.g., 24 S (7/32) is seven strands of 32 gauge wire to make a 24 gauge stranded conductor.

211

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Bare Thermocouple Alloy
ASTM E 230 Types J, K, T, E and N
Watlow can provide matched pairs of uninsulated thermocouple alloys for your temperature sensing needs. These are the same quality products used to manufacture our own insulated wire, XACTPAK metal sheathed cable, sensors and specialty components. Many wire products from 2 to 36 AWG may be available for off the shelf shipment in standard or special limits of error. Consult the factory with your specific requirements for pricing and availability. All thermocouple alloys will be sold as a matched pair (i.e. KP and KN, JP and JN, etc.). For nonthermocouple applications the only alloy available as a single leg will be the TN product (code number 1625-X, where X is the AWG size).

Bare Thermocouple WireASTM E 230 Types J and K

AWG 2 8 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 36
a

KP Code No. 1475-2 1475-8 1475-14 1475-16 1475-18 1475-20 1475-22 1475-24 1475-26 1475-28 1475-30 1475-36

Feet per lb 5 21 83 130 212 331 530 838 1340 2130 3370 13480

KN Code No. 1476-2 1476-8 1476-14 1476-16 1476-18 1476-20 1476-22 1476-24 1476-26 1476-28 1476-30 1476-36

Feet per lb 5 21 83 130 212 331 530 838 1340 2130 3370 16480

JP Code No. 1565-8 1565-14 1565-16 1565-18 1565-20 1565-22 1565-24 1565-26 1565-28 1565-30 1565-36

Feet per lb 23 91 145 231 365 586 926 1476 2360 3740 14950

JN Code No. 1566-8 1566-14 1566-16 1566-18 1566-20 1566-22 1566-24 1566-26 1566-28 1566-30 1566-36

Feet per lb 20 80 128 204 332 514 818 1300 2071 3290 13280

KP and KN 2 gauge to 14 gauge products are oxide finished, all other sizes are bright annealed finish.

Bare Thermocouple WireASTM E 230 Types T and E

AWG 8 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 EP Code No. 1474-8 1474-14 1474-16 1474-18 1474-20 1474-22 1474-24 1474-26 1474-28 1474-30 Feet per lb 21 83 130 212 331 530 838 1340 2130 3370 EN Code No. 1624-8 1624-14 1624-16 1624-18 1624-20 1624-22 1624-24 1624-26 1624-28 1624-30 Feet per lb 20 80 128 204 332 514 818 1300 2071 3290 TP Code No. 1665-14 1665-16 1665-18 1665-20 1665-22 1665-24 1665-26 1665-28 1665-30 Feet per lb 80 128 204 332 514 818 1300 2071 3290 TN Code No. 1625-8 1625-14 1625-16 1625-18 1625-20 1625-22 1625-24 1625-26 1625-28 1625-30 Feet per lb 20 80 128 204 332 514 818 1300 2071 3290

212

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

Bare Thermocouple Alloy
ASTM E 230 Types B, R, S and C
ASTM E 230 Type B* (6 Percent / 30 Percent)Standard Grade
Size of Wire AWG O.D. (in.) 24 30 0.0201 0.0100 BP Code No. 2330-24 2330-30 Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 294 1373 BN Code No. 2306-24 2306-30 Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 343 1176

* Type B thermocouples and thermoelements meet ITS-90. BP and BN thermoelements must be ordered as a matched pair.

ASTM E 230 Types R and SStandard Grade ITS-90**

Size of Wire AWG O.D. (in.) 23 24 30 0.0225 0.0201 0.0100 RN, SN Code No. 2300-23 2300-24 2300-30 Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 222 282 1127 SP Code No. 2310-23 2310-24 2310-30 Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 241 302 1209 RP Code No. 2313-23 2313-24 2313-30 Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 246 308 1234

ASTM E 230 Types R and SReference Grade , ITS-90**

Size of Wire AWG O.D. (in.) 24 30
a

RN, SN Code No. 2300-24-SP 2300-30-SP

Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 282 1127

SP Code No. 2310-24-SP 2310-30-SP

Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 302 1209

RP Code No. 2313-24-SP 2313-30-SP

Inches Per Troy Oz (Approx.) 308 1234

0.0201 0.0100

* Accuracy 0.10 percent from 600 to 1450C (1112 to 2642F). ** Types R and S thermocouples and thermoelements are provided in accordance with ITS-90.

Type C (Non-ASTM E 230) Tungsten five percent Rhenium / Tungsten 26 percent Rhenium. Calibrated accuracy as a matched pair is guaranteed to conform to Part 44 of the 1978 annual book of ASTM standards in the Related Material Section within 4C (8F) from room temperature to 425C (800F) and 1 percent from 425 to 2315C (800 to 4200F).

Size of Wire AWG 24 30 O.D. (in.) 0.0201 0.0100 Code No. Double Inch 2556-24 2556-30

SERV-RITE Wire and Cable

213

Notes

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Mineral Insulated
Watlow helped pioneer XACTPAK mineral insulated, metal-sheathed cable. The unique properties of XACTPAK make it ideally suited to solve a wide variety of problem applications. The outer sheath can be made from any malleable metal in a wide range of diameters, containing single or multiple wires. Easily formed or bent, it can accommodate virtually any configuration. The outer sheath protects thermocouple or thermocouple extension wires from oxidation and hostile environments that would quickly destroy unprotected wire. The mineral insulations available provide excellent high temperature dielectric strength to ensure signals are carried faithfully to your instrumentation or controls.
Metal-Sheathed Cable

Performance Capabilities Available in standard and special limits of error accuracy Diameters from 0.010 to 0.5 inch (0.25 to 12.7 mm) Compliance with recognized agency tolerances and specifications Sheath materials available to withstand a wide variety of hostile and corrosive environments Calibrated for intended temperature range Temperature ranges from 0 to 1480C (32 to 2700F) Cryogenic cable available upon request Features and Benefits Fireproof cable Perform where conventional insulated wires burn and degrade Fast and accurate Precisely measures temperature for a fast response Tight moisture and gas seals Resists contamination

High pressure rating Allows use in pressure vessels and vacuum applications Form flexibility Adapts to virtually any application Thermal shock resistance Withstands thermal cycling Compact, durable and corrosion resistant Long life performance with minimum constraints on applications High temperature rating Meets demanding application needs

Applications Atomic research Bearing temperature Blast furnaces

Catalytic reformers Diesel engines Food and beverage Furnaces Glass and ceramic Heat treating Instrument cabling Jet engines and test cells Kilns Laboratory and research Medical Nuclear reactors Power stations and steam generators Refineries and oil processing Rocket engines Semiconductor processing Turbines Vacuum furnaces

215

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Technical Data
Quality Control and Testing To maintain quality and consistency, XACTPAK cable is manufactured under carefully controlled procedures and rigid standards of cleanliness. Quality checks are made at critical points throughout the manufacturing process. All XACTPAK cable is inspected and tested for sheath condition, insulation density, conductor uniformity, electrical continuity, insulation resistance, calibration conformance and physical dimension. Special testing and certificationincluding helium leak, homogeneity and metallurgical examination, among othersare available on request. Samples from each lot are calibrated in our modern calibration laboratory by highly skilled technicians. Unlike some manufacturers who calibrate at a few low temperature calibration points, Watlow calibrates throughout the range that the cable is designed for.

Quality Assurance Every coil of XACTPAK cable is thoroughly tested for continuity, insulation resistance, physical dimensions and physical appearance. Each lot, or batch of XACTPAK contains raw materials (sheath, insulation, wires) from one production lot which eliminates the need to calibrate every thermocouple cut from a coil because of poor homogeneity.

For a more complete discussion of Watlows advanced technological capabilities, refer to the laboratory services section, pages 30 to 35.
Moisture If XACTPAK cable is not adequately sealed, its insulation will absorb moisture. This will lower its electrical resistance and may prove to be troublesome in subsequent welding. Minor moisture penetration can be remedied by using a blow torch to heat the sheath. Apply the flame six to seven inches from the open end and slowly work the flame to and over the end. Reseal the end after it has cooled to about 82C (180F). Deep moisture penetration is unlikely, but should it occur the material may be baked at approximately 121C (250F) for 24 hours to increase its insulation resistance. If baking does not bring the insulation resistance back to acceptable levels, the material should be discarded.

Care, Handling and Fabrication of XACTPAK Cable To maximize the performance advantages made possible by XACTPAK cables overall premium quality, the following instructions covering its storage, handling and further fabrication should be observed. Storage To prevent moisture from being absorbed by its hygroscopic mineral insulation, both ends of each length of XACTPAK cable are sealed at the factory. To further guard against moisture penetration, it is advisable to store XACTPAK material in a dry place.

216

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Technical Data
Care, Handling and Fabrication of XACTPAK Cable Continued
Cutting When pieces are cut from a length of XACTPAK cable, the exposed ends should immediately be squared and sealed. Squaring and sealing will guard against possible contamination and remove any loosened insulation or distorted wire caused by cutting. A light pressure sanding with a 180-grit belt is the easiest method for rough squaring of 0.040 inch or larger diameter XACTPAK cable. Using hard pressure against the sanding belt will cause excessive heat build-up which may smear the soft metal over the insulation. After sanding, a clean fine toothed file should be used to dress the squared ends. Each exposed end should then be sealed with XACTSEAL to prevent moisture absorption. Inexperienced personnel may find 0.032 inch or smaller diameter XACTPAK cable difficult to handle and will probably prefer to have all cutting, stripping and fabricating done at our factory. Insulation Resistance XACTPAK mineral insulated, metalsheathed cable should have a minimum room temperature insulation resistance of 100 megohms when tested at 50V(dc) both wires to sheath and wire to wire. All ceramics used in XACTPAK cable will decrease in resistance as temperature increases. Shipping and Packaging XACTPAK cable is stocked in random lengths from 20 feet to the Maximum Stock Lengths listed in the tables on the following pages. We reserve the right to supply random lengths of our choice unless specific cut lengths are specified on your order. On request, XACTPAK cable can be furnished in other coil dimensions or shipped in straight form when necessary. Longer lengths are available on special order. Stripping A hand stripping tool will readily remove the sheath from 0.010 through 0.125 inch diameter XACTPAK cable. However, due to the difficulty of working with 0.032 inch or smaller diameter material, it is recommended that small diameter material be ordered factory stripped. Material larger than 0.125 inch diameter can be stripped on a lathe with a suitable tool bit or lathe-mounted stripping tool. It is also possible to strip larger sizes of XACTPAK cable by using a hacksaw to make a ring cut through the sheath at the desired distance from the end. Hammering the severed portion of sheath at several places will break up the insulation allowing the sheath to be slipped off. After stripping, the exposed conductors should be sandblasted or cleaned with emery cloth. The exposed ends should be resealed immediately after completion of the stripping operation. Forming Because XACTPAK cables sheath is dead soft and bright annealed, it can be formed and shaped to most contours without risk of cracking. As a rule of thumb, the sheath can be formed around a mandrel twice the sheath diameter without damage. In other words, 0.125 inch diameter XACTPAK cable can be wound around a 0.250 inch diameter mandrel.

Mineral Insulated

Metal-Sheathed Cable

217

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Technical Data
Care, Handling and Fabrication of XACTPAK Cable Continued
Welding Because of the delicate nature of the work and to avoid possible contamination, it is recommended that the fabrication of hot or measuring junctions be done at our factory. If they are attempted in the field, a welding rod of the same material as the sheath should be used, and the welding method should be by inert gas. Flux should not be used as it will contaminate the insulation. Other weldments, such as to a vessel or pipe, should be made in an inert atmosphere to prevent oxidation of the sheath. When working with XACTPAK cable of 0.040 inch outside diameter or less, extreme caution should be used not to burn through the sheath.

How to Select XACTPAK Cable to Suit Your Requirements

Our mineral insulated metalsheathed cable section has been designed for ease of use so that the right cable is chosen for each application. The following four items must be considered when selecting XACTPAK mineral insulated metalsheathed cable: 1. Sheath Material The sheath serves to isolate and protect the wires and insulation from contamination and mechanical damage. There is no sheath material which is appropriate for all conditions so Watlow offers a wide variety to choose from. Temperature, strength, corrosiveness, service life and cost must be considered when selecting a sheath material. 2. Calibration Watlow stocks all ASTM recognized thermocouple types along with many that have not been recognized, such as the full line of tungsten rhenium thermocouples. We also manufacture cable with other wire alloys such as nickel, copper, nickel clad copper, 304 SS, Alloy 600 and virtually any malleable metal.

3. Insulation Material The insulation separates the conductors from each other and the outer sheath. When selecting insulation, temperature rating, environment and cost must be taken into account. 4. Physical Characteristics The diameter of the sheath and the wall thickness will directly affect the following: Time response Service life Flexibility Pressure rating Strength 5. Specify Coil Lengths Randomthe factory selects for you (20 foot minimum). Specialspecify lengths and tolerance. Cut to length charges and minimum order quantities may apply.

218

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Sheath Material
The following information is designed to be used as a guide and may not be correct in every application. If in doubt, consult with your Watlow sales engineer or the factory. Alloy 600 01Maximum temperature: 1175C (2150F). Most widely used thermocouple sheath material. Good high temperature strength, corrosion resistance, resistance to chloride ion stress corrosion cracking and oxidation resistance to high temperatures. Do not use in sulfur bearing environments. Good in nitriding environments.
2-3. Sheath Material 4. Calibration 5. Insulation 6-7. Sheath O.D. 8-10. Variation 11-12. Limits of Error 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

4
CODE

Mineral Insulated

Metal-Sheathed Cable

304 SS 02Maximum temperature: 900C (1650F). Most widely used low temperature sheath material. Extensively used in food, beverage, chemical and other industries where corrosion resistance is required. Subject to damaging carbide precipitation in 480 to 870C (900 to 1600F) range. Lowest cost corrosion resistant sheath material available. 310 SS 03Maximum temperature: 1150C (2100F). Mechanical and corrosion resistance, similar to but better than 304 SS. Very good heat resistance. This alloy contains 25 percent chromium, 20 percent nickel. Not as ductile as 304 SS. 316 SS 04Maximum temperature: 900C (1650F). Best corrosion resistance of the austenitic stainless steel grades. Widely used in the food and chemical industry. Subject to damaging carbide precipitation in 482 to 870C (900 to 1600F) range.

347 SS 05Maximum temperature: 870C (1600F). Similar to 304 SS except nickel niobium stabilized. This alloy is designed to overcome susceptibility to carbide precipitation in the 480 to 870C (900 to 1600F) range. Used in aerospace and chemical applications. 446 SS 13Maximum temperature: 1150C (2100F). Ferritic stainless steel which has good resistance to sulfurous atmospheres at high temperatures. Good corrosion resistance to nitric acid, sulfuric acid and most alkalies. 27 percent chromium content gives this alloy the highest heat resistance of any ferritic stainless steel. 321 SS 16Maximum temperature: 870C (1600F). Similar to 304 SS except titanium stabilized for inter-granular corrosion. This alloy is designed to overcome susceptibility to carbon precipitation in the 480 to 870C (900 to 1600F) range. Used in aerospace and chemical applications.

Hastelloy X 18Maximum temperature: 1205C (2200F). Widely used in aerospace applications. Resistant to oxidizing, reducing and neutral atmospheric conditions. Excellent high temperature strength along with superior oxidation resistance. Resistant to stress corrosion cracking in petrochemical applications. Inconel 601 19Maximum temperature: 1175C (2150F) continuous, 1260C (2300F) intermittent. Similar to Alloy 600 with the addition of aluminum for outstanding oxidation resistance. Designed for high temperature corrosion resistance. This material is good in carburizing environments, and has good creep rupture strength. Do not use in vacuum furnaces! Susceptible to intergranular attack by prolonged heating in 540 to 760C (1000 to 1400F) temperature range.

Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International. Inconel is a registered trademark of the Special Metals Corporation.

219

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Sheath Material
Continued
2-3. Sheath Material 4. Calibration 5. Insulation 6-7. Sheath O.D. 8-10. Variation 11-12. Limits of Error 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

4
CODE

Inconel 625 25Maximum temperature: 980C (1800F). Used in many aerospace applications. Excellent high temperature strength. Excellent resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion. Unaffected by radiation embrittlement. Haynes Alloy 230 32Maximum temperature: 1150C (2100F). This alloy offers excellent high temperature strength, oxidation resistance and long term thermal stability. Used in aerospace applications, chemical process industries and high temperature industrial heating applications. This alloy is recommended for use in nitriding environments.

Haynes Alloy HR-160 38Maximum temperature 1175C (2150F). Developed to provide superior sulfidation-resistance at high temperatures. This alloy shows good resistance to corrosion in some salt bath applications. Applications include sulfur furnaces, waste incinerators, coke burners, recuperators, cement kilns and high temperature furnaces. Haynes Alloy 718 42Maximum temperature 700C (1300F). A precipitation hardendable Inconel alloy developed for corrosion resistance and excellent weldability. Applications include gas turbine, aerospace, oil and gas production and nuclear.

220

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Calibration
ASTM Type J 1Type Js positive leg (JP) is iron. Its negative leg (JN) is approximately 45 percent nickel-55 percent copper. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and outer sheath, Type J is usable from 0 to 815C (32 to 1500F). Type J is not susceptible to short range ordering in the 0 to 538C (700 to 1000F) temperature range, (+2 to +4F drift) which occurs with ASTM Type E and K. This low cost, stable thermocouple calibration is primarily used with 96 percent pure MgO insulation and stainless steel sheath. ASTM Type K 2Type Ks positive leg (KP) is approximately 90 percent nickel10 percent chromium. Its negative leg (KN) is approximately 95 percent nickel-two percent aluminum-two percent manganese-one percent silicon. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and outer sheath, Type K is usable from -35 to 1260C (-32 to 2300F). If the application is between 600 to1100F, we recommend Type J or N because of short range ordering that can cause drift of +2 to +4F in a few hours time. Type K is relatively stable to radiation transmission in nuclear environments. For applications below 0C (32F), special alloy selections are usually required.
2-3. Sheath Material 4. Calibration 5. Insulation 6-7. Sheath O.D. 8-10. Variation 11-12. Limits of Error 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Mineral Insulated

Metal-Sheathed Cable

CODE

ASTM Type T 3Type Ts positive leg (TP) is pure copper. Its negative leg (TN) is approximately 45 percent nickel-55 percent copper. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and outer sheath, Type T is usable from 0 to 350C (32 to 660F) and very stable in cryogenic and low temperature applications. For applications below 0C (32F) special alloy selections may be required. ASTM Type E 4Type Es positive leg (EP) is approximately 90 percent nickel-10 percent chromium. Its negative leg (EN) is approximately 45 percent nickel-55 percent copper. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and outer sheath, Type E is usable from 0 to 900C (32 to 1650F) and has the highest EMF output per degree of all ASTM types. If the application temperature is between 600 to 1100F, we recommend Type J or N because of short range ordering which can cause drift of +1 to +3F in a few hours time. For applications below 0C (32F), special alloy selections may be required.

ASTM Type N 8Type Ns positive leg (nicrosil) is approximately 14 percent chromium-1.4 percent silicon-84.6 nickel. Its negative leg (nisil) is approximately 4.4 percent silicon95.6 percent nickel. When protected by compacted mineral insulation and outer sheath, its usable from 0 to 1260C (32 to 2300F). Type N overcomes several problems inherent in Type K. Short range ordering, (+2 to +4F drift), in the 315 to 590C (600 to 1100F ) range is greatly reduced, and drift rate at high temperatures is considerably less. Type N is also more stable than Type K in nuclear environments. Miscellaneous 9Consult factory.

221

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Insulation
2-3. Sheath Material 4. Calibration 5. Insulation 6-7. Sheath O.D. 8-10. Variation 11-12. Limits of Error 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CODE

High Purity Magnesium Oxide (MgO) 99.4 Percent Minimum Purity 1Low impurity levels make this insulation very useful for all thermocouple calibrations up to 1370C (2500F). Above 2500F we recommend using hafnia oxide insulation because of MgOs low resistivity. This material meets the requirements established in ASTM E-235. Alumina Oxide (Al2O3) 99.6% Minimum Purity 2Although this material is comparable to MgO in its electrical properties and cost, it does not compact well and tends to powder out. This undesirable characteristic has made this insulation unpopular in industry so cable with this type of insulation is available only as a special.

Magnesium Oxide (MgO) 96% Minimum Purity 5This low cost insulation is similar to high purity MgO (1) except it should be used in applications below 1095C (2000F) because of the impurity levels. This insulation should not be used with platinum or in nuclear applications. Hafnia Oxide (HfO2) 7Hafnia is now being used as a substitute for beryllia oxide because of beryllias toxicity problem. The temperature limit of hafnia is 2500C (4530F), which is higher than BeO.

222

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Sheath O.D.
2-3. Sheath Material 4. Calibration 5. Insulation 6-7. Sheath O.D. 8-10. Variation 11-12. Limits of Error 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Mineral Insulated

Metal-Sheathed Cable

CODE

Code No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59

Sheath Diameter Nominal Tolerance 0.020 inch 0.032 inch 0.040 inch 0.063 inch 0.090 inch 0.114 inch 0.125 inch 0.188 inch 0.250 inch 0.313 inch 0.375 inch 0.430 inch 0.500 inch 0.010 inch 0.011 inch 0.0126 inch 0.025 inch 0.5 mm 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.5 mm 6.0 mm 8.0 mm 9.0 mm +0.001 0.0005 +0.001 0.0005 +0.001 0.0005 0.001 0.001 +0.002 0.001 +0.002 0.001 +0.002 0.001 +0.003 0.001 +0.003 0.001 +0.003 0.001 +0.003 0.001 +0.003 0.001 +0.001 0.0005 +0.001 0.0005 +0.001 0.0005 +0.001 0.0005 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.05

Approximate Standard 9 inch 9 inch 9 inch 24 inch 24 inch 24 inch 24 inch 24 inch 24 inch 24 inch straight or 40 inch coils straight or 40 inch coils straight or 40 inch coils 9 inch 9 inch 9 inch 9 inch 23 cm 23 cm 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm

Weight Coil 0.08 0.20 0.32 0.74 1.50 2.45 3.00 6.65 11.65 19.60 28.10 35.0 47.0 0.019 0.022 0.029 0.13 0.08 0.32 0.65 1.13 2.60 6.00 10.50 19.65 25.00

Average Response Time* Still Water (seconds) lbs/100 ft. G-JCT <0.02 0.02 0.04 0.220 0.33 0.38 0.50 1.00 2.20 5.00 8.00 11.00 15.00 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.04 <0.15 0.25 0.40 0.95 2.00 5.00 7.50 0.03 0.07 0.13 0.40 0.68 0.85 1.10 2.30 4.10 7.00 11.00 15.00 20.00 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 0.03 0.13 0.35 0.55 0.90 2.00 3.50 7.00 10.00

*Note: First order response time 63.2%.

223

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Variation/Limits of Error
2-3. Sheath Material 4. Calibration 5. Insulation 6-7. Sheath O.D. 8-10. Variation CODE No variation - Leave blank 050 = Dual adjacent 051 = Triple element 052 = Heavy wall (Approx. 20% heavier) 11-12. Limits of Error CODE Standard limits = Leave blank SP = Special limits initial tolerance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Single Element
Code* No. 401/2101 402/2101 401/2102 401/1103 401/2103 402/1103 404/2103 401/2104 401/2107 401/2507 401/8107 402/1507 402/2107 402/2507 402/3507 403/2507 404/2507 404/3507 404/4507 418/2107 401/2108 401/2508 402/1508 402/2508 403/2508 404/1508 Sheath Diameter 0.020 0.020 0.032 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.063 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.188 Sheath Material Alloy 600 304 SS Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 304 SS 316 SS Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 310 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Hastelloy X Alloy 600 Alloy 600 304 SS 304 SS 310 SS 316 SS Nominal AWG Gauge 38 38 34 32 32 32 32 28 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 19 19 19 19 19 19 Nominal Wall Thickness in. 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.009 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.014 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 Maximum Stock Length ft 100 100 150 250 250 250 250 1000 900 900 900 900 900 900 500 900 900 500 900 125 350 350 350 350 350 350 Maximum Recommended Operating Temperature C (F) 871 871 871 816 871 816 871 1093 1177 1093 1177 816 871 871 350 1093 871 350 871 1204 1177 1093 816 871 1093 816 (1600) (1600) (1600) (1500) (1600) (1500) (1600) (2000) (2150) (2000) (2150) (1500) (1600) (1600) (662) (2000) (1600) (662) (1600) (2200) (2150) (2000) (1500) (1600) (2000) (1500)

Calibration K K K J K J K K K K N J K K T K K T E K K K J K K J

Insulation 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 96% MgO 99.4% MgO 96% MgO 99.4% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 99.4% MgO 99.4% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO

CONTINUED
*To specify special limits add to code number: /SP

224

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Mineral Insulated Single Element
Continued
Maximum Recommended Operating Temperature C (F) 871 816 1177 1093 816 871 1093 816 871 1093 1093 (1600) (1500) (2150) (2000) (1500) (1600) (2000) (1500) (1600) (2000) (2000)

Metal-Sheathed Cable

Code* No. 404/2508 401/1511 401/2111 401/2511 402/1511 402/2511 403/2511 404/1511 404/2511 401/2512 401/2513

Sheath Diameter 0.188 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.313 0.375

Sheath Material 316 SS Alloy 600 Alloy 600 Alloy 600 304 SS 304 SS 310 SS 316 SS 316 SS Alloy 600 Alloy 600

Calibration K J K K J K K J K K K

Insulation 96% MgO 96% MgO 99.4% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO

Nominal AWG Gauge 19 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 13

Nominal Wall Thickness in. 0.025 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.041 0.052

Maximum Stock Length ft 350 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 150 100

*To specify special limits add to code number: /SP

Double ElementAdjacent Conductors

Nominal AWG Gauge 24 24 21 18 18 18 Nominal Wall Thickness in. 0.017 0.017 0.025 0.033 0.033 0.033 Maximum Stock Length ft 900 900 350 220 220 220 Maximum Recommended Operating Temperature C (F) 1093 816 816 1093 871 816 (2000) (1500) (1500) (2000) (1600) (1500)

Code* No. 401/2507/050 404/1507/050 402/1508/050 401/2511/050 401/4511/050 404/1511/050

Sheath Diameter 0.125 0.125 0.188 0.188 0.250 0.250

Sheath Material Alloy 600 316SS 304 SS Alloy 600 Alloy 600 316 SS

Calibration K J J K E J

Insulation 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO 96% MgO

*To specify special limits add to code number: /SP

XACTSEAL

Watlow developed a premium sealant for sealing the exposed ends of XACTPAK sheathed type material against moisture penetration. At room temperature, thin layers of the sealant air-dry in approximately one hour. It may be baked at up to 120C (250F) to accelerate drying. The sealant

comes ready to use from its own container; use G.E. #1500 or equivalent should a thinner be needed. XACTSEAL is a temporary sealant. For long term storage we recommend that the ends of the cable be seal welded.
Code No. 8010 Description 4 oz dispenser can

225

Mineral Insulated Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Mineral Insulated MetalSheathed RTD Cable
This cable is used for making rugged RTD probes. Special spacing allows room for elements to be placed between conductors. Dimensions are shown below.
2-3. Sheath Material 01 = Alloy 600 04 = 316 SS 4. Wire 9 = Nickel 201 5. Wire Insulation 1 = 99.4% MgO 5 = 96% MgO 6-7. Sheath O.D. 07 = 0.125 inch diameter 08 = 0.188 inch diameter 11 = 0.250 inch diameter 12 = 0.313 inch diameter 8-10. Variation 001 = 6-Wire 003 = 4-Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

/ 9

G .Dim. F .Dim.

D E .Dim. .Dim.

C Dia. A .Dia.

B Dim.

A Diameter 0.125 +0.002 -0.001 0.188 +0.002 -0.001 0.250 +0.003 -0.001 0.313 +0.003 -0.001

B Wall Thickness 0.015 0.002 0.023 0.002 0.030 0.005 0.038 0.005

C Diameter 0.014 0.002 0.020 0.002 0.027 0.003 0.032 0.003

Spacing Nominal D Dim. 0.022 0.034 0.045 0.056 E Dim. 0.045 0.068 0.090 0.112 F Dim. 0.025 0.037 0.050 0.062 G Dim. 0.050 0.074 0.100 0.124

4 Conductor RTD MIMS Cable

G Dim. F Dim.

D E Dim. Dim.

H Dim. A Dim. J Dim.

A Dim. 0.125 +0.002 -0.001 0.188 +0.002 -0.001 0.250 +0.003 -0.001 0.313 +0.003 -0.001

B Dim. 0.015 0.002 0.023 0.002 0.030 0.005 0.038 0.005

C Dim. 0.014 0.002 0.020 0.002 0.027 0.003 0.032 0.003

D Dim.

E Dim.

F Dim.

G Dim.

H Dim.

J Dim.

0.022 0.045 0.034 0.068 0.045 0.090 0.056 0.112

0.025 0.050 0.037 0.074 0.050 0.100 0.062 0.124

0.034 0.068 0.052 0.104 0.068 0.137 0.085 0.170

B Dim. C Dim.
6 Conductor RTD MIMS Cable

226

Mineral Insulated, Metal-Sheathed Cable

XACTPAK Cable
Made-to-order Mineral Insulated (MI) Cable
2-3. Sheath Material 01 = Alloy 600 02 = 304 SS 03 = 310 SS 04 = 316 SS 05 = 347 SS 13 = 446 SS 16 = 321 SS 4. Calibration 1 = J 2 = K 3 = T 5. Insulation 0 1 2 5 = = = = Unused Magnesium oxide 99.4% Alumina oxide 99.6% Magnesium oxide 96% 7 = Hafnia oxide 8 = Unassigned 9 = Miscellaneous 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Mineral Insulated

Metal-Sheathed Cable

In addition to our full line of metalsheathed, mineral-insulated thermocouple cable, we will also manufacture metal-sheathed, mineral-insulated signal cable with copper, stainless steel or other conductor materials to meet many specialized requirements. (MI) cable incorporating one or more conductors can be made from a large variety of sheath and insulation materials. Properly selected combinations of materials provide (MI) cable with these outstanding performance features: It is totally impervious to moisture. It can withstand extremes of temperature and pressure. It can endure highly oxidizing or corrosive conditions. It adapts well to nuclear applications because of its low neutron capture cross section which is unaffected by radiation heating. (Selected sheaths and calibrations.) It can be easily formed to a radius equal to approximately twice its diameter without insulation breakdown. It maintains its shape after forming.

18 19 25 32 38 42 99

= = = = = = =

Hastelloy X Inconel 601 Inconel 625 Haynes Alloy 230 Alloy HR-160 Alloy 718 Miscellaneous

4 = E 8 = N 9 = Misc.

6-7. Sheath O.D. [inch (mm)] 01 = 0.020 11 = 0.250 02 = 0.032 12 = 0.313 03 = 0.040 13 = 0.375 04 = 0.063 14 = 0.430 05 = 0.090 15 = 0.500 06 = 0.114 16 = 0.010 07 = 0.125 17 = 0.011 08 = 0.188 18 = 0.0126 8-10. Variation Leave blank = No variation 001 = Dual diagonal 050 = Dual adjacent 051 = Triple element 11-12. Limits of Error Standard = Leave blank Special limits = SP

19 51 52 53 54 55 56 57

= = = = = = = =

0.025 (0.5 0.02) (1.0 0.02) (1.5 0.02) (2.0 0.03) (3.0 0.03) (4.5 0.03) (6.0 0.05)

58 = (8.0 0.05) 59 = (9.0 0.05) 99 = Miscellaneous

Examples 401/2107 401/2107/SP 402/1511/050/SP

227

Terms and Conditions

Quantity and Weights: Products purchased and sold hereunder shall be those for which Buyer submits an Order which is accepted by Watlow. Watlows quantities shall govern unless proved to be in error. On Orders for Products carried in stock, Watlow will deliver the ordered quantity specified. However, in the manufacture of Products it is agreed that Watlow will be allowed production losses. Watlow shall have the right to manufacture, deliver and invoice for partial deliveries of Products as stated below: Quantity Ordered Delivery Variation (20%) restocking charge. For Watlows Hannibal Plant Products only, modifiedstock Products may be returned if not permanently modified, for a minimum thirty percent (30%) restocking charge. All stock and modified-stock Products require Watlows prior authorization to be returned and must be returned within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of delivery. Controls may not be returned if the packaging seal is broken. Non-stock (custom) heaters, controls, sensors and accessories are not returnable. Price Revision: Prices are subject to change without advance notice. If Watlow desires to revise the discounts, prices, points of delivery, service allowances or terms of payment but is restricted to any extent against so doing by reason of any governmental request, law, regulation, order or action, or if the discounts, prices, points of delivery, service allowances or terms of payment then in effect are altered by reason of governmental request, law, regulation, order or action, Watlow shall have the right (i) to terminate this Order by notice to Buyer, (ii) to suspend deliveries for the duration of such restriction or alteration or (iii) to have applied to this Order (as of the effective date of such restriction or alteration) any discounts, prices, points of delivery, service allowances or terms of payment governmentally acceptable. Any delivery suspended under this Section may be canceled without liability. Return Policy: Prior approval must be obtained from the relevant Watlow Plant to return any Product. Watlow will assign a return authorization number and record the reason for the return. Watlow will examine returned Product to determine the actual cause, if any, leading to Buyers return. If Product has a manufacturing defect, Watlow, in its sole discretion, may issue a credit for the returned Product or repair or replace with like Product. If returned Product is not subject to Watlows warranty, Buyer will be notified of the estimated cost of repair, if possible. Thereafter, Buyer must advise Watlow whether or not Buyer chooses to have Product repaired at Buyers expense. Order Changes: Buyer must notify Watlow in writing of requested changes in the quantity, drawings, designs or specifications for Products which are ordered but not yet in the process of manufacture. After receipt of such notice, Watlow will inform Buyer of any adjustments to be made in price, delivery schedules, etc. resulting from Buyers requested changes prior to incorporating requested changes into manufactured Products. Control Products require written notice of requested changes not less than sixty (60) days prior to last scheduled shipping date. Freight and Taxes: Prices do not include prepaid freight, federal, state or local taxes. Any increase in freight rates paid by Watlow on deliveries covered by this Order and hereafter becoming effective and any tax or governmental charge or increase in same (excluding any franchise or income tax or other tax or charge based on income) (i) increasing the cost to Watlow of producing, selling or delivering Products or of procuring Products used therein or, (ii) payable by Watlow because of the production, sale or delivery of Products, such as Sales Tax, Use Tax, Retailers Occupational Tax, Gross Receipts Tax, Value Added Tax, and Ways Fees may, at Watlows option, be added to the prices herein specified and be added to invoices. Engineering Charge: On complex Products, systems or control software modifications, an engineering charge shall be applied or included in the price of Prototypes. This charge is not subject to discounts. Tooling: All tooling and fixtures are the property of Watlow. Watlow will accept Buyers special tooling if sent freight prepaid. Watlow will maintain this tooling, exercising reasonable care, in order to produce Buyers Products. Permanent molds for aluminum cast-in and Polymer Products shall be the property and responsibility of Buyer. Cancellation Charges: There will be no cancellation charge for non-modified stock Products. Non-stock and modified-stock Products may be subject to a cancellation charge to be determined by Watlow depending upon the portion of Product completed at the time of such cancellation.

1-4 No variation 5-24 1 unit 25-74 2 units 75-99 3 units 100+ 3 percent SERV-RITE Insulated Wire and Cable 10 percent XACTPAK Sheathed Wire 10 percent Note: Watlow will deliver exact quantities on Products with a net price of $100.00 or more. If Buyer expressly requests no variation in delivered quantity of Products with a total net price under $100.00, a ten percent (10%) surcharge will be added to the net billing on the invoice for such Order. Delivery: F.O.B. Watlows Plant. Risk of loss shall pass to Buyer on delivery at the F.O.B. point. Watlow shall prepay freight, assure the shipment and select the means of transportation unless Buyer provides specific written instructions otherwise with Buyers order. Watlow shall not be bound to tender delivery of any quantities for which Buyer has not given shipping instructions. Watlow shall be entitled to designate from time to time the locations from which Buyer may receive or pick up Products. Payment Terms: Terms are net 30 days upon approved credit. Prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. All quotations are valid for 30 days unless otherwise stated. Restocking Charges: Stock heaters, controls, sensors and accessories which have not been used or modified may be returned to the relevant Watlow Plant for a twenty percent

228

Terms and Conditions

Excuse of Performance: (A) Deliveries may be suspended by either party in the event of: Act of God, war, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage; lack of adequate fuel, power, raw materials, labor, containers or transportation facilities; compliance with Governmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined); breakage or failure of machinery or apparatus; national defense requirements or any other event, whether or not of the class or kind enumerated herein, beyond the reasonable control of such party; or in the event of labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that neither party shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment); which event makes impracticable the manufacture, transportation, sale, purchase, acceptance, use or resale of Products or a material upon which the manufacture of Products is dependent. (B) If Watlow determines that its ability to supply the total demand for Products, or obtain any or a sufficient quantity of any material used directly or indirectly in the manufacture of Products, is hindered, limited or made impracticable, Watlow may allocate its available supply of Products or such material (without obligation to acquire other supplies of any such Products or material) among itself and its purchasers on such basis as Watlow determines to be equitable without liability for any failure of performance which may result therefrom. (C) Deliveries suspended or not made by reason of this Section shall be canceled without liability, but this agreement and/or Order shall otherwise remain unaffected. Prototypes: If Buyer orders and/or Watlow delivers a Product designated as a Prototype, no guarantees, warranties or representations as to fitness for a particular purpose or merchantability are made with respect to such Prototype. Buyer shall have the duty and sole responsibility to test a Prototype prior to acceptance and/or incorporation into end-use applications. Further, a production Product based on a Prototype design may differ in assembly methods and materials from the Prototype. Buyer, therefore, shall have the duty and sole responsibility for testing and acceptance of production Products which are based on Prototype designs. Warranty and Limitation of Liability: Watlow warrants its Products against defects in material and workmanship for at least one (1) year (three (3) years on some controls) from the date of delivery, provided such Product is properly applied, used and maintained. Refer to the express written warranty time period for each individual Product or contact the relevant Watlow plant for such warranty time period information. Watlow does not warrant any Product against damage from corrosion, contamination, misapplication, improper specification or wear and tear and operational conditions beyond Watlows control. The terms of this Warranty are the exclusive terms available to Buyer and to any other person or entity to whom Products are transferred during the period of this Warranty. No person has authority to bind Watlow to a representation or warranty other than this express Warranty. Watlow shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of Products whether a claim for such damages is based upon warranty, contract, negligence or other cause of action. Should any Product fail while subject to this Warranty, such Product shall be repaired or a substitute Product shall be provided, at Watlows option, at no charge to Buyer or to any other person or entity to whom Product is transferred during the period of this Warranty. Watlow must be notified of the alleged failure of Product within thirty (30) days of such event and advanced authorization for repair or replacement must be obtained in writing from Watlow. THIS WARRANTY IS MADE EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND ALL OTHER SUCH WARRANTIES ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED. THE CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECT IN OR FAILURE OF PRODUCTS BY REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH ABOVE, SHALL BE WATLOWS LIMIT OF LIABILITY AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY AND ALL LOSSES, DELAYS OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL WATLOW BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. WATLOW SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR, AND BUYER AND ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY TO WHOM PRODUCTS ARE TRANSFERRED DURING THE PERIOD OF THIS WARRANTY ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR, ALL PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM OR RELATED TO THE HANDLING, POSSESSION OR USE OF PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AND SOLD BY WATLOW HEREUNDER. Miscellaneous: THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR ORDER AND ANY DISPUTE CONNECTED HEREWITH SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MISSOURI. These Terms and Conditions constitute the full understanding of the parties, a complete allocation of risks between them and a complete and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions of their agreement and/or Order relating to the subject matter herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no conditions, usage of trade, course of dealing or performance, understanding or agreement and/or Order purporting to modify, vary, explain or supplement the terms or conditions of this agreement and/or Order shall be binding unless hereafter made in writing and signed by the party to be bound, and no modification shall be effected by the acknowledgment or acceptance of any purchase order or shipping instruction forms containing terms or conditions at variance with or in addition to those set forth herein. No waiver by either party with respect to any breach or default or of any right or remedy and no course of dealing or performance shall be deemed to constitute a continuing waiver of any other breach or default or of any other right or remedy, unless such waiver be expressed in writing signed by the party to be bound. If any term, condition or provision of this agreement and/or Order or the application thereof is judicially or otherwise determined to be invalid or unenforceable, or if the parties mutually agree in writing to any revision of this agreement and/or Order, the remainder of this agreement and/or Order and the application thereof shall not be affected, and this agreement and/or Order shall otherwise remain in full force and effect. 11/02

229

Watlow
Code Number Index
Code No. Page No. Code No. Page No. Code No. Page No. 10D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 11D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 12D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 14D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 15D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 16D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 17D* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 20* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 21* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 22* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 23* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 24* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 25* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 30* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 31* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 32* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 40* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 41* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 42* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 60X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 61X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 62X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 65* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 70X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 71X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 72X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 73X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 74X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 75X* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 90* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 125J* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 155 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 157 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 300 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 301 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 301 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 302 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 303 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 304 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 304 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 305 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 305 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 306 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 309 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 311 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 314 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 316 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 321 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 321 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 323 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 326 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 327 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 328 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 333* Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 339 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 340-1 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 341 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 342 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 344 Insulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 350 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 355 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 365 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 377-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 380 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 381 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 382* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 383* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 385 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 386 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 391 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 401 XACTPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 402 XACTPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 403 XACTPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 404 XACTPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 418 XACTPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 502 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 502UL SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 505 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 506 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 507 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 508 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 509 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 509UL SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 510 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 510UL SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 511 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 512 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 513 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 516 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 700* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 701* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 701 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 702* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 703* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 704 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 705 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 900 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 900UL SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 912* Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 913* Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 925* Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 926* Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 943 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 1000 SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 1000UL SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 1040* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 1041* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 1042* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 1080* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 1081* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 1100* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 1101* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 1102* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 1112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 1146* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1147* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1148* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1149* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1152* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1153* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1154* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1155* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 1161* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 1402* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1403* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1404* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1409* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 78 1410* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1411* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1411-13* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 1412* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1414* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 1415* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 1432-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1433-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1434-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1436-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1437-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1438-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1439-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1440-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1442-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 1443-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 1449* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 1475* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 1476* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 1503* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1507* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1507-13* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 1509* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1510* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1517* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 1518* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

* Asterisk indicates partial code number.

230

Watlow
Code Number Index
Code No. Page No. Code No. Page No. Code No. Page No. 1565* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 1566* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 1576-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1578-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1579-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1580-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 1584-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 1585-BW*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 1625* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 1665* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 2110* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 2114* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 2140* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2141* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2144* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2145* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2147* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2300* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 2306* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 2310* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 2313* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 2330* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 2556* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 4201* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 5750* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 5900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 5901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 5902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6556-250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 8150* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 50500401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 50500501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 50500601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 50500701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 50500801 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 70900201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 70900202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 70900203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 70900301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 80701201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 AB*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 AC*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 AF* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 AQ* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 AR*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 AS* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 AT* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 AW* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 CH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 CI* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 CJ* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 DX* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 HC* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 HD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 HF* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 M1*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 M2*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 M3*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 MBB* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 MBC* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 MC* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 MCF* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 MCM* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 OK* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 PCN* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 PDN* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 PEN*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 PT* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 RAY* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 RB*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 RC*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 RF* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 RK*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 RR*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 RT* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 RT-30-WH7* SERIES Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 S10* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 S11* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 S12* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 S25* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 S50* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 S55* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 S80* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 SAB*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SAC-220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SAP*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SCF*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SCM* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SKF* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 SKM* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 SKP* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 TB* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 TBD*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TFD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TFS* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TFT* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TH-185* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 TH-195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 TH-195-PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 TH-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 TH-249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 TH-279* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 TH-280* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 TH-295* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 TH-298* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 TH-335* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 TH-336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 TH-337 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 TH-524 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 TH-2745* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 TH-2747* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 TH-2748* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 TH-2749* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 TH-2751* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 TH-2752* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 TH-2760 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 TH-2762* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 TR* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 TST* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TST2* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 TST3* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 TTS* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 TTT* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 TVS* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TWT* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 XP-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 XP-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 XXX* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

* Asterisk indicates partial code number.

231

Notes